Spring/Summer

2011
Walker
Doonesbury
anD the art of
G.b. truDeau
978-0-300-15427-6
$49.95
Koda
100 Dresses
978-0-300-16655-2
$24.95
Sussman and
Zelevansky
Paul thek
978-0-300-16595-1
$65.00
Cooke, Kelly,
and Schroder
blinky Palermo
978-0-300-15366-8
$50.00
Hodermarsky
John la farGe’s
seconD ParaDise
978-0-300-14135-1
$55.00
Rapaport
houDini
978-0-300-14684-4
$39.95
Daniel
stieGlitz,
steichen, stranD
978-0-300-16901-0
$35.00
Ormond and
Kilmurray
John sinGer
sarGent, Volume 5
978-0-300-16111-3
$75.00
Berliner
the emPeror’s
PriVate ParaDise
978-0-300-16389-6
$65.00
Raskin
DonalD JuDD
978-0-300-16276-9
$55.00
Stockebrand
chinati
978-0-300-16939-3
$65.00
Schulz
kurt schwitters
978-0-300-16611-8
$50.00
recent art highlights
General Interest
1
1 general interest
black Gotham
A Family History of African Americans in
Nineteenth-Century New York City
Carla L. Peterson
A groundbreaking history of elite black
New Yorkers in the nineteenth century, seen
through the lens of the author’s ancestors
Part detective tale, part social and cultural narrative, Black Gotham
is Carla Peterson’s riveting account of her quest to reconstruct the
lives of her nineteenth-century ancestors. As she shares their stories
and those of their friends, neighbors, and business associates, she
illuminates the greater history of African-American elites in New
York City.
Black Gotham challenges many of the accepted “truths” about
African-American history, including the assumption that the phrase
“nineteenth-century black Americans” means enslaved people, that
“New York state before the Civil War” refers to a place of freedom,
and that a black elite did not exist until the twentieth century.
Beginning her story in the 1820s, Peterson focuses on the pupils
of the Mulberry Street School, the graduates of which went on to
become eminent African-American leaders. She traces their politi-
cal activities as well as their many achievements in trade, business,
and the professions against the backdrop of the expansion of scien-
tifc racism, the trauma of the Civil War draft riots, and the rise of
Jim Crow.
Told in a vivid, fast-paced style, Black Gotham is an important
account of the rarely acknowledged achievements of nineteenth-
century African Americans and brings to the forefront a vital yet
forgotten part of American history and culture.
CARLA L. PeTeRSON received her
Ph.D. from Yale and is professor of
english at the University of Maryland,
College Park. She is the author of “Doers
of the Word”: African-American Women
Speakers and Writers in the North,
1830–1880.
“Carla Peterson’s Black Gotham
presents the best, most detailed portrait
of New York City’s nineteenth-century
black elite. Using her own search for
her family roots as a thread to pull the
reader through the narrative, Peterson
provides insight into the work lives,
political roles, and personal lives of
this small but highly infuential group of
black New Yorkers.”—Leslie M. Harris,
Emory University
February history
cloth 978-0-300-16255-4 $32.00
Also available as an eBook.
448 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 36 b/w illus. World
2 general interest
atlas of oceans
An Ecological Survey of Underwater Life
John Farndon
Foreword by Carl Safna
A vibrant journey through the Earth’s oceans and a timely,
important treatise on what must be done to save them
A tragedy is playing out beneath the surface of the world’s bodies of
marine waters, one that began long before the 2010 oil spill in the
Gulf of Mexico. Although many books have explored the environ-
mental problems being faced on land, Atlas of Oceans is the frst
book for a general audience that examines how creatures of the
marine environment are if anything more vulnerable than their
land-based counterparts.
Readers are introduced to the dazzling, diverse array of creatures
that inhabit the oceans and seas, and to the nature of the problems
they face. Special features focus on the threats to particular animals,
plants, and habitats, as well as on specifc issues like overfshing,
global warming, and pollution. The book also includes success
stories, recommendations for what can be done to preserve ocean
ecosystems, and a complete rundown of the most endangered spe-
cies of marine life.
Beautifully illustrated, packed with maps and diagrams, and con-
taining up-to-the-minute data on the status of endangered marine
species, Atlas of Oceans is a celebration of earth’s vibrant and awe-
inspiring oceans and seas and an urgent call to action to protect one
of our planet’s most vital resources.
JOHN FARNDON studied earth sci-
ences at Cambridge University and has
written more than 300 reference and gen-
eral interest books for children and adults,
including How the Earth Works, Amazing
Planet Earth, Natural World, China Rises,
India Booms, 365: Modern History, The
Universe Explained, and 101 Facts You
Should Know about Food. His books
have been translated into most major
languages, and he has been shortlisted
four times for the Royal Society Prize for
Science Books. He lives in London.
“Very readable and engaging.”—Nancy
Knowlton, Sant Chair for Marine
Science, National Museum of Natural
History, Smithsonian Institution
February nature
cloth 978-0-300-16750-4 $50.00
256 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 320 color illus. For sale in North America only
3 general interest
New in paper
the bauhaus GrouP
Six Masters of Modernism
Nicholas Fox Weber
Now in paperback, this acclaimed group biography
captures the essence of the Bauhaus school
Nicholas Fox Weber, for thirty-four years head of the Albers
Foundation, spent many years with Anni and Josef Albers, the only
husband-and-wife artistic pair at the Bauhaus (she was a textile artist;
he was a professor and an artist, in glass, metal, wood, and photog-
raphy). The Alberses told him their own stories and described life at
the Bauhaus with their fellow artists and teachers, Walter Gropius,
Paul Klee, Wassily Kandinsky, Ludwig Mies van der Rohe, as well as
with these fgures’ lesser-known wives and girlfriends.
In this extraordinary group biography, Weber brilliantly brings to
life the pioneering art school in Germany’s Weimar and Dessau
in the 1920s and early 1930s, and captures the spirit and fair with
which these Bauhaus geniuses lived, as well as their consuming goal
of making art and architecture.
NICHOLAS FOx WeBeR is the
director of the Josef and Anni Albers
Foundation and author of numerous
books, including Patron Saints: Five
Rebels Who Opened America to a New
Art, 1928–1943; Le Corbusier: A Life;
and Balthus: A Biography. He lives in
Bethany, CT.
“[In this] groundbreaking group
biography, the prolifc, best-selling,
and commanding Weber tells the
dramatic stories of [the] Bauhaus
stars. . . . A grand synthesis
of biography, art history, and
interpretation, Weber’s dazzlingly
detailed suite of Bauhaus lives
greatly enriches our understanding of
modernity and art.”—Booklist (starred)
February art/Biography
Paper 978-0-300-16984-3 $27.50
Cloth (Knopf) 978-0-307-26836-5
544 pp. 6
1
⁄4 x 9
1
⁄4 87 b/w + 25 color illus. World
4 general interest
DoG Days, raVen niGhts
John M. Marzluff and Colleen Marzluff
With illustrations by evon Zerbetz and a
foreword by Bernd Heinrich
The coauthor of the award-winning In the Company
of Crows and Ravens and his wife, an animal-
behavior expert, offer an engaging account of
their days as young feld biologists in Maine
Twenty years ago, fresh out of graduate school and recently married,
John and Colleen Marzluff left Arizona for a small cabin in the
mountains of western Maine. Their mission: to conduct the frst-
ever extensive study of the winter ecology of the Common Raven
under the tutelage of biologist Bernd Heinrich.
Drawing on feld notes and personal diaries, they vividly and elo-
quently chronicle their three-year endeavor to research a mysterious
and often misunderstood bird—assembling a gigantic aviary, climb-
ing sentry trees, building bird blinds in the forest, capturing and
sustaining 300 ravens as study subjects, and enduring harsh Maine
winters in pursuit of their goal. They also shared the unique chal-
lenges and joys of raising, training, and racing the sled dogs that
assisted them in their work.
Accompanied by evon Zerbetz’s lovely linocut illustrations, Dog
Days, Raven Nights is a fascinating, behind-the-scenes look at the
adventures of feld science and an insightful exploration of the
nature of relationships, both animal and human.
also by John m. marzluff:
In the Company of Crows and Ravens
Paper 978-0-300-12255-8 $19.95
JOHN M. MARZLUFF is a highly
regarded scientist known for his work on
the ecology and behavioral biology of
jays, crows, ravens, and their relatives. He
is professor of wildlife science, College
of the environment, University of
Washington, and the author of four books,
including In the Company of Crows
and Ravens. COLLeeN MARZLUFF
trained in wildlife biology, worked as a
research technician, and is an expert in
the raising and training of sled dogs and
herding dogs. They live in Snohomish,
Washington. evON ZeRBeTZ is an
artist in Ketchikan, Alaska, living on
the fyway of the Bugge’s Beach raven
pair. She is the illustrator of six books
for children and young adults, and she
has developed a museum exhibit titled
Raucous! Everything Raven.
“Wonderful insight into the lives
of a feld-biology couple and a
great read!”—Margaret Lowman,
author of Life in the Treetops and
co-author of It’s a Jungle Up There
March nature
cloth 978-0-300-16711-5 $28.00
Also available as an eBook.
352 pp. 7 x 9
1
⁄4 56 b/w illus. plus ornaments World
5 general interest
Your New Yorker piece about this trial created quite a sensation.
Why do you suppose people are so passionate about this
particular story?
The story has a deep mythic structure. It evokes Greek tragedy—
thus its title. It is also a piece of reporting and a critique of our
court system. I think readers were shocked by the injustices that
my account of the trial brought into view.
What was it like to inhabit the world of this trial for so many
months?
It was an extraordinary experience. It was one of the most
absorbing experiences of my life as a journalist. It was like being
part of a theater troupe that is performing a play with a long run.
The analogy isn’t an idle one—there is a great deal of theater in
every trial. This one had particularly strong performances from
its leading actors.
An extraordinary depth of feeling for Borukhova and her child
comes through your account. Would you comment on this?
It was clear to me that Borukhova passionately loved her child
and that the prosecuting attorney was right to point to the
decision that took her child away from her as the fulcrum of the
tragedy. This is an element of the case that readers of the New
Yorker article reacted to with particular horror and outrage.
Your New Yorker piece dominated an entire issue of the
magazine. How does the book compare to it?
The book is an expanded account, including a visit to
Rikers Island, where the defendants Mazoltuv Borukhova
and Mikhail Mallayev were incarcerated for over a year in
very bad conditions; additional interviews at home with the
victim’s parents and brothers; interviews with the defense
and prosecution attorneys; a discussion of the work of Martin
Guggenheim, an expert on children’s legal rights; and reports of
post-trial hearings in Family Court at which the fate of Michelle
Malakov—the Iphigenia of the story—was being decided.
a conVersation
with Janet
malcolm
6 general interest
March true crime/law/cultural studies
cloth 978-0-300-16746-7 $25.00
Also available as an eBook.
176 pp. 5
3
⁄8 x 8 World
JANeT MALCOLM is the author of Two
Lives: Gertrude and Alice, which won the
PeN Biography Award, The Journalist and
the Murderer, The Silent Woman: Sylvia
Plath and Ted Hughes, Reading Chekhov,
Burdock, and other distinguished books.
Malcolm writes frequently for The New
Yorker and The New York Review of Books
and lives in New York City.
iPhiGenia in forest hills
Anatomy of a Murder Trial
Janet Malcolm
The prizewinning journalist discovers the elements
of Greek tragedy in a sensational murder trial
“She couldn’t have done it and she must have done it.” This is the
enigma at the heart of Janet Malcolm’s riveting new book about a
murder trial in the insular Bukharan-Jewish community of Forest
Hills, Queens, that captured national attention. The defendant,
Mazoltuv Borukhova, a beautiful young physician, is accused of
hiring an assassin to kill her estranged husband, Daniel Malakov,
a respected orthodontist, in the presence of their four-year-old
child. The prosecutor calls it an act of vengeance: just weeks before
Malakov was killed in cold blood, he was given custody of Michelle
for inexplicable reasons. It is the “Dickensian ordeal” of Borukhova’s
innocent child that drives Malcolm’s inquiry.
With the intellectual and emotional precision for which she is
known, Malcolm looks at the trial—“a contest between compet-
ing narratives”—from every conceivable angle. It is the chasm
between our ideals of justice and the human factors that infuence
every trial—from divergent lawyering abilities to the nature of jury
selection, the malleability of evidence, and the disposition of the
judge—that is perhaps most striking.
Surely one of the most keenly observed trial books ever written,
Iphigenia in Forest Hills is ultimately about character and “reason-
able doubt.” As Jeffrey Rosen writes, it is “as suspenseful and exciting
as a detective story, with all the moral and intellectual interest of a
great novel.”
“Iphigenia in Forest Hills is another
dazzling triumph from Janet Malcolm.
Here, as always, Malcolm’s work
inspires the best kind of disquiet
in a reader—the obligation to
think.”—Jeffrey Toobin, author
of The Nine: Inside the Secret
World of the Supreme Court
7 general interest
Joe DimaGGio
The Long Vigil
Jerome Charyn
This riveting study of Joe DiMaggio offers a
more sympathetic look at his life beyond the
baseball feld, a reversal of how the legendary
sports icon has been portrayed in recent years.
As the New York Yankees’ star centerfelder from 1936 to 1951,
Joe DiMaggio is enshrined in America’s memory as the epitome
in sports of grace, dignity, and that ineffable quality called “class.”
But his career after retirement, starting with his nine-month mar-
riage to Marilyn Monroe, was far less auspicious. Writers like Gay
Talese and Richard Ben Cramer have painted the private DiMaggio
as cruel or self-centered. Now, Jerome Charyn restores the image
of this American icon, looking at DiMaggio’s life in a more
sympathetic light.
DiMaggio was a man of extremes, superbly talented on the feld but
privately insecure, passive, and dysfunctional. He never understood
that for Monroe, on her own complex and tragic journey, marriage
was a career move; he remained passionately committed to her
throughout his life. He allowed himself to be turned into a sports
memorabilia money machine. In the end, unable to defne any role
for himself other than “Greatest Living Ballplayer,” he became
trapped in “a horrible kind of minutia.” But where others have seen
little that was human behind that minutia, Charyn in Joe DiMaggio
presents the tragedy of one of American sports’ greatest fgures.
◆ ◆
Icons of America
Icons of America is a series of short works
written by leading scholars, critics, and
writers, each of whom tells a new and
innovative story about American history
and culture through the lens of a single
iconic individual, event, object, or cultural
phenomenon.
JeROMe CHARYN is the author of
Johnny One-Eye, The Secret Life of Emily
Dickinson, and The Seventh Babe, a
novel about a white third baseman on the
Red Sox who also played in the Negro
Leagues. He divides his time between
New York and Paris.
“Jerome Charyn is one of the most
important writers in American literature
and one of only three now writing
whose work makes me truly happy
to be a reader.”—Michael Chabon
March Biography/sports
cloth 978-0-300-12328-9 $24.00
Also available as an eBook.
192 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
8 general interest
holy bones, holy Dust
How Relics Shaped the History of Medieval Europe
Charles Freeman
A richly textured history spanning a thousand
years of holy relics across Europe
Relics were everywhere in medieval society. Saintly morsels such
as bones, hair, teeth, blood, milk, and clothes, and items like the
Crown of Thorns, coveted by Louis Ix of France, were thought to
bring the believer closer to the saint, who might intercede with God
on his or her behalf. In the frst comprehensive history in english
of the rise of relic cults, Charles Freeman takes readers on a vivid,
fast-paced journey from Constantinople to the northern Isles of
Scotland over the course of a millennium.
In Holy Bones, Holy Dust, Freeman illustrates that the pervasive-
ness and variety of relics answered very specifc needs of ordinary
people across a darkened europe under threat of political upheavals,
disease, and hellfre. But relics were not only venerated—they were
traded, collected, lost, stolen, duplicated, and destroyed. They were
bargaining chips, good business and good propaganda, politically
appropriated across europe, and even used to wield military power.
Freeman examines an expansive array of relics, showing how the
mania for these objects deepens our understanding of the medieval
world and why these relics continue to capture our imagination.
CHARLeS FReeMAN is a specialist on
the ancient world and its legacy. He has
worked on archaeological digs on the con-
tinents surrounding the Mediterranean
and develops study tour programs in
Italy, Greece, and Turkey. Freeman is
Historical Consultant to the prestigious
Blue Guides series and the author of
numerous books, including the bestseller
The Closing of the Western Mind and,
most recently, A New History of Early
Christianity. He lives in the UK.
March history/religious history
cloth 978-0-300-12571-9 $35.00
Also available as an eBook.
384 pp. 6
1
⁄4 x 9
1
⁄4 32 b/w + 16 color illus. World
9 general interest
“ |o| us s|u|| v|| u c|u|uc|o| ||o uu| c|u|uc|o| Ho|uo| Cuu||o|u \o s|o|c| |s |ouu u suo|o c|c|o
|oso u|u o,o Ho s su||o| so vo uuu ||o uoo|oo|u|o|, u|oc|ou o,o||ov ¹o |o|oc| ||o |oo|
||o cu||oo| s|ou|u u|so |o|o us ouou||zo v|| |u ¹o ||u| o|u |o|o ||u| |o s vu|||u | ||o suuo
u|oc|o| us ||o |ov o| ou| |ouu|u ||o|| |o |u||¦ v||o ||o o||o| oooo|o u|o vu|||u uuu|s| ||o |ov”
©

|
u
|
|

|
u
u
o
|

|
|
o
|
o
u
|
u
o
|
,
10 general interest
March art/art technique/cartooning
Paper 978-0-300-17099-3 $14.95
Also available as an eBook.
96 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 7
1
⁄2 30 b/w illus. World
also by iVan brunetti:
An Anthology of Graphic Fiction,
Cartoons, and True Stories
Volume 1
Cloth 978-0-300-11170-5 $28.00
An Anthology of Graphic Fiction,
Cartoons, and True Stories
Volume 2
Cloth 978-0-300-12671-6 $28.00
IvAN BRUNeTTI has published several
graphic novels and taught courses on
editorial illustration and comics at the
University of Chicago and Columbia
College Chicago. His drawings have
appeared in the New Yorker, the New
York Times Magazine, and McSweeney’s,
among other publications, and he served
as editor for Yale University Press’s two-
volume Anthology of Graphic Fiction,
Cartoons, and True Stories.
cartooninG
Philosophy and Practice
Ivan Brunetti
From the editor of Yale’s Anthology of Graphic
Fiction, Cartoons, and True Stories, a smart
and charming guide to the art of cartooning
The best cartooning is effcient visual storytelling—it is as much
a matter of writing as it is of drawing. In this book, noted cartoon-
ist and illustrator Ivan Brunetti presents ffteen distinct lessons on
the art of cartooning, guiding his readers through wittily written
passages on cartooning terminology, techniques, tools, and theory.
Supplemented by Brunetti’s own illustrations, prepared specially for
this book, these lessons move the reader from spontaneous drawings
to single-panel strips and complicated multipage stories.
Through simple, creative exercises and assignments, Brunetti offers
an unintimidating approach to a complex art form. He looks at the
rhythms of storytelling, the challenges of character design, and
the formal elements of comics while composing pages in his own
iconic style and experimenting with a variety of tools, media, and
approaches. By following the author’s sophisticated and engaging
perspective on the art of cartooning, aspiring cartoonists of all ages
will hone their craft, create their personal style, and discover their
own visual language.
“The goal of this book is to fuse
elements of both writing and
drawing into another form altogether:
cartooning. We will use pictures
as words and words as pictures. If
you follow the advice presented
herein, you will begin to see
the world through the eyes of a
cartoonist.”—from the Introduction
11 general interest
Diary
Richard Selzer
Selections from the moving, beautifully crafted
diary of a celebrated storyteller and surgeon
Susan Cheever observed in a New York Times Book Review appraisal
of his memoir Down from Troy that Richard Selzer “cares more
about truth than consequences . . . [and] immerses us in the facts we
all know but hate to admit.” Selzer’s Diary picks up roughly where
the memoir leaves off, as his writing life fourishes and surgical
career ends. Stripped of the doctor-writer’s “privilege of [walking]
about all day in the middle of a short story,” Selzer shifts his focus to
his interior life. In Diary, the author’s successes and regrets, as well
as the humor and sadness that surround him, are revealed with the
same empathy and vividness that made him one of the great doctor-
writers of modern literature.
Diary brings together stories and observations dashed off on park
benches and in library carrels over the past decade. Following the
success of such books as Confessions of a Knife and The Doctor
Stories, Selzer’s diary entries recount life lived in the shadow of both
achievement and disappointment. He introduces a varied cast of
characters, from the distinguished fellowship of the “Boys Friendly”
to his “fellow loonies,” and evokes the streets, buildings, and parks
of Yale and New Haven with vibrancy and affection. And through-
out, Selzer faces the looming specter of old age. The distinctive
voice that paved the way for other notable doctor-writers like Jerome
Groopman and Abraham verghese is revealed here to be no less
compelling with the spotlight turned on himself and the drama of
everyday living.
RICHARD SeLZeR is a former
surgeon and Yale School of Medicine
professor. He has received many awards
for his writing, including the National
Magazine Award, the Pushcart Prize,
and a Guggenheim fellowship. He is the
author of several collections of stories and
essays, including Mortal Lessons, Letters
to a Young Doctor, and the account of
his own recovery from Legionnaires’
disease, Raising the Dead. He lives in
New Haven, CT.
“No matter where [Richard Selzer]
takes us, we follow, because he has
the storyteller’s gift.”—New Yorker
March Memoir/Medicine
cloth 978-0-300-12461-3 $28.00
Also available as an eBook.
256 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
12 general interest
the hollywooD siGn
Fantasy and Reality of an American Icon
Leo Braudy
The frst history of the Hollywood Sign—ubiquitous
symbol of American celebrity and ambition—
by a master interpreter of popular culture.
Hollywood’s famous sign, constructed of massive white block letters
set into a steep hillside, is an emblem of the movie capital it looms
over and an international symbol of glamour and star power. To so
many who see its image, the sign represents the earthly home of that
otherwise ethereal world of fame, stardom, and celebrity—the goal
of American and worldwide aspiration to be in the limelight, to be,
like the Hollywood sign itself, instantly recognizable.
How an advertisement erected in 1923, touting the real estate devel-
opment Hollywoodland, took on a life of its own is a story worthy
of the entertainment world that is its focus. Leo Braudy traces the
remarkable history of this distinctly American landmark, which has
been saved over the years by a disparate group of fans and support-
ers, among them Alice Cooper and Hugh Hefner, who spearheaded
its reconstruction in the 1970s. He also uses the sign’s history to
offer an intriguing look at the rise of the movie business from its
earliest, silent days through the development of the studio system
that helped defne modern Hollywood. Mixing social history, urban
studies, literature, and flm, along with forays into such topics as
the lure of Hollywood for utopian communities and the develop-
ment of domestic architecture in Los Angeles, The Hollywood Sign
is a fascinating account of how a temporary structure has become a
permanent icon of American culture.
◆ ◆
Icons of America
Icons of America is a series of short works
written by leading scholars, critics, and
writers, each of whom tells a new and
innovative story about American history
and culture through the lens of a single
iconic individual, event, object, or cultural
phenomenon.
LeO BRAUDY is among America’s
leading cultural historians and flm critics.
His most recent book, From Chivalry to
Terrorism, was named Best of the Best
by the Los Angeles Times and a Notable
Book of the Year by the New York Times.
Among his previous books, The Frenzy
of Renown: Fame and Its History was
a fnalist for the National Book Critics
Circle Award and Jean Renoir: The World
of His Films was a fnalist for the National
Book Award. Braudy’s writing has
appeared in the New York Times, Harper’s,
American Film, and Partisan Review.
He is University Professor and Leo S.
Bing Chair in english and American
Literature at the University of Southern
California. He lives in Los Angeles.
“A rich, far-reaching, gripping
history . . . a pithy and sharp little
study that is more than just an analysis
of this one icon but a larger refection
on the movies in Los Angeles and
the implications of that for the place
of the movies in our lives.”—Dana
Polan, New York University
March history/cultural history
cloth 978-0-300-15660-7 $24.00
Also available as an eBook.
224 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 17 b/w illus. World
13 general interest
Why does Hank Greenberg remain so important in American
Jewish history?
In the 1930s, at a time when there was so much anti-Semitism
in America that Jews hesitated to be too conspicuous, here was
a Jewish superstar who seemed fearless, who faced relentless
anti-Semitism and never backed away. But in the longer view of
history, Hank Greenberg was a man who stood against not only
anti-Semitism but racism and bigotry in general, and did so with
remarkable grace. His refusal to ever use prejudice as an excuse
and his ability to always keep his dignity stand as an important
chapter in the history of the fght against bigotry in America,
one that can inspire not only Jews but all victims of hatred and
discrimination.
How much of his decision not to play ball on Yom Kippur, 1934,
was informed by religious faith?
He had no religious faith, was completely secular. When his team
needed him in a tight pennant race, on Rosh Hashanah, he played.
But by Yom Kippur the pennant was secure, and since many Jews
had been upset about Rosh Hashanah and it was an embarrassment
for his family, he decided not to play. The following year on Yom
Kippur he was in a World Series and his team needed him, and he
agreed to play without hesitation. But a wrist injury the day before
prevented him from participating, thereby securing the myth that
“Hank Greenberg won’t play on the High Holidays.” It never came
up again.
Was Hank Greenberg always uncomfortable with the idea of being
a hero to American Jews?
Yes, he was very uncomfortable about it. Jews were constantly
trying to honor him at banquets and give him gifts, and he turned
both down, saying he just wanted to be a ballplayer. He never
wanted to deny being Jewish but did not believe that it should give
him special standing.
How much did Detroit fgure into his experience and his legend?
Had he played in New York his story might have been different.
But he was in Detroit, a city with a small tightly knit Jewish
community and a general public with a great deal of anti-Semitic
feeling. In the years he was playing, two of the most notorious anti-
Semites in the country, Father Coughlin and Henry Ford, were
both spewing hate in Detroit.
What qualities defned him as an athlete?
Though his swing was unbelievably graceful, he was never
considered a natural athlete. He was large, a bit awkward, and fat-
footed. But he was also extremely powerful and possibly the most
hardworking player in the history of professional baseball. He spent
hours before and after games practicing his swing and his felding
moves. Whenever his performance was lacking he worked on that
particular move until he had it down. And in an age when other
players such as Babe Ruth were out carousing, he kept himself in
top physical condition year round.
What qualities most defned him as a man?
His humility, without a doubt.
S
y
l
v
i
a

P
l
a
c
h
y
a conVersation
with mark
kurlansky
14 general interest
March Biography/history/Jewish studies
cloth 978-0-300-13660-9 $25.00 Also available as an eBook.
224 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 1 b/w illus. World
◆ ◆
Jewish Lives
Jewish Lives is a major series of interpretive
biography that explores the breadth and
complexity of Jewish experience from
antiquity through the present.
MARK KURLANSKY is most recently
the author of The Eastern Stars: How
Baseball Changed the Dominican Town
of San Pedro de Macorís. Kurlansky has
written, edited, or contributed to twenty
books, which have been translated into
twenty-fve languages and won numerous
prizes. His previous books Cod, Salt, 1968,
and The Food of a Younger Land were all
New York Times best-sellers.
hank GreenberG
The Hero Who Didn’t Want to Be One
Mark Kurlansky
The remarkable life story of the frst Jewish
superstar athlete, by New York Times
best-selling author Mark Kurlansky
One of the reasons baseball fans so love the sport is that it involves
certain physical acts of beauty. And one of the most beautiful sights
in the history of baseball was Hank Greenberg’s swing. His calmly
poised body seemed to have some special set of springs with a trigger
release that snapped his arms and swept the bat through the air with
the clean speed and strength of a propeller. But what is even more
extraordinary than his grace and power is that in Detroit of 1934,
his swing—or its absence—became entwined with American Jewish
history. Though Hank Greenberg was one of the frst players to chal-
lenge Babe Ruth’s single-season record of sixty home runs, it was
the game Greenberg did not play for which he is best remembered.
With his decision to sit out a 1934 game between his Tigers and the
New York Yankees because it fell on Yom Kippur, Hank Greenberg
became a hero to Jews throughout America. Yet, as Kurlansky writes,
he was the quintessential secular Jew, and to celebrate him for his
loyalty to religious observance is to ignore who this man was.
In Hank Greenberg Mark Kurlansky explores the truth behind the
slugger’s legend: his Bronx boyhood in Crotona Park east, his spec-
tacular discipline as an aspiring ballplayer, the complexity of his
decision not to play on Yom Kippur, and the cultural context of viru-
lent anti-Semitism in which his career played out.
What Kurlansky discovers is a man of immense dignity and restraint
with a passion for sport who became a great reader of history—a
man, too, who was an inspiration to the young Jackie Robinson who
said, “Class tells. It sticks out all over Mr. Greenberg.”
15 general interest
the aGe of Doubt
Tracing the Roots of Our Religious Uncertainty
Christopher Lane
By analyzing the parallel battles over faith and reason
in the nineteenth century and ours, scholar Christopher
Lane makes a case for the benefts of religious uncertainty.
The victorian era was the frst great “Age of Doubt” and a critical
moment in the history of Western ideas. Leading nineteenth-cen-
tury intellectuals battled the Church and struggled to absorb radical
scientifc discoveries that upended everything the Bible had taught
them about the world. In The Age of Doubt, distinguished scholar
Christopher Lane tells the fascinating story of a society under strain
as virtually all aspects of life changed abruptly.
In deft portraits of scientifc, literary, and intellectual icons who chal-
lenged the prevailing religious orthodoxy, from Robert Chambers
and Anne Brontë to Charles Darwin and Thomas H. Huxley, Lane
demonstrates how they and other victorians succeeded in turning
doubt from a religious sin into an ethical necessity.
The dramatic adjustment of victorian society has echoes today as
technology, science, and religion grapple with moral issues that
seemed unimaginable even a decade ago. Yet the victorians’ crisis
of faith generated a far more searching engagement with religious
belief than the “new atheism” that has evolved today. More pro-
foundly than any generation before them, the victorians came
to view doubt as inseparable from belief, thought, and debate, as
well as a much-needed antidote to fanaticism and unbridled cer-
tainty. By contrast, a look at today’s extremes—from the biblical
literalists behind the Creation Museum to the dogmatic rigidity of
Richard Dawkins’ atheism—highlights our modern-day inability to
embrace doubt.
CHRISTOPHeR LANe is the Pearce
Miller Research Professor of Literature
at Northwestern University and a
recent Guggenheim fellow. His work
has appeared in the New York Times,
Washington Post, Boston Globe, Los
Angeles Times, Slate, and many other
newspapers and periodicals. He is the
author of numerous essays and several
books on literature, belief, and psychol-
ogy, including Shyness, published by Yale
University Press. He lives in Chicago.
“Lane’s stimulating analysis asks
whether acknowledging how science,
religion, and society have produced
a growing chasm between faith and
doubt, and even destroyed belief,
can offer a way forward.”—Keith
Thomson, author of Before Darwin
and The Young Charles Darwin
March history of science
cloth 978-0-300-14192-4 $26.00
Also available as an eBook.
240 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 19 b/w illus. World
16 general interest
music for silenceD Voices
Shostakovich and His Fifteen Quartets
Wendy Lesser
A new biography of Shostakovich that views him
through the intimate music of his string quartets
Most previous books about Dmitri Shostakovich have focused on
either his symphonies and operas, or his relationship to the regime
under which he lived, or both, since these large-scale works were
the ones that attracted the interest and sometimes the condemna-
tion of the Soviet authorities. Music for Silenced Voices looks at
Shostakovich through the back door, as it were, of his ffteen quar-
tets, the works which his widow characterized as a “diary, the story of
his soul.” The silences and the voices were of many kinds, including
the political silencing of adventurous writers, artists, and musicians
during the Stalin era; the lost voices of Shostakovich’s operas (a form
he abandoned just before turning to string quartets); and the death-
silenced voices of his close friends, to whom he dedicated many of
these chamber works.
Wendy Lesser has constructed a fascinating narrative in which the
ffteen quartets, considered one at a time in chronological order, lead
the reader through the personal, political, and professional events
that shaped Shostakovich’s singular, emblematic twentieth-century
life. Weaving together interviews with the composer’s friends, family,
and colleagues, as well as conversations with present-day musicians
who have played the quartets, Lesser sheds new light on the man
and the musician. One of the very few books about Shostakovich
that is aimed at a general rather than an academic audience, Music
for Silenced Voices is a pleasure to read; at the same time, it is rigor-
ously faithful to the known facts in this notoriously complicated life.
It will fll readers with the desire to hear the quartets, which are
among the most compelling and emotionally powerful monuments
of the past century’s music.
WeNDY LeSSeR, the editor of The
Threepenny Review, is the author of
seven previous nonfction books and one
novel. Winner of awards and fellowships
from the Guggenheim Foundation, the
American Academy of Arts & Letters, and
numerous other organizations, she has
written book, theater, flm, dance, and
music criticism for a variety of print and
online publications. She divides her year
between Berkeley and New York.
“An elegant, thought-provoking synthesis
of the current state of knowledge and
ideas about one of the most celebrated
and controversial composers of the
twentieth century. It is a delight to
read, and reread.”—Laurel E. Fay,
author of Shostakovich: A Life
March Performing arts/Music/Biography
cloth 978-0-300-16933-1 $28.00
Also available as an eBook.
368 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 1 b/w illus. World
17 general interest
solomon
The Lure of Wisdom
Steven Weitzman
An intriguing and unconventional biography
about one of the Bible’s most elusive fgures
Tradition has it that King Solomon knew everything there was to
know—the mysteries of nature, of love, of God himself—but what
do we know of him? esteemed biblical scholar Steven Weitzman
reintroduces readers to Solomon’s story and its surprising infuence
in shaping Western culture, and he also examines what Solomon’s
life, wisdom, and writings have come to mean for Jews, Christians,
and Muslims over the past two thousand years.
Weitzman’s Solomon is populated by a colorful cast of ambitious
characters—Byzantine emperors, explorers, rabbis, saints, scientists,
poets, archaeologists, trial judges, reggae singers, and moviemakers
among them—whose common goal is to unearth the truth about
Solomon’s life and wisdom. Filled with the Solomonic texts of the
Bible, along with lesser-known magical texts and other writings, this
book challenges both religious and secular assumptions. even as it
seeks to tell the story of ancient Israel’s greatest ruler, this insightful
book is also a meditation on the Solomonic desire to know all of
life’s secrets, and on the role of this desire in world history.
◆ ◆
Jewish Lives
Jewish Lives is a major series of interpretive
biography that explores the breadth and
complexity of Jewish experience from
antiquity through the present.

STeveN WeITZMAN is the Daniel
e. Koshland Professor of Jewish Culture
and Religion at Stanford University.
He was awarded the Gustave O. Arlt
Prize for Outstanding Scholarship in
the Humanities for his frst book, Song
and Story in Biblical Narrative, and has
received fellowships from the American
Council of Learned Societies and the
Yad-Hadiv Foundation. His other books
include Surviving Sacrilege and The Jews:
A History.
March Biography/history/Jewish studies
cloth 978-0-300-13718-7 $25.00
Also available as an eBook.
224 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 4 b/w illus. World
18 general interest
ex libris
The Art of Bookplates
Martin Hopkinson
A handsome celebration of the 500-year
history of bookplates and the generations
of artists who have created them
endlessly diverse and appealing, bookplates (also called ex libris,
Latin for “from the books of ”) are small decorative labels to be pasted
inside a book’s cover to express personal ownership. Originating in
their modern printed form in 16th-century Germany, where books
were highly valuable and treasured, bookplates became an art form
practiced by artists across europe and beyond. This book traces
the fascinating evolution of bookplate design over time and across
national boundaries, showcasing 100 key examples of ex libris art.
In the early 1500s, Albrecht Dürer and other German engravers and
printmakers began to create highly decorative bookplates, often fea-
turing armorial devices and coats of arms for wealthy individuals
and institutions. As the fashion for ornamental bookplates spread,
distinctive national styles evolved. Nearly every conceivable design
element—from cupids to scientifc instruments, portraits, and
landscapes—served to decorate personal bookplates. This volume
explores the various sources of ex libris inspiration, including designs
by Josiah Wedgewood, Thomas Sheraton, George Heppelwhite,
and edward Burne-Jones, as seen in the books of Frederic Leighton,
Calvin Coolidge, and many others. Book lovers and art enthusiasts
alike will delight in this treasury of bookplate art and lore.
Robert Anning Bell (1863–1933), Design for a bookplate for
Frederic Leighton. 1894. Black ink and wash, 16.4 x 12.3 cm.
MARTIN HOPKINSON, formerly
Curator of Prints at the Hunterian Art
Gallery, University of Glasgow, is an art
critic and writer.
March art/Books about Books
PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17163-1 $15.00
112 pp. 6
3
⁄4 x 7
1
⁄2 100 color illus. U.S. and Canada only
19 general interest
whisPerinG city
Rome and Its Histories
R. J. B. Bosworth
An accomplished Italianist looks beyond Rome’s
storied facades to offer insight into the many
histories of one of the world’s best-loved cities
In Civilization and Its Discontents, Sigmund Freud claimed that
Rome must be comprehended as “not a human dwelling place but a
mental entity,” in which the palaces of the Caesars still stand along-
side modern apartment buildings in layers of brick, mortar, and
memory. “The observer would need merely to shift the focus of his
eyes, perhaps, or change his position, in order to call up a view of
either the one or the other.”
In this one-of-a-kind book, historian Richard Bosworth accepts
Freud’s challenge, drawing upon his expertise in Italian pasts to
explore the many layers of history found within the eternal City.
Often beginning his analysis with sites and monuments that can still
be found in contemporary Rome, Bosworth expands his scope to
review how political groups of different eras—the Catholic Church,
makers of the Italian nation, Fascists, and “ordinary” Romans (be
they citizens, immigrants, or tourists)—read meaning into the city
around them. Weaving in the city’s quintessential fgures (Garibaldi,
Pius xII, Mussolini, and Berlusconi) and architectural icons (the
vatican, St. Peter’s Basilica, the victor emmanuel Monument, and
eUR) with those forgotten or unknown, Bosworth explores the
many histories that whisper their rival and competing messages
and seek to impose their truth upon the passing crowds. But as this
delightful study will reveal, Rome, that magisterial palimpsest, has
never accepted a single reading of its historic meaning.
A renowned Anglophone Italianist,
RICHARD BOSWORTH is Professor
of History at Reading University and
Winthrop Professor of History at the
University of Western Australia. In 2011,
he will become a Senior Research Fellow
at Jesus College, Oxford. He divides his
time between Australia and england.
Praise for Bosworth’s Mussolini:
“Riveting . . . A fascinating, and timely,
study of the banality of evil and the
dangers of absolute power.”—Choice
March history
cloth 978-0-300-11471-3 $35.00
Also available as an eBook.
352 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 33 b/w illus. World
20 general interest
the Darwin archiPelaGo
The Naturalist’s Career Beyond Origin of Species
Steve Jones
A brilliant survey of the great evolutionist’s
lesser-known works, and how they anticipated
so much of modern biology
Charles Darwin is of course best known for The Voyage of the Beagle
and The Origin of Species. But he produced many other books over
his long career, exploring specifc aspects of the theory of evolu-
tion by natural selection in greater depth. The eminent evolutionary
biologist Steve Jones uses these lesser-known works as springboards
to examine how their essential ideas have generated whole felds of
modern biology.
Earthworms helped found modern soil science, Expression of
the Emotions helped found comparative psychology, and Self-
Fertilization and Forms of Flowers were important early works on
the origin of sex. Through this delightful introduction to Darwin’s
oeuvre, one begins to see Darwin’s role in biology as resembling
einstein’s in physics: he didn’t have one brilliant idea but many
and in fact made some seminal contribution to practically every
feld of evolutionary study. Though these lesser-known works may
seem disconnected, Jones points out that they all share a common
theme: the power of small means over time to produce gigantic ends.
Called a “world of wonders” by the Times of London, The Darwin
Archipelago will expand any reader’s view of Darwin’s genius and
will demonstrate how all of biology, like life itself, descends from a
common ancestor.
STeve JONeS is professor of genetics
and head of the Genetics Department
at University College London. He has
written several well-received books on
evolutionary biology. He lives in London.
“ As Jones accumulates his evidence,
the vision of the relatedness of
all life becomes more and more
breathtaking. I have never read
a book that made me gasp with
amazement so often.”—The Times
March nature
cloth 978-0-300-15540-2 $27.50
Also available as an eBook.
256 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 For sale in the United States and its territories and
dependencies only (Other rights held by Little, Brown in the UK)
21 general interest
moDernist america
Art, Music, Movies, and the Globalization
of American Culture
Richard Pells
A revelatory new take on the long-held belief
that America has dominated world culture
America’s global cultural impact is largely seen as one-sided, with
critics claiming that it has undermined other countries’ languages
and traditions. But contrary to popular belief, the cultural relation-
ship between the United States and the world has been reciprocal,
says Richard Pells. The United States not only plays a large role in
shaping international entertainment and tastes, it is also a consumer
of foreign intellectual and artistic infuences.
Pells reveals how the American artists, novelists, composers, jazz
musicians, and flmmakers who were part of the Modernist move-
ment were greatly infuenced by outside ideas and techniques. People
across the globe found familiarities in American entertainment,
resulting in a universal culture that has dominated the twentieth
and twenty-frst centuries and fulflled the aim of the Modernist
movement—to make the modern world seem more intelligible.
Modernist America brilliantly explains why George Gershwin’s
music, Cole Porter’s lyrics, Jackson Pollock’s paintings, Bob Fosse’s
choreography, Marlon Brando’s acting, and Orson Welles’s sto-
rytelling were so infuential, and why these and other artists and
entertainers simultaneously represent both an American and a mod-
ern global culture.
RICHARD PeLLS is a professor of
history at the University of Texas at
Austin. He is also the author of Not Like
Us: How Europeans Have Loved, Hated,
and Transformed American Culture since
World War II, The Liberal Mind in a
Conservative Age: American Intellectuals
in the 1940s and 1950s, and Radical
Visions and American Dreams: Culture
and Social Thought in the Depression
Years. He lives in Austin, Tx.
“Pells has written a capacious, original,
even compelling book . . . there is
nothing like this in print.”—Daniel
Horowitz, Smith College
March cultural history/Performing arts
cloth 978-0-300-11504-8 $35.00
Also available as an eBook.
496 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
22 general interest
eDwarD bancroft
Scientist, Author, Spy
Thomas J. Schaeper
The frst complete biography of a little-known
but fascinating fgure in the history of
espionage and the American Revolution
A man of as many names as motives, edward Bancroft is a sin-
gular fgure in the history of Revolutionary America. Born in
Massachusetts in 1745, Bancroft moved to england as a young man
in the 1760s and began building a respectable résumé as both a sci-
entist and a man of letters. In recognition of his works in natural
history, Bancroft was unanimously elected to the Royal Society, and
while working to secure French aid for the American Revolution, he
became a close associate of such luminaries as Benjamin Franklin,
Silas Deane, and John Adams. Though lauded in his time as a
staunch American patriot, when the British diplomatic archives
were opened in the late nineteenth century, it was revealed that
Bancroft led a secret life as a British agent acting against French and
American interests.
In this book, the frst complete biography of Bancroft, historian
Thomas J. Schaeper reveals the full extent of the agent’s deception
during the crucial years of the American Revolution. Operating
under aliases, working in ciphers, and leaving coded messages in
the trees of Paris’s Tuileries Gardens, Bancroft fltered information
from unsuspecting fgures including Franklin and Deane back to
his contacts in Britain, navigating a complicated web of political
allegiances. Through Schaeper’s keen analysis of Bancroft’s corre-
spondence and diplomatic records, this biography reveals whether
Bancroft should ultimately be considered a traitor to America or a
patriot to Britain.
THOMAS J. SCHAePeR is professor of
history, St. Bonaventure University, St.
Bonaventure, NY.
“This is the frst full-length treatment
of the life of Edward Bancroft. It
corrects a great many mistakes
and misinterpretations, and for that
reason is a valuable contribution to
the historical record. In particular,
the account of Bancroft’s work as
a spy in Paris is terrifc; I enjoyed
it a great deal.”—Alan Houston,
author of Benjamin Franklin and
the Politics of Improvement
March Biography
cloth 978-0-300-11842-1 $35.00
Also available as an eBook.
352 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 4 b/w illus. World
23 general interest
boreDom
A Lively History
Peter Toohey
A rich and stimulating exploration of one
of our most maligned emotions and how
it might actually help us fourish
In the frst book to argue for the benefts of boredom, Peter Toohey
dispels the myth that it’s simply a childish emotion or an existential
malaise like Jean-Paul Sartre’s nausea. He shows how boredom is, in
fact, one of our most common and constructive emotions and is an
essential part of the human experience.
This informative and entertaining investigation of boredom—what
it is and what it isn’t, its uses and its dangers—spans more than 3,000
years of history and takes readers through fascinating neurological
and psychological theories of emotion, as well as recent scientifc
investigations, to illustrate its role in our lives. There are Australian
aboriginals and bored Romans, Jeffrey Archer and caged cocka-
toos, Camus and the early Christians, Dürer and Degas. Toohey
also explores the important role that boredom plays in popular and
highbrow culture and how over the centuries it has proven to be a
stimulus for art and literature.
Toohey shows that boredom is a universal emotion experienced by
humans throughout history and he explains its place, and value, in
today’s world. Boredom: A Lively History is vital reading for anyone
interested in what goes on when supposedly nothing happens.
PeTeR TOOHeY is a professor in the
Department of Greek and Roman Studies
at the University of Calgary. His previous
books include Melancholy, Love and
Time: Boundaries of the Self in Ancient
Literature. He lives in Calgary, Canada.
april Psychology/history
cloth 978-0-300-14110-8 $26.00
Also available as an eBook.
224 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄2 26 b/w illus. World
24 general interest
aDVocacy
Championing Ideas and Infuencing Others
John Daly
Lots of people have good ideas, but very few are
ever enacted. What steps can you take to ensure
that your own good ideas are realized?
When a group of people gather together to generate ideas for solving
a problem or achieving a goal, sometimes the best ideas are passed
over. Worse, a problematic suggestion with far less likelihood of suc-
cess may be selected instead. Why would a group dismiss an option
that would be more effective? Leadership and communications
expert John Daly has a straightforward answer: it wasn’t sold to them
as well. If the best idea is yours, how can you increase the chances
that it gains the support of the group? In Advocacy: Championing
Ideas and Infuencing Others, Daly explains in full detail how to
transform ideas into practice.
To be successful, leaders in every type of organization must fnd
practical and action-oriented ways to market their ideas and achieve
buy-in from the members of the group. Daly offers a comprehensive
action guide that explains how to shape opinion, inspire action, and
achieve results. Drawing on current research in the felds of persua-
sion, power relations, and behavior change, he discusses the complex
factors involved in selling an idea—the context of the communica-
tion, the type of message being promoted, the nature and interests
of the audience, the emotional tenor of the issues at stake, and much
more. For the businessperson, politician, or any other member of a
group who seeks the satisfaction of having his or her own idea take
shape and become reality, this book is an essential guide.
JOHN DALY has published more than
100 scholarly articles, produced fve
books, and made numerous conference
presentations. He has served as editor of
two academic journals and is the presi-
dent of the National Communication
Association, as well as the president
of the Council of Communication
Associations. He has been on the Board of
Directors of the International Customer
Service Association and the International
Communication Association. Daly has
worked with more than 300 companies
and public agencies worldwide on topics
related to communication, infuence, and
customer loyalty. In recent years, he has
worked with corporate entities such as
American Airlines, IBM, Marriott, Merck,
and Merrill Lynch, as well as govern-
mental units such as the White House,
Department of the Army, Department of
the Interior, and many others.
august Business/self help/Psychology
cloth 978-0-300-16775-7 $30.00
Also available as an eBook.
352 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 11 b/w illus. World
25 general interest
In this book you describe infuence as your “lifelong” “obsessive
concern.” Why do you think that infuence has been such an
important topic for you?
I began as a very small child endlessly to read poetry. I started
with Yiddish, particularly Moshe Leib Halpern, but then went
on to Blake, Hart Crane, Stevens, Shakespeare, Milton, and Walt
Whitman. Because I had a shocking reading rate and amazing
powers of memory it was natural for me to begin wondering about
the relation between the poets I loved.
Who are your most signifcant infuences?
The critics who from the start have meant most to me were Dr.
Samuel Johnson, William Hazlitt, Ralph Waldo emerson, Walter
Pater, and in my own time Kenneth Burke, Northrop Frye,
William empson. I think one impulse that led to The Anxiety of
Infuence was the need to break from Frye, who I felt had idealized
literary relations.
Does your emphasis on criticism as an art of appreciation prevent you
from writing about poets you don’t admire?
I learned appreciation as a mode from Pater. I have written about
poets I dislike, T. S. eliot in particular, but never very happily.
The title The Anatomy of Infuence echoes that of Robert Burton’s
mammoth The Anatomy of Melancholy, and you begin your Anatomy
by speculating that, like Burton, you too may write to cure a sense
of having been overly infuenced by the great writers of the Western
canon. Is your preternatural knowledge of the literary canon—the fact
that you possess it by memory—a burden as well as a blessing?
Like the great Burton, I cannot get what already has been written
out of my mind. Possession-by-memory is an art I try to teach my
students, though uneasily as I am aware that it is for me almost as
much a burden as a blessing.
Is it true, as you write here, that you have never attempted to write
poetry? And, if so, why?
I have translated a few poems, mostly from the Yiddish, but never
published them. I have never written a poem of my own in any
language. Partly I think it is a primordial fear that I would cross
a threshold guarded by hungry daimons who would devour me.
More realistically, anything I wrote would be 50 percent Wallace
Stevens, 50 percent Hart Crane.
One of the themes that runs throughout this book is the inseparability
of literature and life. This is suggested by the subtitle, Literature as a
Way of Life, and made explicit in your statement “Literature for me is not
merely the best part of life; it is itself the form of life, which has no other
form.” What does this mean for you, as a person and a critic?
I am made desolate by all formalist or historicist attempts to sever
literature from life. Why would we read at all if we did not seek
the blessing of more life into a time without boundaries? Had I
never read Shakespeare, in particular, I would comprehend even
less of both the sadness and splendor of life than I do now. I gave
up on the academy’s betrayal of the true use of literary study more
than forty years ago. Shakespeare, Dante, Cervantes, Proust matter
most because properly apprehended they help form our sense of
one another.
M
i
c
h
a
e
l

M
a
r
s
l
a
n
d
/
Y
a
l
e

U
n
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
a conVersation
with harolD
bloom
26 general interest
april literary studies
cloth 978-0-300-16760-3 $32.50
384 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
HAROLD BLOOM, Sterling Professor
of the Humanities and english at Yale
University, is the world-renowned author
of thirty-eight books. His publications
include his New York Times best sellers
The Western Canon, Shakespeare: The
Invention of the Human, and The Book
of J, as well as his pioneering studies A
Visionary Company and The Anxiety of
Infuence. He is a MacArthur Prize Fellow,
a member of the Academy of Arts and
Letters, and the recipient of many awards
and honorary degrees.
the anatomy of influence
Literature as a Way of Life
Harold Bloom
Our most revered critic returns to his signature theme
“Literary criticism, as I attempt to practice it,” writes Harold Bloom
in The Anatomy of Infuence, “is in the frst place literary, that is to
say, personal and passionate.”
For more than half a century, Bloom has shared his profound knowl-
edge of the written word with students and readers. In this, his most
comprehensive and accessible study of infuence, Bloom leads us
through the labyrinthine paths which link the writers and critics
who have informed and inspired him for so many years. The result
is “a critical self-portrait,” a sustained meditation on a life lived with
and through the great works of the Western canon: Why has infu-
ence been my lifelong obsessive concern? Why have certain writers
found me and not others? What is the end of a literary life?
Featuring extended analyses of Bloom’s most cherished poets—
Shakespeare, Whitman, and Crane—as well as inspired appreciations
of emerson, Tennyson, Browning, Yeats, Ashbery, and others, The
Anatomy of Infuence adapts Bloom’s classic work The Anxiety of
Infuence to show us what great literature is, how it comes to be, and
why it matters. each chapter maps startling new literary connec-
tions that suddenly seem inevitable once Bloom has shown us how
to listen and to read. A ferce and intimate appreciation of the art
of literature on a scale that the author will not again attempt, The
Anatomy of Infuence follows the sublime works it studies, inspiring
the reader with a sense of something ever more about to be.
27 general interest
the new uniVerse anD
the human future
How a Shared Cosmology Could Transform the World
Nancy ellen Abrams and Joel R. Primack
Two cutting-edge thinkers—one a cultural philosopher
and the other a leading astrophysicist—combine
their abilities to present a new picture of the
universe with critical relevance for our time
After a four-century rupture between science and the questions of
value and meaning, this groundbreaking book presents an explo-
sive and potentially life-altering idea: if the world could agree on a
shared creation story based on modern cosmology and biology—a
story that has just become available—it would redefne our relation-
ship with Planet earth and beneft all of humanity, now and into
the distant future.
Written in eloquent, accessible prose and illustrated in magnifcent
color throughout, including images from innovative simulations of
the evolving universe, this book brings the new scientifc picture of
the universe to life. It interprets what our human place in the cos-
mos may mean for us and our descendants. It offers unique insights
into the potential use of this newfound knowledge to fnd solutions
to seemingly intractable global problems such as climate change
and unsustainable growth. And it explains why we need to “think
cosmically, act globally” if we’re going to have a long-term, prosper-
ous future on earth.
◆ ◆
The Terry Lectures Series
NANCY eLLeN ABRAMS, an attorney,
cultural philosopher, and lecturer at the
University of California, Santa Cruz, has
worked for the Ford Foundation and
the Offce of Technology Assessment of
the U.S. Congress. JOeL R. PRIMACK,
Distinguished Professor of Physics at
the University of California, Santa Cruz,
is one of the principal creators of the
modern theory of the universe on the
grand scale. The New Universe and the
Human Future is based on the Terry
Lectures that the authors gave at Yale
University in October 2009. They live in
Santa Cruz, CA.
“In contrast with many of the oracles of
science, Abrams and Primack argue
for an interpretation of contemporary
cosmology suggestive of human
signifcance in a universe flled with
meaning. They do so for the edifcation
of a general audience, with elegant
prose, provocative images, and
stunning online animations.”—William
Grassie, Metanexus Institute
april science/cosmology
cloth 978-0-300-16508-1 $28.00
Also available as an eBook.
256 pp. 7 x 9 72 color illus. World
28 general interest
twelVe turninG Points of
the seconD worlD war
P. M. H. Bell
A fresh exploration of the Second World War through
twelve key events that shaped the confict
The Battle of Britain. Pearl Harbor. Stalingrad. D-Day. These defn-
ing events of the Second World War exemplify both the immense
heroism and the grievous costs of global confict. They are the tense,
thrilling moments that had the potential to swing the war in favor of
either side and in turn change the course of history. In this gripping
new look at the twentieth century’s most crucial confict, historian
P. M. H. Bell analyzes twelve unique turning points that determined
the character and the ultimate outcome of the Second World War.
Be they military campaigns, economic actions, or diplomatic sum-
mits, Bell’s twelve turning points span the full breadth of the war,
from the home front to the front line. Many are familiar—Barbarossa
and Hiroshima among them—while sections on war production,
the Atlantic convoy system, and the conferences at Tehran and
Yalta emphasize the importance of the combatants’ actions off the
battlefeld. Through these keenly narrated episodes, Bell reveals
how the Allied and Axis powers achieved their greatest successes
and stumbled into their strategic failures, inviting us to think about
the Second World War in a fresh, stimulating way. Ultimately, his
close study of these dozen turning points reminds us, often terrify-
ingly, how easily things might have turned out differently.
P. M. H. BeLL was Reader in History
at the University of Liverpool and is the
author of many books, including The
Origins of the Second World War in
Europe. He lives in Surrey, england.
“Through a sharp focus on a number of
key episodes, Philip Bell’s lucid and
fascinating analysis is able to highlight
the uncertainties of the Second World
War, and show that its outcome was
at many points less predictable than
we often presume.”—Ian Kershaw
april history/Military history
cloth 978-0-300-14885-5 $28.00
Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 20 b/w illus. + 5 maps World
29 general interest
What led you to write a book about the veil?
I didn’t set out to write a book about the veil, but rather to
understand how Islam was making rapid gains internationally,
including in the West, from the late 1990s on. The reappearance
of the veil signaled to me the resurgence of Islamism. even
in Muslim-majority societies the sudden spread of veiling
astounded and baffed many and sent scholars scrambling. How
did the Islamic Resurgence encourage women to voluntarily
adopt the veil, or hijab? What did the veil’s return mean for
contemporary Islam and for Islam in the West? Feeling that
no compelling explanation for this phenomenon had yet been
offered, I embarked on this project.
What unique perspective do you bring to the story?
I grew up in Cairo in the 1940s and 1950s, when the
overwhelming majority of urban women, including deeply
religious women, wore no veil. I knew, therefore, that the veil’s
resurgence was about more than a growing religiosity among
Islamic women.
What in your research surprised you about the subject?
The most astonishing and wildly unexpected fnding for me
was the leadership roles that Muslim women play in the activist
struggles for women’s rights and social justice in the West. very
often these activists are women who have been infuenced by
Islamism and the teachings of the Muslim Brotherhood, and
many of them wear the veil. This dramatically challenged the
assumptions with which I’d begun.
What impact do you hope your book will have?
I hope it will greatly complicate the narratives that many
Muslims and non-Muslims have, both of the veil and of the
Islamic revival’s lively and evolving legacy. I also hope it will
signifcantly nuance our ideas about Muslim women’s place in
our global world.
a conVersation
with leila ahmeD
30 general interest
april history/current events
cloth 978-0-300-17095-5 $30.00 Also available as an eBook.
320 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
LeILA AHMeD was the frst profes-
sor of Women’s Studies in Religion at
Harvard University and is now the victor
S. Thomas Professor of Divinity at the
university’s Divinity School. She is the
author of Women and Gender in Islam
and A Border Passage: From Cairo to
America—A Woman’s Journey. She lives in
Cambridge, MA.
a Quiet reVolution
The Veil’s Resurgence, from the Middle East to America
Leila Ahmed
A probing study of the veil’s recent return—from
one of the world’s foremost authorities on Muslim
women—that reaches surprising conclusions about
contemporary Islam’s place in the West today
In Cairo in the 1940s, Leila Ahmed was raised by a generation of
women who never dressed in the veils and headscarves their moth-
ers and grandmothers had worn. To them, these coverings seemed
irrelevant to both modern life and Islamic piety. Today, however,
the majority of Muslim women throughout the Islamic world again
wear the veil. Why, Ahmed asks, did this change take root so swiftly,
and what does this shift mean for women, Islam, and the West?
When she began her study, Ahmed assumed that the veil’s return
indicated a backward step for Muslim women worldwide. What
she discovered, however, in the stories of British colonial offcials,
young Muslim feminists, Arab nationalists, pious Islamic daugh-
ters, American Muslim immigrants, violent jihadists, and peaceful
Islamic activists, confounded her expectations. Ahmed observed
that Islamism, with its commitments to activism in the service of
the poor and in pursuit of social justice, is the strain of Islam most
easily and naturally merging with western democracies’ own tradi-
tion of activism in the cause of justice and social change. It is often
Islamists, even more than secular Muslims, who are at the forefront
of such contemporary activist struggles as civil rights and women’s
rights. Ahmed’s surprising conclusions represent a near reversal of
her thinking on this topic.
Richly insightful, intricately drawn, and passionately argued, this
absorbing story of the veil’s resurgence, from egypt through Saudi
Arabia and into the West, suggests a dramatically new portrait of
contemporary Islam.
“This is an important book. Leila
Ahmed takes a subject that arouses
great emotion, among Muslims and
non-Muslims alike, shows how the
resurgence of veiling has come
about, and explains with great clarity
what it means. Ahmed’s learned and
engaging argument should make
all readers examine their prejudices.
This book is a valuable and much
needed introduction to major trends in
the modern Muslim world and leads to
some novel and surprising conclusions.
It should be required reading for
journalists, educationalists, politicians
and religious leaders.”—Karen
Armstrong, historian of religion and
author of The Case for God
31 general interest
caPtain cook
Master of the Seas
Frank McLynn
A vivid reappraisal of the legendary Captain Cook,
from bestselling biographer Frank McLynn
The age of discovery was at its peak in the eighteenth century,
with heroic adventurers charting the furthest reaches of the globe.
Foremost among these explorers was navigator and cartographer
Captain James Cook of the British Royal Navy.
Recent writers have viewed Cook largely through the lens of colo-
nial exploitation, regarding him as a villain and overlooking an
important aspect of his identity: his nautical skills. In this authentic,
engrossing biography, Frank McLynn reveals Cook’s place in his-
tory as a brave and brilliant seaman. He shows how the Captain’s
life was one of struggle—with himself, with institutions, with the
environment, with the desire to be remembered—and also one of
great success.
In Captain Cook, McLynn re-creates the voyages that took the
famous navigator from his native england to the outer reaches
of the Pacifc Ocean. Ultimately, Cook, who began his career as
a deckhand, transcended his humble beginnings and triumphed
through good fortune, courage, and talent. Although Cook died in
a senseless, avoidable confict with the people of Hawaii, McLynn
illustrates that to the men with whom he served, Cook was master of
the seas and nothing less than a titan.
FRANK McLYNN is a highly regarded
historian specializing in biographies and
military history. He has written more
than twenty books, including Richard
and John: Kings at War, Napoleon, and
Marcus Aurelius: A Life. He lives in Surrey,
england.
april history/Biography
cloth 978-0-300-11421-8 $35.00
Also available as an eBook.
384 pp. 6
1
⁄4 x 9
1
⁄4 32 b/w illus. + 14 maps World
32 general interest
reclaiminG our health
A Guide to African American Wellness
Michelle A. Gourdine, M.D.
In this essential wellness guide, a prominent
physician looks at African American health in a
groundbreaking way: from a cultural perspective
According to the federal Offce of Minority Health, African
Americans “are affected by serious diseases and health conditions at
far greater rates than other Americans.” In fact, African Americans
suffer an estimated 85,000 excess deaths every year from diseases
we know how to prevent: heart disease, stroke, cancer, high blood
pressure, and diabetes. In this important and accessible book, Dr.
Michelle Gourdine provides African Americans with the knowl-
edge and guidance they need to take charge of their well-being.
Reclaiming Our Health begins with an overview of the primary
health concerns facing African Americans and explains who is
at greatest risk of illness. expanding on her career and life expe-
riences as an African American physician, Dr. Gourdine presents
key insights into the ways African American culture shapes health
choices—how beliefs, traditions, and values can infuence eating
choices, exercise habits, and even the decision to seek medical atten-
tion. She translates extensive research into practical information
and presents readers with concrete steps for achieving a healthier
lifestyle, as well as strategies for navigating the health-care system.
This interactive guide with illustrations is a vital resource for every
African American on how to live a healthier and more empowered
life, and an indispensable handbook for health-care providers, policy
makers, and others working to close the health gap among people
of color. Says Gourdine, “I wrote this book to empower our com-
munity to solve our own health problems and save our own lives.”
◆ ◆
Yale University Press Health & Wellness
MICHeLLe A. GOURDINe, M.D., is
CeO and principal consultant, Michelle
Gourdine and Associates, a health policy
consulting frm. She is the former deputy
secretary of health and chief public health
physician for the state of Maryland, and is
currently clinical assistant professor in the
departments of pediatrics and epidemiol-
ogy/preventive medicine at the University
of Maryland School of Medicine
and senior associate, Johns Hopkins
Bloomberg School of Public Health. She
lives in Owings Mills, MD.
april health
Paper 978-0-300-13705-7 $19.95
Cloth 978-0-300-14582-3 $45.00 tx Also available as an eBook.
224 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 20 b/w illus. World
33 general interest
Why was Marx right?
Marx was wrong on a number of counts. But he foresaw
that capitalism would become a global system, and that its
inequalities would deepen intolerably. Today, millions live on
less than a dollar a day while others feed caviar to their poodles.
Marx saw that the capitalist system has amassed enough wealth
to make poverty and inequality things of the past.
What critique of Marx is most wrong-headed?
Almost all of them fail to see that Marx believed passionately
in the individual, had little patience with abstract dogma, was
deeply opposed to the state, and opposed the current political
system on the grounds that it wasn’t democratic enough. He also
thought the end of human life was not labour and production
but leisure and self-realisation. How many of his critics are aware
of all this?
Why have so many previous Marxists abandoned the cause?
Because capitalism has got so much more powerful—which
you might think is a reason for sticking to the cause rather than
abandoning it. People got demoralised not so much because they
stopped believing in radical change but because they ceased to
see it as a real possibility. But if Marxism was true in 1973, as so
many believed, why wasn’t it also true in 2003?
Why is Marx ripe for reconsideration right now?
Because capitalism is passing through an enormous crisis that
reminds us of just how sickeningly fragile it is, and just how
scandalously it fails to deliver the goods for most ordinary men
and women. Those people have now been asked to bail out a
system which got into trouble in the frst place by ripping them
off. Can one imagine anything more cynical?
a conVersation
with terry
eaGleton
34 general interest
april Philosophy/economics
cloth 978-0-300-16943-0 $25.00
Also available as an eBook.
272 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
TeRRY eAGLeTON is currently
Bailrigg Professor of english Literature
at the University of Lancaster, england,
and Professor of Cultural Theory at the
National University of Ireland, Galway.
He lives in Dublin.
why marx was riGht
Terry eagleton
One of the foremost Marxist critics of his generation
forcefully argues against Marx’s irrelevancy
In this combative, controversial book, Terry eagleton takes issue
with the prejudice that Marxism is dead and done with. Taking
ten of the most common objections to Marxism—that it leads to
political tyranny, that it reduces everything to the economic, that
it is a form of historical determinism, and so on—he demonstrates
in each case what a woeful travesty of Marx’s own thought these
assumptions are. In a world in which capitalism has been shaken
to its roots by some major crises, Why Marx Was Right is as urgent
and timely as it is brave and candid. Written with eagleton’s familiar
wit, humor, and clarity, it will attract an audience far beyond the
confnes of academia.
35 general interest
leVant
Splendor and Catastrophe on the Mediterranean
Philip Mansel
Not so long ago, in certain cities on the shores of
the eastern Mediterranean, Muslims, Christians,
and Jews lived and fourished side by side. What
can the histories of these cities tell us?
Levant is a book of cities. It describes three former centers of
great wealth, pleasure, and freedom—Smyrna, Alexandria, and
Beirut—cities of the Levant region along the eastern coast of the
Mediterranean. In these key ports at the crossroads of east and
West, against all expectations, cosmopolitanism and nationalism
fourished simultaneously. People freely switched identities and
languages, released from the prisons of religion and nationality.
Muslims, Christians, and Jews lived and worshipped as neighbors.
Distinguished historian Philip Mansel is the frst to recount the col-
orful, contradictory histories of Smyrna, Alexandria, and Beirut in
the modern age. He begins in the early days of the French alliance
with the Ottoman empire in the sixteenth century and continues
through the cities’ mid-twentieth-century fates: Smyrna burned;
Alexandria egyptianized; Beirut lacerated by civil war.
Mansel looks back to discern what these remarkable Levantine cit-
ies were like, how they differed from other cities, why they shone
forth as cultural beacons. He also embarks on a quest: to discover
whether, as often claimed, these cities were truly cosmopolitan, pos-
sessing the elixir of coexistence between Muslims, Christians, and
Jews for which the world yearns. Or, below the glittering surface,
were they volcanoes waiting to erupt, as the catastrophes of the
twentieth century suggest? In the pages of the past, Mansel fnds
important messages for the fractured world of today.
PHILIP MANSeL is a historian of
France and the Ottoman empire.
His publications include histories of
Constantinople and nineteenth-century
Paris, as well as biographies of Louis
xvIII and the Prince de Ligne. While
writing Levant, he lived in Beirut
and Istanbul.
“Levant is Mansel’s best book yet!”
—Simon Sebag Montefore
april history
cloth 978-0-300-17264-5 $35.00
480 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 For sale in North America only; all other rights: John Murray
36 general interest
american GeorGics
Writings on Farming, Culture, and the Land
edited by edwin C. Hagenstein,
Sara M. Gregg, and Brian Donahue
A rich and evocative collection of agrarian writing from
the past two centuries, refecting how shifting views on
agriculture have shaped American society, from the frst
European settlers to the modern organic movement.
From Thomas Jefferson’s Monticello to Michelle Obama’s White
House organic garden, the image of America as a nation of farm-
ers has persisted from the beginnings of the American experiment.
In this rich and evocative collection of agrarian writing from the
past two centuries, writers from Hector St. Jean de Crevecoeur to
Wendell Berry reveal not only the great reach and durability of the
American agrarian ideal, but also the ways in which society has con-
tested and confronted its relationship to agriculture over the course
of generations.
Drawing inspiration from virgil’s agrarian epic poem, Georgics, this
collection presents a complex historical portrait of the American char-
acter through its relationship to the land. From the frst european
settlers eager to cultivate new soil, to the Transcendentalist, utopian,
and religious thinkers of the nineteenth century, American society
has drawn upon the vision of a pure rural life for inspiration. Back-to-
the-land movements have surged and retreated in the past centuries
yet provided the agrarian roots for the environmental movement of
the past forty years. Interpretative essays and a sprinkling of illustra-
tions accompany excerpts from each of these periods of American
agrarian thought, providing a framework for understanding the
sweeping changes that have confronted the nation’s landscape.
◆ ◆
Yale Agrarian Studies Series
eDWIN C. HAGeNSTeIN is a free-
lance editor and writer in Boston. He lives
in Maynard, MA. SARA M. GReGG
teaches U.S. and environmental history at
the University of Kansas. She is the author
of Managing the Mountains, published
by Yale University Press. She lives in
Washington, DC. BRIAN DONAHUe
is Associate Professor of American
environmental Studies at Brandeis
University and environmental Historian
at Harvard Forest. He is also the author of
two award-winning books published by
Yale University Press, The Great Meadow
and Reclaiming the Commons. He lives in
Weston, MA.
“No collection like this one exists. . . .
This volume considers an alternative
vision of the United States from
colonial Pennsylvania to Michael
Pollan. Every document hits its
mark . . . I look forward to this
book.”—Steven Stoll, author of Larding
the Lean Earth: Soil and Society
in Nineteenth-Century America
april nature/essays
cloth 978-0-300-13709-5 $35.00
Also available as an eBook.
448 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 33 b/w illus. World
37 general interest
c. s. lewis’s lost aeneiD
Arms and the Exile
edited by A. T. Reyes
An extraordinary literary discovery: a partial
translation of the Aeneid by C. S. Lewis
C. S. Lewis (1898–1963) is best remembered as a literary critic, essay-
ist, theologian, and novelist, and his famed tales The Chronicles of
Narnia and The Screwtape Letters have been read by millions. Now,
A. T. Reyes reveals a different side of this diverse man of letters:
translator.
Reyes introduces the surviving fragments of Lewis’s translation of
virgil’s epic poem, which were rescued from a bonfre. They are
presented in parallel with the Latin text, and are accompanied by
synopses of missing sections, and an informative glossary, making
them accessible to the general reader. Writes Lewis in A Preface to
Paradise Lost, “virgil uses something more subtle than mere length
of time . . . . It is this which gives the reader of the Aeneid the sense
of having lived through so much. No man who has read it with
full perception remains an adolescent.” Lewis’s admiration for the
Aeneid, written in the 1st century BC and unfolding the adventures
of Aeneas, a Trojan who traveled to Italy and became the ancestor of
the Romans, is evident in his remarkably lyrical translation.
C. S. Lewis’s Lost Aeneid is part detective story, as Reyes recounts
the dramatic rescue of the fragments and his efforts to collect and
organize them, and part illuminating look at a lesser-known and
intriguing aspect of Lewis’s work.
A. T. ReYeS, who studied classics at
Harvard and Oxford, helped Walter
Hooper with the classical references in
Lewis’s Letters. He teaches Greek and
Latin at Groton School, Massachusetts.
april classics
cloth 978-0-300-16717-7 $27.50
184 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
38 general interest
tibet
A History
Sam van Schaik
A timely and illuminating history of Tibet, from the
seventh century to what it means to be Tibetan today
Situated north of the Himalayas, Tibet is famous for its unique cul-
ture and its controversial assimilation into modern China. Yet Tibet
in the twenty-frst century can only be properly understood in the
context of its extraordinary history.
Sam van Schaik brings the history of Tibet to life by telling the sto-
ries of the people involved, from the glory days of the Tibetan empire
in the seventh century through to the present day. He explores the
emergence of Tibetan Buddhism and the rise of the Dalai Lamas,
Tibet’s entanglement in the “Great Game” in the early twentieth
century, its submission to Chinese Communist rule in the 1950s,
and the troubled times of recent decades.
Tibet sheds light on the country’s complex relationship with China
and explains often-misunderstood aspects of its culture, such as
reborn lamas, monasteries and hermits, The Tibetan Book of the
Dead, and the role of the Dalai Lama. van Schaik works through
the layers of history and myth to create a compelling narrative, one
that offers readers a greater understanding of this important and
controversial corner of the world.
SAM vAN SCHAIK is an expert on
the early history of Tibet and Tibetan
Buddhism. He is based at the British
Library in London, where he works for
the International Dunhuang Project.
He is also the founder of the website
www.earlyTibet.com.
“Books on Tibet tend toward one of two
extremes, either over-simplifying the
region’s complex history or plunging
the reader into a tangle of foreign
names and relations. Van Schaik cuts
an elegant path between these poles,
bringing crucial fgures of history to life,
and combining detailed research with
compelling storytelling.”—Jacob Dalton,
University of California, Berkeley
april history/asian studies
cloth 978-0-300-15404-7 $35.00
Also available as an eBook.
336 pp. 6 x 9 24 b/w illus. World
39 general interest
raDial symmetry
Katherine Larson
Foreword by Louise Glück
Katherine Larson is the winner of the 2010 Yale Series of Younger
Poets Competition. With Radial Symmetry, she has created a tran-
scendent body of poems that fourish in the liminal spaces that
separate scientifc inquiry from empathic knowledge, astute obser-
vation from sublime witness. Larson’s inventive lyrics lead the reader
through vertiginous landscapes—geographical, phenomenological,
psychological—while always remaining attendant to the speaker’s
own fragile, creaturely self. An experienced research scientist and
feld ecologist, Larson dazzles with these sensuous and sophisti-
cated poems, grappling with the powers of poetic imagination as
well as the frightful realization of the human capacity for ecological
destruction. The result is a profoundly moving collection: eloquent
in its lament and celebration.
Metamorphosis
[excerpt]
We dredge the stream with soup strainers
and separate dragonfy and damselfy nymphs—
their eyes like inky bulbs, jaws snapping
at the light as if the world was full of
tiny traps, each hairpin mechanism
tripped for transformation. Such a ricochet
of appetites insisting life, life, life against
the watery dark, the tuberous reeds.
◆ ◆
Yale Series of Younger Poets
KATHeRINe LARSON is the recipient
of a Ruth Lilly Poetry Fellowship and
Union League Civic and Arts Foundation
Poetry Prize. She lives in Arizona.
april Poetry
Paper 978-0-300-16920-1 $18.00
Cloth 978-0-300-16919-5 $35.00 tx
96 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
40 general interest
the future of history
John Lukacs
A master historian explores the critical
future of history writing and teaching
For more than sixty years, John Lukacs has been writing, teaching,
and reading about the past. In this inspired volume, he turns his
attention to the future. Throughout The Future of History, Lukacs
refects on his discipline, eloquently arguing that the writing and
teaching of history are literary rather than scientifc, comprising
knowledge that is neither wholly objective nor subjective. History at
its best, he contends, is personal and participatory.
Despite a recently unprecedented appetite for history among the
general public, as evidenced by history television program ratings,
sales of popular history books, and increased participation in local
historical societies, Lukacs believes that the historical profession is
in a state of disarray. He traces a decline in history teaching through-
out higher education, matched by a corresponding reduction in the
number of history students. He reviews a series of short-lived fads
within the profession that have weakened the fundamentals of the
feld. In looking for a way forward, Lukacs explores the critical rela-
tionships between history and literature, including ways in which
novelists have contributed to historical understanding. Through this
startling and enlightening work, readers will understand Lukacs’s
assertion that “everything has its history, including history” and that
history itself has a future, since everything we know comes from
the past.
also by John lukacs:
The Legacy of the Second World War
See page 84
Five Days in London, May 1940
Paper 978-0-300-08466-5 $11.95
Churchill: visionary. Statesman. Historian.
Paper 978-0-300-10302-1 $15.00 sc
JOHN LUKACS is the author of some
thirty books of history, including the
acclaimed Five Days in London and,
most recently, The Legacy of the Second
World War.
“I consider John Lukacs one of
the outstanding historians of
the generation and, indeed, of
our time.”—Jacques Barzun
april history
cloth 978-0-300-16956-0 $26.00
224 pp. 5 x 7
3
⁄4 World
41 general interest
“Elevenyearshavepassed
by.—Iseeallitsphases—all
thedays&hours&moments
ofecstasy&pain—the
growth—ofsomethingvery
exceptional&verybeautiful
betweenus....”—Stieglitz to
O’Keeffe, June 8, 1929
Top to bottom:
Second page of a letter by
Alfred Stieglitz dated
November 4, 1916.
Anonymous,
Portrait of
Georgia O’Keeffe
and Alfred Stieglitz
Kissing at Lake
George, 1929.
Black-and-white
photographic print.
11.5 x 9 cm on mount.
Claudia O’Keeffe,
Georgia O’Keeffe in
Canyon, Texas, 1917.
Black-and-white
photograph.
2
15
⁄16 x 3
15
⁄16 in.
Paul Strand,
Portrait of Stieglitz
with Camera, 1929.
Black-and-white
photographic print.
4
3
⁄4 x 3
9
⁄16 in.
Copyright © Aperture
Foundation, Inc.,
Paul Strand Archive.
“YouseeyouarethemostpreciousthingI
haveeverknown—Icouldn’tseemtosee
myselflivingwithoutit....Allmylove
goestoyou—Andthekissthatismylife.”
— O’Keeffe to Stieglitz, September 3, 1926
All images courtesy of the Alfred Stieglitz/Georgia O’Keeffe
Archive, Yale Collection of American Literature, Beinecke Rare
Book and Manuscript Library
42 Beinecke rare Book and ManuscriPt liBrary general interest
May Memoir/Biography/art
cloth 978-0-300-16630-9 $39.95
Also available as an eBook.
818 pp. 7
1
⁄2 x 10 25 b/w illus. World
Published in association with the Beinecke
Rare Book and Manuscript Library
SARAH GReeNOUGH is senior
curator and head of the department of
photographs at the National Gallery of
Art, Washington, D.C. She is the author
of Alfred Stieglitz: The Key Set and many
other critically acclaimed books on
modern photography.
my faraway one
Selected Letters of Georgia O’Keeffe and
Alfred Stieglitz: Volume One, 1915–1933
Selected, annotated, and edited by Sarah Greenough
The frst extensive publication from the extraordinary
archive of private correspondence between
two of this country’s most famous artists
There are few couples in the history of 20th-century American art
and culture more prominent than Georgia O’Keeffe (1887–1986)
and Alfred Stieglitz (1864–1946). Between 1915, when they frst
began to write to each other, and 1946, when Stieglitz died, O’Keeffe
and Stieglitz exchanged over 5,000 letters (more than 25,000 pages)
that describe their daily lives in profoundly rich detail. This long-
awaited volume features some 650 letters, carefully selected and
annotated by leading photography scholar Sarah Greenough.
In O’Keeffe’s sparse and vibrant style and Stieglitz’s fervent and lyri-
cal manner, the letters describe how they met and fell in love in the
1910s; how they carved out a life together in the 1920s; how their rela-
tionship nearly collapsed during the early years of the Depression;
and how it was reconstructed in the late 1930s and early 1940s. At
the same time, the correspondence reveals the creative evolution of
their art and ideas; their friendships with many of the most infuen-
tial fgures in early American modernism (Charles Demuth, Arthur
Dove, Marsden Hartley, John Marin, and Paul Strand, to name a
few); and their relationships and conversations with an exceptionally
wide range of key fgures in American and european art and culture
(including Duncan Phillips, Diego Rivera, D. H. Lawrence, Frank
Lloyd Wright, and Marcel Duchamp). Furthermore, their often
poignant prose reveals insights into the impact of larger cultural
forces—World War I and II; the booming economy of the 1920s; and
the Depression of the 1930s—on two articulate, creative individuals.
43 general interest Beinecke rare Book and ManuscriPt liBrary
bob Dylan
Like a Complete Unknown
David Yaffe
An appreciative and incisive look at Bob
Dylan’s expansive career, published to coincide
with the singer’s seventieth birthday
Bob Dylan is an iconic fgure in American musical and cultural
history, lauded by Time magazine as one of the hundred most
important people of the twentieth century. For nearly ffty years the
singer-songwriter has crafted his unique brand of music, from his
1962 self-titled debut album to 2009’s #1 hit Together Through Life,
appealing to everyone from baby boomers to the twenty-somethings
who storm the stage at his concerts.
In Bob Dylan: Like a Complete Unknown, literary scholar and music
critic David Yaffe considers Dylan from four perspectives: his com-
plicated relationship to blackness (including his involvement in the
civil rights movement and a secret marriage with a black backup
singer), the underrated infuence of his singing style, his fascinating
image in flms, and his controversial songwriting methods that have
led to charges of plagiarism. each chapter travels from the 1960s
to the present, offering a historical perspective on the many facets
of Dylan’s life and career, exploring the mystery that surrounds the
enigmatic singer and revealing the complete unknown Dylan.
◆ ◆
Icons of America
Icons of America is a series of short works
written by leading scholars, critics, and
writers, each of whom tells a new and
innovative story about American history
and culture through the lens of a single
iconic individual, event, object, or cultural
phenomenon.
DAvID YAFFe is assistant professor of
english at Syracuse University and the
author of Fascinating Rhythm: Reading
Jazz in American Writing and Reckless
Daughter: A Portrait of Joni Mitchell.
He is a music critic for the Nation and
has written articles for the Cambridge
Companion to Bob Dylan, the New York
Times, Bookforum, New York Magazine,
Slate, and other publications.
“Writing with deep respect and
affection for his subject, David Yaffe
gives us an exhilarating tour of Bob
Dylan’s astonishing career. This
book sings.”—Brian Morton, author
of Starting Out in the Evening
May Biography/Performing arts
cloth 978-0-300-12457-6 $24.00
Also available as an eBook.
208 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 4 b/w illus. World
44 general interest
to Do
A Book of Alphabets and Birthdays
Gertrude Stein
With illustrations by Giselle Potter
and an introduction by Timothy Young
The frst ever illustrated edition of avant-garde
writer Gertrude Stein’s whimsical children’s book
“Alphabets and names make games and everybody has a name and
all the same they have in a way to have a birthday,” muses Gertrude
Stein in To Do: A Book of Alphabets and Birthdays. Written in
1940 and intended as a follow-up to her children’s book The World
Is Round, published the previous year, To Do is a fanciful journey
through the alphabet. each letter is represented by four names
(including Gertrude for “G”) and features a short story told in verse.
“[This is] a birthday book I would have liked as a child,” said Stein
of To Do.
Publishers rejected the manuscript as too complex for children, and
it remained unpublished during Stein’s lifetime. A text-only version
issued from Yale University Press in 1957. Now, more than seventy
years after Stein penned the story, To Do is appearing with illustra-
tions, realizing the author’s original concept for the book. Giselle
Potter’s witty and stylish illustrations provide a perfect comple-
ment to Stein’s uniquely whimsical world of words, creating a truly
delightful, often hilarious book that adults and children alike can
appreciate and love.
Images © Giselle Potter
Published in association with the Beinecke
Rare Book and Manuscript Library
GeRTRUDe STeIN (1874–1946) was
at the forefront of the development of
modern art and literature. Her archive is
housed in the Beinecke Rare Book and
Manuscript Library at Yale University.
GISeLLe POTTeR has worked for the
New Yorker and has illustrated more than
twenty children’s books. TIMOTHY
YOUNG is curator of modern books and
manuscripts at the Beinecke.
May literature/art
cloth 978-0-300-17097-9 $25.00
Also available as an eBook.
120 pp. 8 x 9 28 color illus. World
45 general interest Beinecke rare Book and ManuscriPt liBrary
GustaV mahler
Jens Malte Fischer
Translated by Stewart Spencer
The defnitive biography of the celebrated
composer, published in English to coincide
with the centenary of his death
A best seller when frst published in Germany in 2003, Jens Malte
Fischer’s Gustav Mahler has been lauded by scholars as a landmark
work. He draws on important primary resources—some unavailable
to previous biographers—and sets in narrative context the exten-
sive correspondence between Mahler and his wife, Alma; Alma
Mahler’s diaries; and the memoirs of Natalie Bauer-Lechner, a viola
player and close friend of Mahler, whose private journals provide
insight into the composer’s personal and professional lives and his
creative process.
Fischer explores Mahler’s early life, his relationship to literature, his
achievements as a conductor in vienna and New York, his unhappy
marriage, and his work with the Metropolitan Opera and the New
York Philharmonic in his later years. He also illustrates why Mahler
is a prime example of artistic idealism worn down by Austrian
anti-Semitism and American commercialism. Gustav Mahler is
the best-sourced and most balanced biography available about the
composer, a nuanced and intriguing portrait of his dramatic life
set against the backdrop of early 20th century America and fn de
siècle europe.
JeNS MALTe FISCHeR is professor of
the history of theatre at the University of
Munich. He writes regularly for leading
German newspapers and periodicals and
is the author of several books, includ-
ing a documentary study of Wagner’s
anti-Semitism. He lives in Munich,
Germany. STeWART SPeNCeR is an
acclaimed translator whose work includes
biographies of Richard Wagner, Cosima
Wagner, and W.A. Mozart, all published
by Yale University Press.
“Much more than a biography. . . .
It is a portrait of an entire epoch.”
—Hans Rudolf Vaget, Smith College
May Biography/Music
cloth 978-0-300-13444-5 $50.00
Also available as an eBook.
700 pp. 6
1
⁄2 x 9
1
⁄4 16 b/w illus. World
46 general interest
the forGotten Palestinians
A History of the Palestinians in Israel
Ilan Pappé
A vivid and incisive analysis of the complex
relationship between Israel and its Palestinian
citizens written by an acclaimed Israeli historian
For more than 60 years, hundreds of thousands of Palestinians have
lived as Israeli citizens within the borders of the nation formed
at the end of the 1948 confict. Occupying a precarious middle
ground between the Jewish citizens of Israel and the dispossessed
Palestinians of the West Bank and the Gaza Strip, the Israeli
Palestinians have developed an exceedingly complex relationship
with the land they call home; however, in the innumerable discus-
sions of the Israel-Palestine problem, their experiences are often
overlooked and forgotten.
In this book, historian Ilan Pappé examines how Israeli Palestinians
have fared under Jewish rule and what their lives tell us about both
Israel’s attitude toward minorities and Palestinians’ attitudes toward
the Jewish state. Drawing upon signifcant archival and inter-
view material, Pappé analyzes the Israeli state’s policy towards its
Palestinian citizens, fnding discrimination in matters of housing,
education, and civil rights. Rigorously researched yet highly read-
able, The Forgotten Palestinians brings a new and much-needed
perspective to the Israel-Palestine debate.
The best selling author of The Ethnic
Cleansing of Palestine, ILAN PAPPé is
currently Professor of History at exeter
University, UK, and previously taught
at Haifa University, Israel. He lives in
the UK.
“Ilan Pappé is Israel’s bravest,
most principled, most incisive
historian.”—John Pilger
May current events/history
cloth 978-0-300-13441-4 $30.00
Also available as an eBook.
320 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 8 b/w illus. World
47 general interest
There are many books about Scott, Amundsen, and Shackleton.
Why write another one?
Like my other books, Empire of Ice attempts to say something
new about a familiar topic. Most books about Scott and
Amundsen focus on their race to the South Pole. Shackleton
is most famous for his Endurance voyage. Empire of Ice deals
with the remarkable scientifc research Scott and Shackleton
conducted in Antarctica. So much more happened on their
expeditions than simply a race to the pole. These other stories,
especially the ones about science, are at least as gripping as the
ones about reaching the pole.
You’ve written a great deal about evolutionary biology and
genetics in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Is this
topic a departure for you?
As a historian of science, I try to unpack the modern scientifc
enterprise within its broad cultural and social context. The
British polar expeditions of 1900 to 1915 offer a window into
both popular and academic science during the edwardian
era. examining the scientifc questions that spawned those
expeditions and the amazing efforts made to answer those
questions in the feld rounds out our understanding of science
in the early twentieth century, which is too often seen solely
as a time when laboratory research displaced feld study. This
was also a pioneering period for ecological, environmental, and
climate research. By learning about the Antarctic for the frst
time, scientists gained a deeper understanding of global systems.
What was most interesting or diffcult about writing this book?
visiting the sites where these early explorers conducted scientifc
research was an unforgettable experience. Beyond that long
trip, however, more than any other book I’ve written, Empire
of Ice involved more than a decade of research in libraries and
archives around the world. Not only is there an enormous body
of primary material about the explorers’ science, much of it
untapped, but there is a wealth of both primary and secondary
material about the explorers themselves. It is both daunting and
humbling to enter this feld.
C
o
u
r
t
e
s
y

o
f

E
d
w
a
r
d

J
.

L
a
r
s
o
n
a conVersation
with eDwarD
J. larson
48 general interest
May history
cloth 978-0-300-15408-5 $28.00
Also available as an eBook.
320 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 54 b/w illus. World
eDWARD J. LARSON is University
Professor of History and holds the
Hugh & Hazel Darling Chair in Law at
Pepperdine University. His numerous
books include Summer for the Gods: The
Scopes Trial and America’s Continuing
Debate over Science and Religion, for
which he received a Pulitzer Prize in
History. Larson splits his time between
Georgia and California.
an emPire of ice
Scott, Shackleton, and the Heroic Age of Antarctic Science
edward J. Larson
From a Pulitzer Prize–winning historian, a riveting
account of the great expeditions of Antarctica’s Heroic
Age that restores their status as grand scientifc enterprises
Published to coincide with the centenary of the frst expeditions to
reach the South Pole, An Empire of Ice presents a fascinating new
take on Antarctic exploration. Retold with added information, it’s the
frst book to place the famed voyages of Norwegian explorer Roald
Amundsen, his British rivals Robert Scott and ernest Shackleton,
and others in a larger scientifc, social, and geopolitical context.
effcient, well prepared, and focused solely on the goal of getting
to his destination and back, Amundsen has earned his place in his-
tory as the frst to reach the South Pole. Scott, meanwhile, has been
reduced in the public mind to a dashing incompetent who stands
for little more than relentless perseverance in the face of inevitable
defeat. An Empire of Ice offers a new perspective on the Antarctic
expeditions of the early twentieth century by looking at the British
efforts for what they actually were: massive scientifc enterprises in
which reaching the South Pole was but a spectacular sideshow. By
focusing on the larger purpose, edward Larson deepens our appreci-
ation of the explorers’ achievements, shares little-known stories, and
shows what the Heroic Age of Antarctic discovery was really about.
“Larson’s beautifully written narrative
takes in the triumph and tragedy of
the polar expeditions, and sheds new
light on the scientifc culture of the age.
Entertaining, informative, and based
on impeccable research, this book
is a wonderful achievement.”—Peter
Harrison, University of Oxford
49 general interest
the sPirit of zoroastrianism
Translated and edited by Prods Oktor Skjærvø
An introduction to the ideas and writings
of Zoroastrianism, expertly translated,
introduced, and edited by one of the world’s
foremost authorities on this religion
Zoroastrianism is one of the world’s oldest religions, though it is not
among the best understood. Originating with Iranian tribes living
in Central Asia in the second millennium BCe, Zoroastrianism was
the offcial religion of the Iranian empires until Islam superseded
it in the seventh century AD. Centered on the worship of Ahura
Mazda, the All-knowing Ruler, Zoroastrianism follows the prac-
tices and rituals set out by the prophet Zarathustra, according to the
indigenous tradition.
As one of the world’s great religions, Zoroastrianism has a heritage
rich in texts and cultic practices. The texts are often markedly dif-
fcult to translate, but in this volume, Prods Oktor Skjærvø, professor
of ancient Iranian languages and culture at Harvard, provides mod-
ern and accurate translations of Zoroastrian texts that have been
selected to provide an overview of Zoroastrian beliefs and practices.
In a comprehensive introduction to these sacred texts, Skjærvø
outlines the history and essence of Zoroastrianism and discusses
the major themes of this the frst fully representative selection of
Zoroastrian texts to be made available in english for over a century.
◆ ◆
The Spirit of . . .
PRODS OKTOR SKJæRvø has been
Aga Khan Professor of Iranian, Harvard
University, since 1991. He has taught Old
Iranian languages, literature and religion
since the early 1970s and is currently pre-
paring a book on Iranian creation myths.
He lives in Cambridge, Massachusetts.
May religion
Paper 978-0-300-17035-1 $15.00
256 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
50 general interest
southern africa
Old Treacheries and New Deceits
Stephen Chan
An important assessment of the current
political climate in Africa’s most important
region and its far-reaching implications
In this timely and essential book, Stephen Chan explores the politi-
cal landscape of southern Africa, examining how it’s poised to
change over the next years and what the repercussions are likely to
be across the continent. He focuses on three countries in particular:
South Africa, Zimbabwe, and Zambia, all of which have remained
interconnected since the end of colonial rule and the overthrow
of apartheid.
One of the key themes in the book is the relationship between South
Africa and Zimbabwe, and Chan sheds new light on the shared
intellectual capacities and interests of the two countries’ respective
presidents, Jacob Zuma and Robert Mugabe. Along the way, the per-
sonalities and abilities of key players, such as Morgan Tsvangirai, the
prime minister of Zimbabwe, and former South African president
Thabo Mbeki, emerge in honest and sometimes surprising detail.
In Southern Africa, Chan draws on three decades of experience to
provide the defnitive inside guide to this complex region and offer
insight on how the near future is likely to be a litmus test not just for
this trio of countries but for all of Africa.
STePHeN CHAN is Professor of
International Relations at the School of
Oriental and African Studies, University
of London. He writes regularly for
Prospect magazine and the New
Statesman. His many publications include
Robert Mugabe: A Life of Power and
Violence. Chan was recently awarded an
OBe for his work in Africa.
May Politics/history
cloth 978-0-300-15405-4 $30.00
Also available as an eBook.
304 pp. 6 x 9 16 pp. b/w illus. World
51 general interest
the winD from the Plain triloGy
Yashar Kemal
Acclaimed Turkish novelist Yashar Kemal
uses his powerful skills as a storyteller to
conjure a vanishing way of life
In rich, lyrical prose, Yashar Kemal’s epic of rural Turkey portrays a
country and a people uneasily poised between tradition and moder-
nity, between east and West. each novel follows his protagonists
as they struggle to survive in this changing world without losing
the traditions and values that defne them as a people. Their daily
exertions draw us into a vibrant culture that is rarely represented for
Western readers but which evokes universal themes of family, work,
suffering, and mortality.
Long considered a contender for the Nobel Prize in Literature,
Kemal has created in his depiction of Cukurova what William
Faulkner and Gabriel García Márquez envisioned in their dream-
worlds of Yoknapatawpha County and Macondo. A student of oral
tradition as well as of Cervantes, Stendhal, and Chekhov, Kemal
creates legends born of his own experience. Through Thilda
Kemal’s skilled translation, the titles that compose this trilogy—The
Wind from the Plain; Iron Earth, Copper Sky; and The Undying
Grass—will now reach an english-language audience in one com-
prehensive edition for the frst time.
◆ ◆
The Margellos World Republic of Letters
YASHAR KeMAL was born in Adana,
Turkey, in 1922. He is the son of Kurdish
landowners who fed eastern Anatolia in
1915. Much of Kemal’s writing is inspired
by the folklore of Anatolia and draws on
its well-known tales and fgures. His frst
novel, Memed, My Hawk, was published
in 1955 and won the varlik Prize for best
novel of the year. Kemal’s other books
include Salman the Solitary, Seagull,
and They Burn the Thistles. He lives
in Istanbul.
“Kemal hasn’t just been a chronicler
or an embodiment of change; he
has been an instigator of it. Along
with Nâzim Hikmet, Turkey’s most
beloved poet, he has done for
Turkish what Twain did for American
English, or Pushkin for Russian:
reinvigorate the written language by
infusing it with the colloquial.”—Marc
Edward Hoffman, The Nation
May literature
three-volume set: paperback with slipcase 978-0-300-17039-9 $25.00
Each volume 288 pp. 5 x 7
3
⁄4 World
52 general interest
the theory that woulD not Die
How Bayes’ Rule Cracked the Enigma Code,
Hunted Down Russian Submarines, and Emerged
Triumphant from Two Centuries of Controversy
Sharon Bertsch McGrayne
A vivid account of the generations-long dispute
over one of the greatest breakthroughs in the
history of applied mathematics and statistics
Bayes’ rule appears to be a straightforward, one-line theorem: by
updating our initial beliefs with objective new information, we get a
new and improved belief. To its adherents, it is an elegant statement
about learning from experience. To its opponents, it is subjectivity
run amok.
In the frst-ever account of Bayes’ rule for general readers, Sharon
Bertsch McGrayne explores this controversial theorem and the
human obsessions surrounding it. She traces its discovery by an
amateur mathematician in the 1740s through its development into
roughly its modern form by French scientist Pierre Simon Laplace.
She reveals why respected statisticians rendered it professionally
taboo for 150 years—at the same time that practitioners relied on
it to solve crises involving great uncertainty and scanty information,
even breaking Germany’s enigma code during World War II, and
explains how the advent of off-the-shelf computer technology in the
1980s proved to be a game-changer. Today, Bayes’ rule is used every-
where from DNA de-coding to Homeland Security.
Drawing on primary source material and interviews with statisti-
cians and other scientists, The Theory That Would Not Die is the
riveting account of how a seemingly simple theorem ignited one of
the greatest scientifc controversies of all time.
SHARON BeRTSCH McGRAYNe is
the author of numerous books, including
Nobel Prize Women in Science: Their Lives,
Struggles, and Momentous Discoveries
and Prometheans in the Lab: Chemistry
and the Making of the Modern World. She
is a prize-winning former reporter for
Scripps-Howard, Gannett, Crain’s, and
other newspapers and has spoken at many
scientifc conferences, national laborato-
ries, and universities in the United States
and abroad. She lives in Seattle.
“We now know how to think rationally
about our uncertain world. This
book describes in vivid prose,
accessible to the lay person, the
development of Bayes’ rule over
more than two hundred years
from an idea to its widespread
acceptance in practice.”—Dennis
Lindley, University College London
May Mathematics/history
cloth 978-0-300-16969-0 $27.50
288 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
53 general interest
nothinG to hiDe
The False Tradeoff between Privacy and Security
Daniel J. Solove
“If you’ve got nothing to hide,” many people say, “you shouldn’t worry
about government surveillance.” Others argue that we must sacri-
fce privacy for security. These arguments fuel an ongoing debate
over the rights of the few and the rights of the many. But as Daniel
J. Solove argues in this important book, these arguments and many
others are fawed. They are based on mistaken views about what it
means to protect privacy and the costs and benefts of doing so. The
debate between privacy and security has been framed incorrectly
as a zero-sum game in which we are forced to choose between one
value and the other. Why can’t we have both?
In this concise and accessible book, Solove exposes the fallacies of
many pro-security arguments that have skewed law and policy to
favor security at the expense of privacy. Protecting privacy isn’t fatal
to security measures; it merely involves adequate oversight and regu-
lation. Solove traces the history of the privacy-security debate from
the Revolution to the present day. He explains how the law protects
privacy and examines concerns with new technologies. He then
points out the failings of our current system and offers specifc rem-
edies. Nothing to Hide makes a powerful and compelling case for
reaching a better balance between privacy and security and reveals
why doing so is essential to protect our freedom and democracy.
also by Daniel J. soloVe:
The Future of Reputation
Gossip, Rumor, and Privacy on the Internet
Paper 978-0-300-14422-2 $17.00 sc
DANIeL J. SOLOve is John Marshall
Harlan Research Professor of Law,
George Washington University Law
School. He is the author of several books
about information privacy. He blogs at
Concurring Opinions on issues of law,
culture, and current events, and he lives
in Washington, D.C.
June current events/law
cloth 978-0-300-17231-7 $25.00
248 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 2 b/w illus. For sale in North America only
54 general interest
Journey of the uniVerse
Brian Thomas Swimme and Mary evelyn Tucker
An epic story of the emergence of the universe and
of the community of life, with a new vision for how
we might bring forth a vibrant Earth Community
Today we know what no previous generation knew: the history of
the universe and of the unfolding of life on earth. Through the
astonishing combined achievements of natural scientists worldwide,
we now have a detailed account of how galaxies and stars, planets
and living organisms, human beings and human consciousness
came to be. And yet . . . we thirst for answers to questions that have
haunted humanity from the very beginning. What is our place in
the 14-billion-year history of the universe? What roles do we play
in earth’s history? How do we connect with the intricate web of life
on earth?
In Journey of the Universe Brian Thomas Swimme and Mary evelyn
Tucker tell the epic story of the universe from an inspired new per-
spective, weaving the fndings of modern science together with
enduring wisdom found in the humanistic traditions of the West,
China, India, and indigenous peoples. The authors explore cosmic
evolution as a profoundly wondrous process based on creativity, con-
nection, and interdependence, and they envision an unprecedented
opportunity for the world’s people to address the daunting ecologi-
cal and social challenges of our times.
Journey of the Universe transforms how we understand our origins
and envision our future. Though a little book, it tells a big story—
one that inspires hope for a way in which earth and its human
civilizations could fourish together.
This book is part of a larger project that
includes a documentary flm, an educational
DVD series, and a website. The flm and
the DVD series will be released in 2011.
For more information, please consult the
website, journeyoftheuniverse.org.
BRIAN THOMAS SWIMMe is profes-
sor of cosmology, Program in Philosophy,
Cosmology, and Consciousness,
California Institute of Integral Studies,
San Francisco. He is author, with
Thomas Berry, of The Universe Story, and
creator of an eleven-part DvD series,
The Powers of the Universe. He lives in
Pleasant Hill, CA. MARY eveLYN
TUCKeR is senior lecturer and senior
research scholar, Yale School of Forestry
and environmental Studies and Yale
Divinity School, Yale University. She
is co-founder and co-director of the
Forum on Religion and ecology at Yale
University and author of Wordly Wonder:
Religions Enter Their Ecological Phase.
She lives in Woodbridge, CT.
“For those of us enmeshed in symbolic
consciousness, this is just the story we
need to hear, loud and clear. It helps
us understand how we happened
to be here, and, more important,
why.”—Bill McKibben, author of
Eaarth: Making a Life on a Tough
New Planet and The End of Nature
June science/cosmology/religion
cloth 978-0-300-17190-7 $25.00
192 pp. 5 x 7
3
⁄4 World
55 general interest
milk
A Local and Global History
Deborah valenze
A historian reveals the illuminating history of milk,
from ancient myth to modern grocery store
How did an animal product that spoils easily, carries disease, and
causes digestive trouble for many of its consumers become a near-
universal symbol of modern nutrition? In the frst cultural history of
milk, historian Deborah valenze traces the rituals and beliefs that
have governed milk production and consumption since its use in
the earliest societies.
Covering the long span of human history, Milk reveals how develop-
ments in technology, public health, and nutritional science made
this once-rare elixir a modern-day staple. The book looks at the reli-
gious meanings of milk, along with its association with pastoral life,
which made it an object of mystery and suspicion during medieval
times and the Renaissance. As early modern societies refned agri-
cultural techniques, cow’s milk became crucial to improving diets
and economies, launching milk production and consumption into
a more modern phase. Yet as business and science transformed the
product in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, commercial
milk became not only a common and widely available commodity
but also a source of uncertainty when used in place of human breast
milk for infant feeding. valenze also examines the dairy culture of
the developing world, looking at the example of India, currently the
world’s largest milk producer.
Ultimately, milk’s surprising history teaches us how to think about
our relationship to food in the present, as well as in the past. It
reveals that although milk is a product of nature, it has always been
an artifact of culture.
DeBORAH vALeNZe is professor of
history at Barnard College. She is the
author of three books and the recipient
of numerous research awards, including
a Fulbright Scholarship. She lives in
Cambridge, MA.
“An exceptionally well-crafted and
intriguing history of milk’s career
in human societies over the last
three thousand years.”—Frank
Trentmann, author of Free Trade
Nation: Commerce, Consumption
and Civil Society in Modern Britain
June history/Food culture
cloth 978-0-300-11724-0 $28.00
352 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 35 b/w illus. World
56 general interest
afGhanistan
How the West Lost Its Way
Tim Bird and Alex Marshall
On the eve of the tenth anniversary of the
intervention in Afghanistan, a major assessment
of strategy in this most unstable of nations
In October 2001, NATO forces invaded Afghanistan. Their initial
aim, to topple the Taliban regime and replace it with a more demo-
cratic government aligned to Western interests, was swiftly achieved.
However, stabilizing the country in the ensuing years has proven
much more diffcult. Despite billions of dollars in aid and military
expenditure, Afghanistan remains a nation riddled with warlords,
the world’s major heroin producer, and the site of a seemingly end-
less confict between Islamist militants and NATO forces.
In this timely and important book, Tim Bird and Alex Marshall
offer a panoramic view of international involvement in Afghanistan
from 2001 to 2011. Tackling the subject matter as a whole, Bird
and Marshall weave together analysis of military strategy, regional
context, aid policy, the Afghan government, and the many disagree-
ments between and within the Western powers involved in the
intervention. Given the complicating factors of the heroin trade,
unwelcoming terrain, and precarious relations with Pakistan, the
authors acknowledge the ways in which Afghanistan has presented
unique challenges for its foreign invaders. Ultimately, however,
they argue that the international community has failed in its self-
imposed effort to solve Afghanistan’s problems and that there are
broader lessons to be learned from their struggle, particularly in
terms of counterinsurgency and the ever-complicated work of
“nation-building.” The overarching feature of the intervention, they
argue, has been an absence of strategic clarity and coherence.
TIM BIRD is a lecturer at the Joint
Services Command and Staff College
and the Defence Studies Department,
King’s College, London. He lives in
southern england. ALex MARSHALL
is Lecturer in History in the War Studies
Department of the University of Glasgow.
He lives in Glasgow.
June current events/history
cloth 978-0-300-15457-3 $30.00
Also available as an eBook.
304 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 10 b/w illus. World
57 general interest
loVe
A Secret History
Simon May
An illuminating exploration of how love has been shaped,
idolized, and misconstrued by the West over three
millennia, and how we might differently conceive it
Love—unconditional, selfess, unchanging, sincere, and totally
accepting—is worshipped today as the West’s only universal religion.
To challenge it is one of our few remaining taboos. In this path-
breaking and superbly written book, philosopher Simon May does
just that, dissecting our resilient ruling ideas of love and showing
how they are the product of a long and powerful cultural heritage.
Tracing over 2,500 years of human thought and history, May shows
how our ideal of love developed from its Hebraic and Greek origins
alongside Christianity until, during the last two centuries, “God is
love” became “love is God”—so hubristic, so escapist, so untruthful
to the real nature of love, that it has booby-trapped relationships
everywhere with deluded expectations. Brilliantly, May explores the
very different philosophers and writers, both skeptics and believers,
who dared to think differently: from Aristotle’s perfect friendship
and Ovid’s celebration of sex and “the chase,” to Rousseau’s per-
sonal authenticity, Nietzsche’s affrmation, Freud’s concepts of loss
and mourning, and boredom in Proust. Against our belief that love
is an all-powerful solution to fnding meaning, security, and happi-
ness in life, May reveals with great clarity what love actually is: the
intense desire for someone whom we believe can ground and affrm
our very existence. The feeling that “makes the world go round”
turns out to be a harbinger of home—and in that sense, of the sacred.
SIMON MAY is College Research
Fellow in Philosophy at Birkbeck College,
University of London, and an expert
on ethics, German idealism, and the
history of modern philosophy. He lives
in London.
June history/Psychology/Philosophy
cloth 978-0-300-11830-8 $27.50
304 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
58 general interest
healinG wounDs, healthy skin
A Practical Guide for Patients with Chronic Wounds
Madhuri Reddy, MD, MSc, and Rebecca Cottrill, BScN
The frst comprehensive, accessible, authoritative
guide on chronic wounds and how best to treat them
Seven million Americans suffer from chronic or slow-healing
wounds—this number includes people with diabetes, dementia,
paralysis, spinal cord injury, multiple sclerosis, and poor circula-
tion, as well as the elderly and those with reduced mobility. Healing
Wounds, Healthy Skin provides patients and caregivers with every-
thing they need to know on the subject, including:
• Why chronic wounds develop and who is at risk of developing
them
• What “normal healing” is
• What the different types of wounds are, including those associ-
ated with chronic disease
• How to fnd appropriate care and get a correct diagnosis
• What role exercise and nutrition play in treatment and prevention
• What treatment options are available, from surgery to alternative
therapies
Also covered are the patients’ psychological and emotional experi-
ences, myths about wounds and wound healing, steps to take in an
emergency, and a wound patient’s bill of rights. With up-to-date
information, insightful patient case histories, and a wealth of essen-
tial resources, this is the book that chronic wound patients and their
caregivers can turn to with confdence.
◆ ◆
Yale University Press Health & Wellness
MADHURI ReDDY, MD, MSc, is
Founding Medical Director of the
Wound Healing Program at Hebrew
Rehabilitation Center in Boston. She
lives in Needham, MA. ReBeCCA
COTTRILL, BScN, works as a nurse
in the Wound Care Clinic of Women’s
College Hospital. She lives in Toronto.
June health
Paper 978-0-300-17100-6 $22.00
Cloth 978-0-300-14036-1 $40.00tx Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 30 b/w illus. World
59 general interest
alfreD kazin’s Journals
Selected and edited by Richard M. Cook
Selected by Kazin’s acclaimed biographer, an
enlightening collection of the private writings of one of
the twentieth century’s most fascinating intellectuals.
At the time of his death in 1998, Alfred Kazin was considered one of
the most infuential intellectuals of postwar America. What is less
well known is that Kazin had been contributing almost daily to an
extensive private journal, which arguably contains some of his best
writing. These journals collectively tell the story of his journey from
Brooklyn’s Brownsville neighborhood to his position as a dominant
fgure in twentieth-century cultural life.
To Kazin, the daily entry was a psychological and spiritual act. To
read through these entries is to reexperience history as a series of
daily discoveries by an alert, adventurous, if often mercurial intel-
ligence. It is also to encounter an array of interesting and notable
personalities. Sketches of friends, mistresses, family fgures, and
other intellectuals are woven in with commentary on Kazin’s child-
hood, early religious interests, problems with parents, bouts of
loneliness, dealings with publishers, and thoughts on the Holocaust.
The journals also highlight his engagement with the political and
cultural debates of the decades through which he lived. He wrestles
with communism, cultural nationalism, liberalism, existentialism,
Israel, modernism, and much more.
Judiciously selected and edited by acclaimed Kazin biographer
Richard Cook, this collection provides the public with access to
these previously unavailable writings and, in doing so, offers a fasci-
nating social, historical, literary, and cultural record.
also by richarD m. cook:
Alfred Kazin
A Biography
Cloth 978-0-300-11505-5 $35.00
RICHARD M. COOK is chair of the
english department at the University of
Missouri-St. Louis and author of Alfred
Kazin: A Biography, published in 2008 by
Yale University Press.
“The extraordinary journals of Alfred
Kazin . . . almost certainly rank
with [Edmund] Wilson’s as the most
important document of their kind in
twentieth-century American literature.”
—Sean Wilentz, Princeton University
May Biography/literary studies
cloth 978-0-300-14203-7 $45.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
512 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 9 b/w illus. World
60 scholarly titles
the Dance claimeD me
A Biography of Pearl Primus
Peggy Schwartz and Murray M. Schwartz
The frst full-scale biography of the seminal
dancer, anthropologist, and educator
Pearl Primus (1919–1994) blazed onto the dance scene in 1943
with stunning works that incorporated social and racial protest
into their dance aesthetic. In The Dance Claimed Me, Peggy and
Murray Schwartz, friends and colleagues of Primus, offer an inti-
mate perspective on her life and explore her infuences on American
culture, dance, and education. They trace Primus’s path from her
childhood in Port of Spain, Trinidad, through her rise as an infu-
ential international dancer, an early member of the New Dance
Group (whose motto was “Dance is a weapon”), and a pioneer in
dance anthropology.
Primus traveled extensively in the United States, europe, Israel,
the Caribbean, and Africa, and she played an important role in
presenting authentic African dance to American audiences. She
engendered controversy in both her private and professional lives,
marrying a white Jewish man during a time of segregation and
challenging black intellectuals who opposed the “primitive” in her
choreography. Her political protests and mixed-race tours in the
South triggered an FBI investigation, even as she was celebrated by
dance critics and contemporaries like Langston Hughes.
For The Dance Claimed Me, the Schwartzes interviewed more than
a hundred of Primus’s family members, friends, and fellow artists,
as well as other individuals to create a vivid portrayal of a life flled
with passion, drama, fearlessness, and brilliance.
PeGGY SCHWARTZ is former
director of the Dance Program at the
University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
MURRAY M. SCHWARTZ is former
Dean of Humanities and Fine Arts at the
University of Massachusetts at Amherst.
He teaches literature at emerson College.
May Biography/dance
cloth 978-0-300-15534-1 $37.50 sc
Also available as an eBook.
320 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 33 b/w illus. World
61 scholarly titles
what’s next?
Unconventional Wisdom on the Future of the World Economy
edited by David Hale and Lyric Hughes Hale
Top economic experts look closely at the
major economies of the world and predict how
each will fare over the next several years
The world spins in economic turmoil, and who can tell what will
happen next? Cold numbers and simple statistical projections don’t
take into account social, fnancial, or political factors that can dra-
matically alter the economic course of a nation or a region. In this
unique book, more than twenty leading economists and experts
render thorough, rigorously researched prognoses for the world’s
major economies over the next fve years. Factoring in such varied
issues as the price of oil, the strength of the U.S. dollar, geopolitics,
tax policies, and new developments in investment decision making,
the contributors ground their predictions in the realities of current
events, political conditions, and the health of fnancial institutions
in each national economy.
The most comprehensive volume on the global economy available
today, this book presents up-to-date research on Russia, Australia,
europe, sub-Saharan and South Africa, the major Asian economies,
North America, and the largest economies of Latin America. With
unsurpassed expertise, the authors explain what’s going on in indi-
vidual countries, how important current global issues will impact
them, and what economic scenarios they most likely will face in
upcoming years.
DAvID HALe is the founder of David
Hale Global economics and a renowned
global economist. LYRIC HUGHeS
HALe is a writer and frequent commen-
tator on the Chinese economy. They live
near Chicago, Illinois.
March economics
Paper 978-0-300-17031-3 $30.00 sc
320 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 28 b/w illus. World
62 scholarly titles
“A fascinating and highly original
contribution that will interest anyone
who cares about media, as
well as cultural and intellectual
history.”—Susan Jacoby
June history/literature/law
cloth 978-0-300-16712-2 $35.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
256 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
Just worDs
Lillian Hellman, Mary McCarthy, and the
Failure of Public Conversation in America
Alan Ackerman
In an appearance on The Dick Cavett Show in 1980, the critic Mary
McCarthy glibly remarked that every word author Lillian Hellman wrote
was a lie, “including ‘and’ and ‘the.’” Hellman immediately fled a libel suit,
charging that McCarthy’s comment was not a legitimate conversation on
public issues but an attack on her reputation. This intriguing book offers a
many-faceted examination of Hellman’s infamous suit and explores what
it tells us about tensions between privacy and self-expression, freedom and
restraint in public language, and what can and cannot be said in public
in America.
ALAN ACKeRMAN is associate professor of english, University of Toronto, where he
specializes in modern drama and American literature. He lives in Toronto, Canada.
“This is a book that must be read in
its entirety in order to appreciate
its richness, but it will repay the
efforts of the patient reader. It is
a strikingly original contribution to
our understanding of one of the
most important European writers of
the nineteenth century.”—Stanley
Katz, Princeton University
June history
cloth 978-0-300-11931-2 $45.00 sc
480 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
tocQueVille anD his america
Arthur Kaledin
Arthur Kaledin’s groundbreaking book on Alexis de Tocqueville offers an
original combination of biography, character study, and wide-ranging analy-
sis of Tocqueville’s Democracy in America, bringing new light to that classic
work. The author examines the relation between Tocqueville’s complicated
inner life, his self-imagination, and his moral thought, and the meaning of
his enduring writings, leading to a new understanding of Tocqueville’s view
of democratic culture and democratic politics. With particular emphasis on
Tocqueville’s prescient anticipation of various threats to liberty, social unity,
and truly democratic politics in America posed by aspects of democratic
culture, Kaledin underscores the continuing pertinence of Tocqueville’s
thought in our own changing world of the twenty-frst century.
ARTHUR KALeDIN is professor of history emeritus at the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. He lives in Cambridge, MA.
63 scholarly titles
◆ ◆
The English Monarchs Series
ANDReW C. THOMPSON is fellow and
director of studies in history, Queens’ College,
Cambridge. He lives in Cambridge, UK.
May Biography/history
cloth 978-0-300-11892-6 $40.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
352 pp. 6
1
⁄4 x 9
1
⁄4 24 b/w illus. World
GeorGe ii
King and Elector
Andrew C. Thompson
Despite a long and eventful reign, Britain’s George II is a largely forgot-
ten monarch, his achievements overlooked and his abilities misunderstood.
This landmark biography uncovers extensive new evidence in British and
German archives, making possible the most complete and accurate assess-
ment of this thirty-three-year reign. Andrew C. Thompson paints a richly
detailed portrait of the many-faceted monarch in his public as well as his
private life.
Born in Hanover in 1683, George Augustus frst came to London in 1714 as
the new Prince of Wales. He assumed the throne in 1727, held it until his
death in 1760, and has the distinction of being Britain’s last foreign-born
king and the last king to lead an army in battle. With George’s story at its
heart, the book reconstructs his thoughts and actions through a careful
reading of the letters and papers of those around him. Thompson explores
the previously underappreciated roles George played in the political pro-
cesses of Britain, especially in foreign policy, and as a patron of the arts. He
also charts the intricacies of the king’s complicated relationships and reas-
sesses the lasting impact of his frequent return trips to Hanover. George II
emerges from these pages as an independent and cosmopolitan fgure of
undeniable historical fascination.
henry V
Christopher Allmand
“A far more rounded picture of Henry as a ruler than
any previous study.”—G. L. Harris, Times (London)
◆ ◆
The English Monarchs Series
CHRISTOPHeR ALLMAND was Professor of Medieval
History at the University of Liverpool. Among his publica-
tions is The Hundred Years War: England and France at
War, c.1300–c.1450.
Thanks in part to Shakespeare, Henry v is one of england’s best-
known monarchs. The image of the king leading his army against
the French, and the great victory at Agincourt, are part of english
historical tradition. Yet, though indeed a soldier of exceptional skill,
Henry v’s reputation needs to be seen against a broader background
of achievement.
This sweepingly majestic book is based on the full range of primary
sources and sets the reign in its full european context. Christopher
Allmand shows that Henry v not only united the country in war
but also provided domestic security, solid government, and a much-
needed sense of national pride. The book includes an updated
foreword that takes stock of more recent publications in the feld.
May Biography/history
Paper 978-0-300-07370-6 $26.00 sc
480 pp. 6
1
⁄4 x 9
1
⁄4 30 b/w illus. World
henry Viii
J. J. Scarisbrick
“It is the magisterial quality of J. J. Scarisbrick’s
work that has enabled it to hold the feld for so
long.”—Steve Gunn, Times Literary Supplement
◆ ◆
The English Monarchs Series
J. J. SCARISBRICK is emeritus Professor of History at
the University of Bristol.
Henry vIII’s forceful personality dominated his age and continues to
fascinate our own. In few other reigns have there been developments
of such magnitude—in politics, foreign relations, religion, and soci-
ety—that have so radically affected succeeding generations. Above all
the english Reformation and the break with Rome are still felt more
than four centuries on.
First published in 1968, J. J. Scarisbrick’s Henry VIII remains the
standard account, a thorough exploration of the documentary
sources, stylishly written and highly readable. In an updated foreword,
Professor Scarisbrick takes stock of subsequent research and places
his classic account within the context of recent publications.
May Biography/history
Paper 978-0-300-07158-0 $27.00 sc
560 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 23 b/w illus. World
64 scholarly titles
◆ ◆
The English Monarchs Series
SARAH FOOT is Regius Professor of
ecclesiastical History at Christ Church,
Oxford, and a foremost scholar of tenth-
century history. She lives in Oxford, UK.
May Biography/history
cloth 978-0-300-12535-1 $40.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
336 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 16 pp. b/w illus. + 3 maps World
Æthelstan
The First King of England
Sarah Foot
The powerful and innovative King æthelstan reigned only briefy (924–
939), yet his achievements during those eventful ffteen years changed
the course of english history. He won spectacular military victories (most
notably at Brunanburh), forged unprecedented political connections across
europe, and succeeded in creating the frst unifed kingdom of the english.
To claim for him the title of “frst english monarch” is no exaggeration.
In this nuanced portrait of æthelstan, Sarah Foot offers the frst full account
of the king ever written. She traces his life through the various spheres in
which he lived and worked, beginning with the intimate context of his
family, then extending outward to his unusual multiethnic royal court, the
Church and his kingdom, the wars he conducted, and fnally his death and
legacy. Foot describes a sophisticated man who was not only a great military
leader but also a worthy king. He governed brilliantly, developed creative
ways to project his image as a ruler, and devised strategic marriage treaties
and gift exchanges to cement alliances with the leading royal and ducal
houses of europe. æthelstan’s legacy, seen in the new light of this master-
ful biography, is inextricably connected to the very forging of england and
early english identity.
richarD iii
Charles Ross
◆ ◆
The English Monarchs Series
CHARLeS ROSS was Professor of Medieval History
at the University of Bristol until his death in 1986. His
previous books include the biography Edward IV in the
english Monarchs series.
In this absorbing and universally praised account, Charles Ross
assesses King Richard III within the context of his violent age and
explores the critical questions of the reign: why and how Richard
Plantagenet usurped the throne; the belief that he ordered the mur-
der of “the Princes in the Tower”; the events leading to the battle
of Bosworth in 1485; and the death of the Yorkist dynasty with
Richard himself.
“A fascinating study on a perennially fascinating topic . . . the base
against which will be measured any future research.”—Times Higher
Education Supplement
May Biography/history
Paper 978-0-300-07979-1 $23.00 sc
268 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 36 b/w illus.
eDwarD the confessor
Frank Barlow
◆ ◆
The English Monarchs Series
FRANK BARLOW was emeritus Professor of History at
the University of exeter until his death in 2009.
Frank Barlow’s magisterial biography, frst published in 1970 and
now reissued with new material, an updated bibliography and a fresh
introduction, rescues the king from contemporary myth and subse-
quent bogus scholarship. Disentangling verifable fact from saintly
legend, he vividly re-creates the fnal years of the Anglo-Danish
monarchy and examines england before the Norman Conquest with
deep insight and great historical understanding.
“Professor Barlow has constructed a remarkable book . . . deploying
all the resources of formidable scholarship, he has recovered the real
edward.”—Spectator
June Biography/history
Paper 978-0-300-07156-6 $24.00 sc
368 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 16 b/w illus. World
65 scholarly titles
February history
cloth 978-0-300-11455-3 $55.00 tx
Also available as an eBook.
368 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 8 b/w illus. World
the enGlish aristocracy, 1070–1272
A Social Transformation
David Crouch
William the Conqueror’s victory in 1066 was the beginning of a period of
major transformation for medieval english aristocrats. In this groundbreak-
ing book, David Crouch examines for the frst time the fate of the english
aristocracy between the reigns of the Conqueror and edward I. Offering an
original explanation of medieval society—one that no longer employs tra-
ditional “feudal” or “bastard feudal” models—Crouch argues that society
remade itself around the emerging principle of nobility in the generations
on either side of 1200, marking the beginning of the ancien régime.
The book describes the transformation in aristocrats’ expectations, conduct,
piety, and status; in expressions of social domination; and in the relationship
with the monarchy. Synchronizing english social history with non-eng-
lish scholarship, Crouch places england’s experience of change within a
broader european transformation and highlights england’s important role
in the process. With his accustomed skill, Crouch redefnes a fascinating
era and the noble class that emerged from it.
DAvID CROUCH is professor of medieval history, University of Hull.
also by moshe iDel:
Kabbalah
New Perspectives
Paper 978-0-300-04699-1 $42.00 tx
Messianic Mystics
eBook 978-0-300-14553-3 $70.00 tx
Absorbing Perfections
Kabbalah and Interpretation
Cloth 978-0-300-08379-8 $60.00 tx
March literary studies/Jewish studies
cloth 978-0-300-12626-6 $55.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
512 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
kabbalah in italy, 1280–1510
A Survey
Moshe Idel
This sweeping survey of the history of Kabbalah in Italy represents a major
contribution from one of the world’s foremost Kabbalah scholars. The frst
to focus attention on a specifc center of Kabbalah, Moshe Idel charts the
ways that Kabbalistic thought and literature developed in Italy and how its
unique geographical situation facilitated the arrival of both Spanish and
Byzantine Kabbalah.
Idel analyzes the work of three major Kabbalists—Abraham Abulafa,
Menahem Recanati, and Yohanan Alemanno—who represent diverse
schools of thought: the ecstatic, the theosophical-theurgical, and the astro-
magical. Directing special attention to the interactions and tensions among
these forms of Jewish Kabbalah and the nascent Christian Kabbalah, Idel
brings to light the rich history of Kabbalah in Italy and the powerful infu-
ence of this important center on the emergence of Christian Kabbalah and
european occultism in general.
MOSHe IDeL is Max Cooper Professor in the Department of Jewish Thought,
Hebrew University, Jerusalem, and senior researcher at the Shalom Hartman Institute.
He has received many awards, including the National Jewish Book Award, for his
previous books on Kabbalah. He lives in Jerusalem.
66 scholarly titles
March history/religion
cloth 978-0-300-14042-2 $35.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6 x 9 45 b/w illus. World
the ancient oracles
Making the Gods Speak
Richard Stoneman
For more than a thousand years, Greeks from all walks of life consulted
oracles for guidance received directly from the gods. This colorful and
wide-ranging survey encompasses the entire history of Greek oracles and
focuses fresh attention on philosophical, psychological, and anthropologi-
cal aspects of oracular consultation. It also examines how Greek oracles’
practices were distinctive compared to those of their neighbors, especially
in egypt, Babylon, and Israel.
Richard Stoneman weaves a fascinating historical tapestry, taking into
account the different kinds of oracles (healers, advisors, prophets, and oth-
ers), their most important sanctuaries, debates about them among ancient
thinkers, and Christian attacks on them. Delving into the reasons behind
the oracles’ enduring position at the heart of Greek culture, Stoneman
offers fresh insights into pagan religious practice and the history of Greek
intellectual and spiritual life.
RICHARD STONeMAN is honorary fellow, University of exeter. His most recent
book is Alexander the Great: A Life in Legend, published by Yale University Press. He
lives in Devon, UK.
april theology/Biography
cloth 978-0-300-16391-9 $40.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
304 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
Julian of norwich, theoloGian
Denys Turner
For centuries readers have comfortably accepted Julian of Norwich as sim-
ply a mystic. In this astute book, Denys Turner offers a new interpretation of
Julian and the signifcance of her work. Turner argues that this fourteenth-
century thinker’s sophisticated approach to theological questions places
her legitimately within the pantheon of other great medieval theologians,
including Thomas Aquinas, Bernard of Clairvaux, and Bonaventure.
Julian wrote but one work in two versions, a Short Text recording the series
of visions of Jesus Christ she experienced while suffering a near-fatal illness,
and a much expanded Long Text exploring the theological meaning of the
“showings” some twenty years later. Turner addresses the apparent confict
between the two sources of Julian’s theology: on the one hand, her per-
sonal revelation of God’s omnipotent love, and on the other, the Church’s
teachings on and her own witnessing of evil in the world that deserves pun-
ishment, even eternal punishment. Offering a fresh and elegant account of
Julian’s response to this confict—one that reveals its nuances, systematic
character, and originality—this book marks a new stage in the century-long
rediscovery of one of the english language’s greatest theological thinkers.
DeNYS TURNeR is Horace Tracy Pitkin Professor of Historical Theology, Yale
Divinity School and Department of Religious Studies, Yale University. He lives in
New Haven, CT.
67 scholarly titles
“Nancy Schultz has written a fascinating
narrative highlighting the historical,
religious and social dimensions of
miraculous cures of Ann Mattingly. This
is a frst-rate original work of sound
scholarship.”—Christopher Kauffman,
Catholic University of America
april history
cloth 978-0-300-11846-9 $30.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 24 plus title-page ornament World
mrs. mattinGly’s miracle
The Prince, the Widow, and the Cure
That Shocked Washington City
Nancy Lusignan Schultz
In 1824 in Washington, D.C., Ann Mattingly, widowed sister of the city’s
mayor, was miraculously cured of a ravaging cancer. Just days, or perhaps
even hours, from her predicted demise, she arose from her sickbed free
from agonizing pain and able to enjoy an additional thirty-one years of
life. The Mattingly miracle purportedly came through the intervention
of a charismatic German cleric, Prince Alexander Hohenlohe, who was
credited already with hundreds of cures across europe and Great Britain.
Though nearly forgotten today, Mattingly’s astonishing healing became a
polarizing event. It heralded a rising tide of anti-Catholicism in the United
States that would culminate in violence over the next two decades.
Nancy L. Schultz deftly weaves analysis of this episode in American social
and religious history together with the astonishing personal stories of both
Ann Mattingly and the healer Prince Hohenlohe, around whom a cult was
arising in europe. Schultz’s riveting book brings to light an early episode in
the ongoing battle between faith and reason in the United States.
NANCY LUSIGNAN SCHULTZ is chairperson and professor of english, Salem
State University, Salem, MA. She is the author of three previous books, including Fire
& Roses: The Burning of the Charlestown Convent, 1834. She lives in Swampscott, MA.
June asian studies/Buddhism
cloth 978-0-300-15392-7 $40.00 sc Also available as an eBook.
320 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 7 b/w illus. World
the taminG of the Demons
Violence and Liberation in Tibetan Buddhism
Jacob P. Dalton
Taking two early Tibetan texts as his starting point, Jacob P. Dalton
explores the ways in which violence has been integral to the development
of Tibetan Buddhism. Paying particular attention to the so-called age of
fragmentation, Tibet’s dark age from 842 to 986 C.e., he draws on previ-
ously unstudied manuscripts discovered in the famous “library cave” near
Dunhuang, on the old Silk Road. These demonstrate how this supposedly
inactive period in Tibetan history was in fact crucial to the Tibetan assimi-
lation of Buddhism, and particularly to the spread of the violent themes of
tantric Buddhism, at both the local and the popular levels. From the late
tenth century onward, this period and its mythic and ritual themes of vio-
lence, demon taming, and blood sacrifce came to play important symbolic
roles in Tibetan history and politics.
Despite its reputation as a tradition utterly opposed to violence, Tibetan
Buddhism has long been haunted by violent rituals and imaginative associ-
ations. The resulting history challenges our own tendencies to romanticize
or demonize the rich and ancient culture of Tibet.
JACOB P. DALTON is assistant professor of Tibetan Buddhist studies in the
Department of east Asian Languages and Cultures and the Department of South and
Southeast Asian Studies, University of California, Berkeley. He gained exceptional
access to the Dunhuang manuscripts at the British Library while conducting research
for the International Dunhuang Project. He lives in Berkeley, CA.
68 scholarly titles
June environmental studies
cloth 978-0-300-15153-4 $40.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
320 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 16 b/w illus. World
metaPhors for
enVironmental sustainability
Redefning Our Relationship with Nature
Brendon Larson
Scientists turn to metaphors to formulate and explain scientifc concepts,
but an ill-considered metaphor can lead to social misunderstandings and
counterproductive policies, Brendon Larson observes in this stimulating
book. He explores how metaphors can entangle scientifc facts with social
values and warns that, particularly in the environmental realm, incautious
metaphors can reinforce prevailing values that are inconsistent with desir-
able sustainability outcomes.
Metaphors for Environmental Sustainability draws on four case stud-
ies—two from nineteenth-century evolutionary science, and two from
contemporary biodiversity science—to reveal how metaphors may shape
the possibility of sustainability. Arguing that scientists must assume greater
responsibility for their metaphors, and that the rest of us must become more
critically aware of them, the author urges more critical refection on the
social dimensions and implications of metaphors while offering practical
suggestions for choosing among alternative scientifc metaphors.
BReNDON LARSON is assistant professor, Department of environment and
Resource Studies, University of Waterloo. He lives in Guelph, Canada.
“The frst edition of this book was a
very important work and the second
has become increasingly important as
concerns mount about the future
of this species across its range.”
—Carol L. McIntyre, ornithologist,
U.S. National Park Service
Co-published in association with
T & AD Poyser, an imprint of A & C Black,
Publishers Ltd.
March nature
cloth 978-0-300-17019-1 $65.00 sc
400 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 80 b/w + 8 pp color illus.
For sale in North and South America and the Philippine Islands only
the GolDen eaGle
Second Edition
Jeff Watson, with the assistance of Des
Thompson and Helen Riley
A majestic and awe-inspiring bird, the golden eagle fies throughout the
northern hemisphere and is one of the largest birds of prey in North America.
Among ornithologists and other scientists today, the species attracts great
interest and extensive research. The golden eagle has also captured the
imaginations of everyday people throughout history, playing various sym-
bolic roles and appearing in the folklore of societies around the globe. This
all-encompassing book presents full current information on the biology
and ecology of golden eagles. It includes both original research by raptor
expert Jeff Watson and a synthesis of the fndings of an array of interna-
tional scientists. Chapters on such further topics as the cultural importance
of golden eagles, conservation issues, and predation on livestock, along with
more than 70 superb depictions of the raptors and their landscapes, com-
bine to make this volume the defnitive account of the golden eagle.
The late JeFF WATSON was director of operations in Scottish Natural Heritage
and a world authority on the conservation of the golden eagle. He was a leader in
Scotland’s internationally important Special Protection Areas and Special Areas of
Conservation programs and a proponent of major legislation that set new conservation
standards across europe.
69 scholarly titles
new enGlanD wilD flower
society’s flora noVae anGliae
A Manual for the Identifcation of Native and
Naturalized Vascular Plants of New England
Arthur Haines
Illustrated by elizabeth Farnsworth and Gordon Morrison
An indispensable, fully updated guide for
everyone interested in identifying, studying, or
conserving the fora of New England
This comprehensive manual offers accurate, up-to-date, and clear
information for identifying New england’s remarkable array of
tracheophytes (vascular plants, excluding mosses). With fully
researched entries on some 3,500 native and nonnative species, the
book is the frst in decades to provide a complete and correct botani-
cal reference for the region’s noncultivated plants. The volume
includes many new species not documented in New england before,
while also excluding many species that have erroneously appeared
in earlier manuals.
Focusing on the taxonomy and distribution of New england plants,
the manual is largely dedicated to identifcation keys and to species
entries that provide scientifc name, origin, regional conservation
ranking, common name, synonyms, distribution, ecology, and other
miscellaneous items of interest. Nearly one-third of the entries are
accompanied by helpful black-and-white line illustrations.
Additional special features:
• Precise distribution information, accurate to the state level
• Details on unusual plant groups not included in other sources
• Reliable and versatile keys for identifcation
• Tips on recognizing hybrid plants in the feld
• A companion interactive teaching Web site (under development)
• Comprehensive glossary
ARTHUR HAINeS is research botanist,
New england Wild Flower Society, and
curator, Delta Institute of Natural History
Herbarium. He lives in Bowdoin, Me.
eLIZABeTH FARNSWORTH is senior
research ecologist, New england Wild
Flower Society, and a widely published
scientifc illustrator and writer. She
lives in Royalston, MA. GORDON
MORRISON is a prize-winning freelance
artist, writer, and naturalist and illustrator
of many children’s books and natural
history guides, including Bald Eagle,
Pond, Newcomb’s Wildfower Guide, and
A Field Guide to Eastern Forests. He lives
in Royalston, MA. NeW eNGLAND
WILD FLOWeR SOCIeTY, based in
Framingham, MA, is the oldest plant con-
servation organization in North America.
May
cloth 978-0-300-17154-9 $85.00 sc
992 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 994 b/w illus. World
70 scholarly titles
◆ ◆
Yale Music Masterworks
March Performing arts
cloth 978-0-300-11872-8 $40.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
320 pp. 6
1
⁄2 x 9
1
⁄4 11 b/w illus. World
straVinsky’s ballets
Charles M. Joseph
Igor Stravinsky, a towering composer of the twentieth century, was closely
linked to dance. His early commissions for Diaghilev’s Ballets Russes—The
Firebird, Petrouchka, and The Rite of Spring—put him on the international
map and propelled both ballet and music into the modern age. even so,
these brilliant pieces were but a prelude to Stravinsky’s lifelong exploration
of dance and dance idioms, as Charles M. Joseph convincingly demon-
strates in this penetrating survey of all of the composer’s ballet music.
Joseph provides superb analyses of each of Stravinsky’s ballet pieces, exam-
ining the composer’s own drafts, notes, and sketches to discover how
he conceived of and developed each work. The book also explores how
Stravinsky’s unorthodox new music energized colleagues, among them
George Balanchine, and attracted a glittering array of artists including
Tamara Karsavina, vaslav Nijinski, Picasso, and Jean Cocteau. Joseph cre-
ates an intense, intimate portrait of Stravinsky and offers a fresh perspective
on the musical revolutionary who changed the defnition of music made
for dance.
CHARLeS M. JOSePH is professor emeritus of music and the former dean and vice
president of academic affairs, Skidmore College. He is the author of two previous
books published by Yale University Press, Stravinsky and Balanchine, the winner
of an ASCAP Award in Biography, and Stravinsky Inside Out. He lives in Saratoga
Springs, NY.
June reference/literary studies
cloth 978-0-300-16747-4 $30.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
336 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
the worDs of others
From Quotations to Culture
Gary Saul Morson
In this lively gambol through the history of quotations and quotation books,
Gary Saul Morson traces our enduring fascination with the words of others.
Ranging from the remote past to the present, he explores the formation,
development, and signifcance of quotations, while exploring the “verbal
museums” in which they have been collected and displayed—common-
place books, treasuries, and anthologies. In his trademark clear, witty, and
provocative style, Morson invites readers to share his delight in the shortest
literary genre.
The author defnes what makes a quote quotable, as well as the (unexpected)
differences between quotation and misquotation. He describes how quota-
tions form, transform, and may eventually become idioms. How much of
language itself is the residue of former quotations? Weaving in hundreds
of intriguing quotations, common and unusual, Morson explores how the
words of others constitute essential elements in the formation of a culture
and of the self within that culture. In so doing, he provides a demonstration
of that very process, captured in the pages of this extraordinary new book.
GARY SAUL MORSON is Frances Hooper Professor of the Arts and Humanities,
Professor of Slavic Languages, Northwestern University. He is an award-winning
author of eight previous books. He lives in evanston, IL.
71 scholarly titles
May Biography/Music
cloth 978-0-300-12642-6 $35.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6
1
⁄4 x 9
1
⁄4 16 b/w illus. World
richarD strauss
A Musical Life
Raymond Holden
Renowned today as the gifted composer of a string of masterworks, Richard
Strauss (1864–1949) is less often remembered for his achievement as a major
conductor. Yet he held important conducting posts in Munich, Berlin, and
vienna and infuenced generations of younger conductors. This important
book is the frst to consider Strauss’s career as a conductor and place it in
relation to his life as a composer.
With unique access to extensive materials in the Strauss family’s private
archives, Raymond Holden corrects misconceptions about Strauss and
discusses the musician’s understanding of composing and conducting as
intertwined processes. Holden throws new light on Strauss’s relationships,
on his disputed role during the Third Reich, and particularly on his perfor-
mance practices and principles.
RAYMOND HOLDeN is associate head of research, Royal Academy of Music,
London, and a leading authority on Richard Strauss. He is author of The Virtuoso
Conductors: The Central European Tradition from Wagner to Karajan, published by
Yale University Press. He lives in London.
June literary studies
cloth 978-0-300-11173-6 $40.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
320 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 13 b/w illus. World
moDernism
Michael Levenson
In this wide-ranging and original account of Modernism, Michael
Levenson draws on more than twenty years of research and a career-long
fascination with the movement, its participants, and the period during
which it thrived. Seeking a more subtle understanding of the relations
between the period’s texts and contexts, he provides not only an excellent
survey but also a signifcant reassessment of Modernism itself.
Spanning many decades, illuminating individual achievements and locat-
ing them within the intersecting histories of experiment (Symbolism to
Surrealism, Naturalism to expressionism, Futurism to Dadaism), the book
places the transformations of culture alongside the agitations of modernity
(war, revolution, feminism, psychoanalysis). In this perspective, Modernism
must be understood more broadly than simply in terms of its provocative
works, experimental forms, and singular careers. Rather, as Levenson dem-
onstrates, Modernism should be viewed as the emergence of an adversary
culture of the New that depended on audiences as well as artists, enemies
as well as supporters.
MICHAeL LeveNSON is William B. Christian Professor of Modern Literature and
Critical Theory, University of virginia. His publications on Modernism span some
twenty years and include Modernism and the Fate of Individuality: Character and
Novelistic Form from Conrad to Woolf. He lives in Charlottesville, vA.
72 scholarly titles
april Biography
cloth 978-0-300-16714-6 $38.00 sc
448 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 56 b/w illus. World
the JuDGe
A Life of Thomas Mellon, Founder of a Fortune
James Mellon
Lawyer, judge, banker, classics professor, and councilman, Thomas Mellon
greatly infuenced the fortunes of his hometown, Pittsburgh, throughout the
nineteenth century. In the process, he became one of the city’s most impor-
tant business leaders, and he laid the foundation for a family that would
contribute considerably to the city’s growth and welfare for much of the
next hundred years, becoming one of the world’s most recognizable names
in industry, innovation, and philanthropy. Through his in-depth examina-
tion of the extensive Mellon family archives, in The Judge James Mellon—a
direct descendent of Thomas Mellon—has fashioned an incisive portrait
of the elder Mellon that presents the man in full. Offering a singular and
insightful characterization of the Scotch-Irish value system that governed
the patriarch’s work and life, James Mellon captures the judge’s complexi-
ties and contradictions, revealing him as a truly human fgure.
Among the recent biographies of Pittsburgh’s famous businessmen, The
Judge stands apart from the pack because of the author’s unique perspective
and his objective and scholarly approach to his subject.
JAMeS MeLLON is the author of African Hunter and The Face of Lincoln; he is
coeditor of Bullwhip Days: The Slaves Remember. He lives in New York City.
also by Dan breznitz:
Innovation and the State
Political Choice and Strategies for Growth
in Israel, Taiwan, and Ireland
Paper 978-0-300-16833-4 $30.00 sc
May economics
cloth 978-0-300-15271-5 $35.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 10 b/w illus. World
run of the reD Queen
Government, Innovation, Globalization,
and Economic Growth in China
Dan Breznitz and Michael Murphree
Few observers are unimpressed by the economic ambition of China or by
the nation’s remarkable rate of growth. But what does the future hold? This
meticulously researched book closely examines the strengths and weak-
nesses of the Chinese economic system to discover where the nation may
be headed and what the Chinese experience reveals about emerging mar-
ket economies. The authors fnd that contrary to popular belief, cutting
edge innovation is not a prerequisite for sustained economic vitality—and
that China is a perfect case in point.
DAN BReZNITZ is an associate professor at the Sam Nunn School of International
Affairs and the College of Management, and an associate professor by courtesy at
the School of Public Policy at Georgia Institute of Technology. He is author of the
award-winning book Innovation and the State, published by Yale University Press,
and a Sloan Foundation Industry Studies Fellow. He lives in Atlanta. MICHAeL
MURPHRee is a project coordinator at the Sam Nunn School of International
Affairs at the Georgia Institute of Technology. He lives in Atlanta.
73 scholarly titles
also by Jan-werner müller:
Another Country
German Intellectuals, Unifcation, and
National Identity
Cloth 978-0-300-08388-0 $47.00 tx
A Dangerous Mind
Carl Schmitt in Post-War European
Thought
Cloth 978-0-300-09932-4 $38.00 tx
May Political thought/history
cloth 978-0-300-11321-1 $45.00 sc
304 pp. 6 x 9 10 b/w illus. World
contestinG Democracy
Political Ideas in Twentieth-Century Europe
Jan-Werner Müller
This book is the frst major account of political thought in twentieth-
century europe, both West and east, to appear since the end of the Cold
War. Skillfully blending intellectual, political, and cultural history, Jan-
Werner Müller elucidates the ideas that shaped the period of ideological
extremes before 1945 and the liberalization of West european politics after
the Second World War. He also offers vivid portraits of famous as well as
unjustly forgotten political thinkers and the movements and institutions
they inspired.
Müller pays particular attention to ideas advanced to justify fascism and
how they relate to the special kind of liberal democracy that was created
in postwar Western europe. He also explains the impact of the 1960s and
neoliberalism, ending with a critical assessment of today’s self-consciously
post-ideological age.
JAN-WeRNeR MüLLeR teaches politics at Princeton University. His previous
books include A Dangerous Mind: Carl Schmitt in Post-War European Thought and
Another Country: German Intellectuals, Unifcation, and National Identity, both
published by Yale University Press.
◆ ◆
Yale Series in Economic and
Financial History
april economics
cloth 978-0-300-15109-1 $45.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
400 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 36 b/w illus. World
a Great leaP forwarD
1930s Depression and U.S. Economic Growth
Alexander J. Field
This thoughtful re-examination of the history of U.S. economic growth is
built around a novel claim, that potential output grew dramatically across
the Depression years (1929–1941) and that this advance provided the foun-
dation for the economic and military success of the United States during the
Second World War as well as for the golden age (1948–1973) that followed.
Alexander J. Field takes a fresh look at growth data and concludes that,
behind a backdrop of double-digit unemployment, the 1930s actually
experienced very high rates of technological and organizational innovation,
fueled by the maturing of a privately funded research and development
system and the government-funded build-out of the country’s surface road
infrastructure. This substantive new volume in the Yale Series in economic
and Financial History invites renewed discussions on productivity growth
over the last century and a half and on our current prospects.
ALexANDeR J. FIeLD is the Michel and Mary Orradre Professor of economics,
Santa Clara University, and executive director of the economic History Association.
He lives in Palo Alto, CA.
74 scholarly titles
June history/law
cloth 978-0-300-15314-9 $40.00 sc
Also available as an eBook.
224 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
the traGeDy of william JenninGs bryan
Constitutional Law and the Politics of Backlash
Gerard N. Magliocca
Although Populist candidate William Jennings Bryan lost the presidential
elections of 1896, 1900, and 1908, he was the most infuential political fg-
ure of his era. In this astutely argued book, Gerard N. Magliocca explores
how Bryan’s effort to reach the White House energized conservatives across
the nation and caused a transformation in constitutional law.
Responding negatively to the Populist agenda, the Supreme Court estab-
lished a host of new constitutional principles during the 1890s. Many of
them proved long-lasting and highly consequential, including the “separate
but equal” doctrine supporting racial segregation, the authorization of the
use of force against striking workers, and the creation of the liberty of con-
tract. The judicial backlash of the 1890s—the most powerful the United
States has ever experienced—illustrates vividly the risks of seeking funda-
mental social change. Magliocca concludes by examining the lessons of
the Populist experience for advocates of change in our own divisive times.
GeRARD N. MAGLIOCCA is professor of law, Indiana University School of Law,
Indianapolis. He lives in Indianapolis.
75 scholarly titles
Distributed for the Lewis Walpole Library
april art
cloth 978-0-300-17040-5 $85.00 tx
152 pp. 8 x 10 44 color illus.
the strawberry hill Press
anD its PrintinG house
Stephen Clarke
Horace Walpole’s Strawberry Hill Press, founded in 1757, is the most cel-
ebrated of the early english private presses, unique for the importance of
the books, pamphlets, and ephemera it produced. This illustrated study of
the Press draws on a remarkable array of surviving images of the Printing
House, many of them newly discovered and previously unstudied.
But more than that, this book provides an original and sustained analysis
of Walpole’s extraordinary literary endeavor, and of the complex variety of
purposes that the Press fulflled. The volume not only assesses all known
images to discover what they can tell us about Walpole’s Press, but also
reveals that, quite unexpectedly, a large part of Walpole’s Printing House
survives to this day.
STePHeN CLARKe is a London lawyer and independent scholar, and a Fellow of
the Society of Antiquaries. He has written extensively on Samuel Johnson, William
Beckford, and Horace Walpole. He lives near London.
“Peterson establishes an excellent niche
within the existing literature. His work
should interest students and scholars
of African and West African history,
Islam and religious studies.”—David
Robinson, Michigan State University
april history
Paper 978-0-300-15270-8 $45.00 tx
Also available as an eBook.
336 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 3 maps World
islamization from below
The Making of Muslim Communities in
Rural French Sudan, 1880–1960
Brian J. Peterson
The colonial era in Africa, spanning less than a century, ushered in a more
rapid expansion of Islam than at any time during the previous thousand
years. In this groundbreaking historical investigation, Brian J. Peterson con-
siders for the frst time how and why rural peoples in West Africa “became
Muslim” under French colonialism.
Peterson rejects conventional interpretations that emphasize the roles of
states, jihads, and elites in “converting” people, arguing instead that the
expansion of Islam owed its success to the mobility of thousands of rural
people who gradually, and usually peacefully, adopted the new religion on
their own. Based on extensive feldwork in villages across southern Mali
(formerly French Sudan) and on archival research in West Africa and
France, the book draws a detailed new portrait of grassroots, multi-genera-
tional processes of Islamization in French Sudan while also deepening our
understanding of the impact and unintended consequences of colonialism.
BRIAN J. PeTeRSON is assistant professor of history, Union College. He lives in
New York City.
76 academic titles
May Philosophy
cloth 978-0-300-15221-0 $85.00 tx
464 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
eDmunD husserl’s freiburG years
1916–1938
J. N. Mohanty
In his award-winning book The Philosophy of Edmund Husserl: A Historical
Development, J. N. Mohanty charted Husserl’s philosophical development
from the young man’s earliest studies—informed by his work as a mathema-
tician—to the publication of his Ideas in 1913. In this welcome new volume,
the author takes up the fnal decades of Husserl’s life, addressing the work
of his Freiburg period, from 1916 until his death in 1938.
As in his earlier work, Mohanty here offers close readings of Husserl’s main
texts accompanied by accurate summaries, informative commentaries, and
original analyses. This book, along with its companion volume, completes
the most up-to-date, well-informed, and comprehensive account ever writ-
ten on Husserl’s phenomenological philosophy and its development.
J. N. MOHANTY is professor emeritus of philosophy, Temple University. His most
recent book, The Philosophy of Edmund Husserl: A Historical Development, published
by Yale University Press, won ForeWord Magazine’s Gold Medal Book of the Year
Award in Philosophy as well as the edward Goodwin Ballard Prize in Phenomenology.
He lives in Ambler, PA.
◆ ◆
The Yale Leibniz Series
april reference/Philosophy studies
cloth 978-0-300-15155-8 $100.00 tx
Also available as an eBook.
240 pp. 6 x 9
1
⁄4 World
Dissertation on
PreDestination anD Grace
G. W. Leibniz
Translated, edited, and with an Introduction by Michael
J. Murray; Additional Contributions by George Wright
In this book G. W. Leibniz presents not only his refections on predestina-
tion and election but also a more detailed account of the problem of evil
than is found in any of his other works apart from the Theodicy. Surprisingly,
his Dissertation on Predestination and Grace has never before been pub-
lished in any form. Michael J. Murray’s project of translating, editing, and
providing commentary for the volume will therefore attract great interest
among scholars and students of Leibniz’s philosophy and theology. Leibniz
addresses such topics as free will, moral responsibility, divine causation,
justice, punishment, divine foreknowledge, and human freedom, revealing
crucial aspects of the genesis of his mature metaphysics and the theological
motivations behind it.
MICHAeL J. MURRAY is Arthur and Katherine Shadek Professor in the Humanities
and Philosophy, Franklin and Marshall College. He lives in Lancaster, PA. GeORGe
WRIGHT is professor of legal studies at the University of Wisconsin in Superior, WI.
He lives in Duluth, MN.
77 academic titles
June law
cloth 978-0-300-12304-3 $50.00 tx
Also available as an eBook.
224 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
information anD exclusion
Lior Jacob Strahilevitz
Nearly all communities are exclusive in some way. When race or wealth
is the basis of exclusion, the homogeneity of a neighborhood, workplace,
or congregation is controversial. In other instances, as with an artist’s
colony or a French language book club, exclusivity is tolerable or even
laudable. In this engaging book, Lior Strahilevitz introduces a new theory
for understanding how exclusivity is created and maintained in residential,
workplace, and social settings, one that emphasizes information’s role in
facilitating exclusion.
The book provides many colorful examples to show how lawmakers
frequently misunderstand the subtle mechanics of exclusion, leaving
enormous loopholes in the law. Strahilevitz focuses particular attention
on today’s changing dynamics of exclusion and discusses how technology
presents new opportunities for governments to stamp out the most offensive
exclusionary behaviors.
LIOR JACOB STRAHILevITZ is Deputy Dean and Professor of Law at the
University of Chicago Law School, where he has taught since 2002.
June law/Politics
cloth 978-0-300-12565-8 $50.00 tx
Also available as an eBook.
256 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
local reDistribution anD
local Democracy
Interest Groups and the Courts
Clayton P. Gillette
The traditional theory of urban fnance argues against local redistribution
of wealth on the assumption that such action is likely to chase away the
relatively wealthy, leaving only the impoverished behind. Nevertheless,
Clayton P. Gillette observes, local governments engage in substantial redis-
tribution, both to the wealthy and to the poor.
In this thoughtful book, Gillette examines whether recent campaigns to
enact “living wage” ordinances and other local redistributive programs
represent gaps in the traditional theory or political opportunism. He then
investigates the role of the courts in distinguishing between these explana-
tions. The author argues that courts have greater capacity to review local
programs than is typically assumed. He concludes that when a single inter-
est group dominates the political process, judicial intervention to determine
a program’s legal validity may be appropriate. But if the political contest
involves competing groups, courts should defer to local political judgments.
CLAYTON P. GILLeTTe is Max e. Greenberg Professor of Contract Law, New
York University Law School. He lives in New York City.
78 academic titles
◆ ◆
Yale Oriental Series, Babylonian Texts
May reference/history
cloth 978-0-300-16959-1 $125.00 tx
192 pp. 8
3
⁄8 x 11
5
⁄16 World
neo-babylonian letters anD
contracts from the eanna archiVe
eckart Frahm and Michael Jursa
This new volume presents facsimile copies of over two hundred previously
unpublished Babylonian letters and documents written in cuneiform script.
The texts, dating from the sixth century b.c., mainly originate from the
archives of the eanna temple in Uruk in southern Mesopotamia, and they
contribute important information relating to the political, social, and eco-
nomic history of this period.
In a detailed introduction the authors discuss the signifcance of these texts
and explore their historical and socioeconomic implications. The volume
also includes summaries of the contents of the individual documents and
comprehensive indices to facilitate full access to the primary data for stu-
dents and scholars.
eCKART FRAHM is professor of Assyriology, Department of Near eastern
Languages and Civilizations, Yale University. He lives in New Haven. MICHAeL
JURSA is professor of Assyriology, University of vienna. He lives in Austria.
79 academic titles
also by bassam k. franGieh:
Anthology of Arabic Literature,
Culture, and Thought from
Pre-Islamic Times to the Present
Hardcover with Audio CD
978-0-300-10493-6 $73.00 tx
BASSAM FRANGIeH is professor of Arabic
at Pomona College. He previously taught at
Georgetown, Yale, and the Foreign Service
Institute. He is the author of Anthology of
Arabic Literature, Culture, and Thought from
Pre-Islamic Times to the Present, published by
Yale University Press.
June language
Paper 978-0-300-14131-3 $85.00 tx
500 pp. 8 x 10 50 illus. World
arabic for life
Bassam K. Frangieh
Arabic for Life takes an intensive, comprehensive approach to beginning
Arabic instruction and is specifcally tailored to the needs of talented and
dedicated students. Unlike the other Arabic textbooks on the market, Arabic
for Life is not specifcally focused on either grammar or profciency. Instead,
it offers a balanced methodology that combines these goals. Frangieh has
created a book that is full of energy and excitement about Arabic language
and culture, and it effectively transmits that excitement to students. Arabic
for Life offers a dynamic and multidimensional view of the Arab world that
incorporates language with Arabic culture and intellectual thought.
JeNNIFeR ReDMANN is associate
professor of German at Kalamazoo College.
PeNNYLYN DYKSTRA-PRUIM is professor
of German at Calvin College.
June language
Paper 978-0-300-16603-3 $35.00 tx
Also available as an eBook.
224 pp. 10 x 8.5 68 b/w illus. World
schreiben lernen
A Writing Guide for Learners of German
Pennylyn Dykstra-Pruim and Jennifer Redmann
This text offers a unique approach to assisting German learners at vari-
ous levels of profciency in developing their writing skills in eight different
genres. The guide includes information and activities for structuring sen-
tences, paragraphs, and entire texts; building vocabulary; and raising
awareness of cultural issues related to writing for specifc audiences and
purposes. By providing writing activities targeted at beginning, intermedi-
ate, and advanced learners, the guide will offer instructors a concrete means
of unifying their German curricula across individual levels and courses.
As a supplementary writing guide, Schreiben lernen flls a need that exists in
German curricula at all levels.
ReJANe De OLIveIRA SLADe is a
Brazilian teacher and artist who has taught
at New York University and the New School
for Social Research. MARTA ALMeIDA
is senior lector in Portuguese at Yale
University. eLIZABeTH JACKSON is
visiting assistant professor in Portuguese at
Wesleyan University.
June language
Paperback with cd-roM 978-0-300-11631-1 $60.00 tx
480 pp. 7 x 10 421 b/w illus. World
bom Dia, brasil
3a edição de Português Básico para Estrangeiros
Rejane de Oliveira Slade
Revised by Marta Almeida and elizabeth Jackson
Bom dia, Brasil is a completely revised and updated edition of the popular
beginning Portuguese text Português Básico para Estrangeiros. It aims to
teach the Portuguese language in a fast, interesting, and effcient way. The
method employed engages students’ interest by exploring personal, social,
professional, and cultural topics, while providing them with the basic con-
cepts needed to communicate effectively in Portuguese.
80 language texts
why translation matters
edith Grossman
From the celebrated translator of Cervantes
and García Márquez, a passionate testament
to the power of the translator’s art
Why Translation Matters argues for the cultural importance of trans-
lation and for a more encompassing and nuanced appreciation of
the translator’s role. edith Grossman’s belief in the crucial signif-
cance of the translator’s work, as well as her rare ability to explain
the intellectual sphere that she inhabits as interpreter of the original
text, inspires and provokes the reader to engage with translation in
an entirely new way.
“Grossman and others like her continue to offer us enlighten-
ment. . . . [The subject] is passionately explored and patiently
explained.”—Richard Howard, New York Times Book Review
“[Grossman] makes a passionate and provocative case for the con-
tinuing importance of literary translation, an art that she believes
has been ‘too often ignored,’ misunderstood, or misrepresented.”
—London Review of Books
◆ ◆
Why X Matters Series
Featuring intriguing pairings of authors and
subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters
series presents a concise argument for the
continuing relevance of an important person
or idea.
eDITH GROSSMAN is the acclaimed
translator of Gabriel García Márquez,
Mario vargas Llosa, Carlos Fuentes,
Mayra Montero, and many other
distinguished Spanish-language writers.
Her translation of Don Quixote is widely
considered a masterpiece. The recipient
of numerous prizes for her work, she was
awarded the Ralph Manheim Medal for
Translation by PeN in 2006, an award in
literature from the American Academy of
Arts and Letters in 2008, a Guggenheim
Fellowship in 2009, and the Queen Sofía
Spanish Institute Translation Prize in
2010. She is a member of the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences. She lives
in New York.
“Edith Grossman, the Glenn Gould of
translators, has written a superb book
on the art of the literary translation.
Even Walter Benjamin is surpassed
by her insights into her task, which
she rightly sees as imaginatively
independent. This should become
a classic text.”—Harold Bloom
december literary studies
Paper 978-0-300-17130-3 $16.00
Cloth 978-0-300-12656-3 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
160 pp. 5
1
⁄4 x 7
3
⁄4 World
81 Paperback reprints—general interest
“John Cage opened our ears to the
whole world as music. In this engaging
book, Kyle Gann opens our minds to
the deep reverberations of Cage’s most
radical, misunderstood and infuential
work.”—John Luther Adams, author of
The Place Where You Go to Listen
◆ ◆
Icons of America
december Music/cultural history
Paper 978-0-300-17129-7 $16.00
Cloth 978-0-300-13699-9 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
272 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 14 b/w illus. World
no such thinG as silence
John Cage’s 4'33"
Kyle Gann
First performed at the midpoint of the twentieth century, John Cage’s 4'33",
a composition conceived of without a single musical note, is among the
most celebrated and ballyhooed cultural gestures in the history of modern
music. A meditation on the act of listening and the nature of performance,
Cage’s controversial piece became the iconic statement of the meaning of
silence in art and is a landmark work of American music. Kyle Gann, one
of the nation’s leading music critics, explains 4'33" as a unique moment in
American culture and musical composition.
“4'33", Gann argues, though often suspected of being merely a ‘provocative
stunt,’ is actually one of the best understood and most infuential works of
avant-garde music.”—New Yorker
“[Gann] examines the ways in which Cage’s piece was and is boosted and
derided, and the result is an easily digestible yet illuminating volume.”—J.
Gabriel Boylan, Bookforum
“Deftly profling Cage and his infuences in the process, Gann entrancingly
communicates his love and fascination with Cage’s musical milestone in
a spellbinding chapter of high-cultural history.”—Booklist, starred review
KYLe GANN is Associate Professor of Music at Bard College, a composer, and
former new-music critic for the Village Voice. He lives in Germantown, NY.
“Offers mystery stories in the tradition
of Berton Roueché that are every
bit as exciting and illuminating as
the originals. Edlow’s stories are
replete with information about strange
medical adventures and treatments
that any of us might experience
one day.”—Philip A. Mackowiak,
M.D., University of Maryland
School of Medicine
February science/Medicine
Paper 978-0-300-17126-6 $17.00
Cloth 978-0-300-12558-0 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
264 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
the DeaDly Dinner Party
and Other Medical Detective Stories
Jonathan A. edlow, M.D.
The Deadly Dinner Party brings us ffteen edge-of-your-seat medical detec-
tive stories written by practicing physician and Harvard professor Jonathan
edlow. These real-life cases show the doctor as detective and the epide-
miologist as elite sleuth; the resulting stories are as gripping as the best
fctional thrillers.
“edlow’s collection of bite-sized essays about obscure infections, poi-
sons and diseases—from infected piranha tank water to vitamin D
intoxication—make an enjoyable and interesting book.”—Druin Burch,
New Scientist
“The book fows well and is easy to read. . . . I wholeheartedly recom-
mend this book and hope that it inspires the hidden detective in all of
us.”—emma Hill, Lancet
Winner of the 2010 Will Solimene Award for excellence in Medical
Communication, given by the New england Chapter of the American
Medical Writers Association
JONATHAN A. eDLOW, M.D., F.A.C.P., is vice chair of emergency medicine,
Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, and associate professor of medicine, Harvard
Medical School. He is the author of the award-winning Bull’s Eye: Unraveling the
Medical Mystery of Lyme Disease and Stroke. He lives in Newtonville, MA.
82 Paperback reprints—general interest
markinG the hours
English People and Their Prayers, 1240–1570
eamon Duffy
Personal prayer books and the jottings in their
margins tell us about their owners and about life
in late medieval and Reformation England
In this richly illustrated book, religious historian eamon Duffy
discusses the Book of Hours, unquestionably the most intimate
and most widely used book of the later Middle Ages. He examines
surviving copies of the personal prayer books, which were used for
private, domestic devotions, and in which people commonly left
traces of their lives, and he teases out precious clues to the private
thoughts and public contexts of their owners, and insights into the
times in which they lived and prayed.
“[An] enchanting and engaging inquiry into the private devotions of
english men and women in the late Middle Ages. . . . [Duffy] writes
with an understanding and personal experience of religious prac-
tice which is beguiling and authoritative. . . . Almost certainly the
most informative and readable account of the actual use of Books
of Hours ever written.”—Christopher de Hamel, New York Review
of Books
“This is a glorious feast of a book. . . . With Duffy as our guide, the
apparently random scribbles of often nameless men and women
start to sound like a clear message from the distant past.”—Kathryn
Hughes, The Guardian
also by eamon Duffy:
The voices of Morebath
Reformation and Rebellion in an
English Village
Paper 978-0-300-09825-9 $16.00
The Stripping of the Altars
Traditional Religion in England,
1400–1580, Second Edition
Paper 978-0-300-10828-6 $23.00
Saints and Sinners
A History of the Popes; Second Edition
Paper 978-0-300-09165-6 $17.95
eAMON DUFFY is the professor of the
History of Christianity, and Fellow and
Director of Studies, Magdalene College,
University of Cambridge. He lives in
Cambridge, UK.
“Medievalists will welcome Marking
the Hours . . . This richly illustrated
analysis of Books of Hours used for
prayer and meditation shows what
can be learned from the scribbles and
annotations that the owners, including
many women, have added.”–Sarah
Williams, BBC History Magazine
February religion/history
Paper 978-0-300-17058-0 $25.00
Cloth 978-0-300-11714-1 F’ 06
208 pp. 7
1
⁄2 x 9
1
⁄2 120 color illus. World
83 Paperback reprints—general interest
“Beautifully written . . . Harris provides
a wonderfully thick description of
colonial life in Charles Town, South
Carolina, in 1775 . . . This model
microhistory opens up wonderful new
insights about liberty in the context
of the American Revolution: what
liberty meant and for whom. This
is history at its best, history as it
should be.”—Orville Vernon Burton,
author of The Age of Lincoln
February history
Paper 978-0-300-17132-7 $20.00
Cloth 978-0-300-15214-2 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
240 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 22 b/w illus. World
the hanGinG of thomas Jeremiah
A Free Black Man’s Encounter with Liberty
J. William Harris
In 1775, Thomas Jeremiah was one of fewer than fve hundred “Free
Negros” in South Carolina and, with an estimated worth of £1,000 (about
$200,000 in today’s dollars), possibly the richest person of African descent in
British North America. A slaveowner himself, Jeremiah was falsely accused
by whites—who resented his success as a Charleston harbor pilot—of sow-
ing insurrection among slaves at the behest of the British. J. William Harris
tells Jeremiah’s story in full for the frst time, illuminating the contradiction
between a nation that would be born in a struggle for freedom and yet deny
it—often violently—to others.
“Fast-paced, deeply researched. . . . gripping. . . . Harris’ book reminds us that
throughout history, liberty for some has rested on the denial of freedom for
others.”—John David Smith, Raleigh News and Observer
A Best Book of 2009, Library Journal
Silver medal winner of the ForeWord Magazine 2009 Book of the Year
Award in the History category
J. WILLIAM HARRIS is professor of history at the University of New Hampshire. He
is the author of The Making of the American South, Deep Souths (fnalist for the 2002
Pulitzer Prize in history), and Plain Folk and Gentry in a Slave Society. He lives in
Arlington, MA.
also by John lukacs:
The Future of History
See page 41
Five Days in London, May 1940
Paper 978-0-300-08466-5 $11.95
Churchill: visionary. Statesman.
Historian.
Paper 978-0-300-10302-1 $15.00 sc
February history/Military history
Paper 978-0-300-17138-9 $17.00
Cloth 978-0-300-11439-3 S’ 10
208 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
the leGacy of the seconD worlD war
John Lukacs
Sixty-fve years after the conclusion of World War II, its consequences are
still with us. In this probing book, the acclaimed historian John Lukacs
raises perplexing questions about World War II that have yet to be explored.
In a work that brilliantly argues for World War II’s central place in the his-
tory of the twentieth century, Lukacs applies his singular expertise toward
addressing the war’s most persistent enigmas.
“Mr. Lukacs is one of the more incisive historians of the 20th century, and
especially of the tangled events leading to World War II.”—Joseph C.
Goulden, Washington Times
“esteemed historian Lukacs . . . reminds readers that when it comes to
WWII history, sections remain to be written, and what has been written
departs from historical truth in certain ways.”—Booklist
JOHN LUKACS is the author of some thirty books of history, including the acclaimed
Five Days in London and Last Rites.
84 Paperback reprints—general interest
a new history of early christianity
Charles Freeman
This stimulating history of early Christianity
revisits the extraordinary birth of a world religion
and gives a new slant on a familiar story.
The history of early Christianity is an embattled subject. The sources
are fragmentary, and their interpretation is much fought over. In
this book, Charles Freeman clarifes and assesses the evidence, tests
traditional claims, and shows how diversity in Christian belief was
inevitable when there were three rich intellectual traditions—Jewish,
Greek, and Roman—to come to terms with. eventually the troubled
Roman empire brought the church under its own control, with
important implications for the future for theology and free debate.
This is not a radical history—Freeman draws heavily on existing
evidence—but it is a challenging one. It seeks not only to inform
the general reader, whether Christian or not, but also to explore the
possibilities of religious truths and the roles of authority and power
in the making of Christian doctrine. Readable and insightful, full of
fascinating characters, and imaginative in its range, this is an engag-
ing and accessible introduction to a complex area of ancient history
that remains of immense relevance today.
“A fresh and provocative book: insightful, adventurous and controver-
sial.”—Laurie Guy, Colloquium
CHARLeS FReeMAN is a specialist on
the ancient world and its legacy. He has
worked on archaeological digs on the con-
tinents surrounding the Mediterranean
and develops study tour programs in
Italy, Greece, and Turkey. Freeman is
Historical Consultant to the prestigious
Blue Guides series and the author of
numerous books, including the bestseller
The Closing of the Western Mind and,
most recently, Holy Bones, Holy Dust. He
lives in the UK.
“This book will help us to new
understandings and insights. . . .
It makes the events of this early
period clear and accessible, and
succeeds in showing how the
Church developed its character and
identity.”—John Binns, Church Times
February history/religious history
Paper 978-0-300-17083-2 $23.00
Cloth 978-0-300-12581-8 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
400 pp. 5 x 7
3
⁄4 16 pp. b/w illus. World
85 Paperback reprints—general interest
1688
The First Modern Revolution
Steve Pincus
Based on new archival information, this book upends
two hundred years of scholarship on England’s
Glorious Revolution to claim that it—not the French
Revolution—was the frst truly modern revolution.
By expanding the interpretive lens to include a broader geographical
and chronological frame, Steve Pincus demonstrates that england’s
Glorious Revolution was a european event, that it took place over
a number of years, not months, and that it had repercussions in
India, North America, the West Indies, and throughout continental
europe. His rich historical narrative, based on masses of new archi-
val research, traces the transformation of english foreign policy,
religious culture, and political economy that, he argues, was the
intended consequence of the revolutionaries of 1688–1689.
“Mr. Pincus’s cogently argued account of what really happened dur-
ing england’s revolution destroys many comforting notions that
have prevailed for more than 200 years. . . . It leaves the reader with
something much more exciting: a new understanding of the origins
of the modern, liberal state.”—Economist
“There is also much that is impressive and exciting about this book,
not only its archival reach but also Pincus’s intellectual ambition
and his determination to pursue his theme of modernity as well
as his willingness to embrace comparative issues.”—Jeremy Black,
American Historical Review
“Pincus’s marvelously learned book is the product of years of indus-
trious archival labor.”—Jonathan Clark, Times Literary Supplement
Winner of the 2010 Gustav Ranis International Book Prize, given by
the MacMillan Center
◆ ◆
The Lewis Walpole Series in Eighteenth-
Century Culture and History
The paperback edition of 1688 comes
with a free download of music of the
period commissioned for the book.
STeve PINCUS is professor of history
at Yale University. He is the author
of Protestantism and Patriotism and
England’s Glorious Revolution. He lives in
New Haven, CT.
“[A]n important, fresh, and imaginative
work of scholarship. . . . It will
have recast the origins of modern
England as well as the history of the
revolution of 1688.”—Bernard Bailyn,
The New York Review of Books
February history
Paper 978-0-300-17143-3 $25.00
Cloth 978-0-300-11547-5 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
664 pp. 7 x 10 72 scattered b/w illus. World
86 Paperback reprints—general interest
the liberty bell
Gary B. Nash
The distinguished historian Gary B. Nash recasts the
legacy of one of America’s most enduring icons of freedom
each year, more than two million visitors line up near Philadelphia’s
Independence Hall and wait to gaze upon a fawed mass of metal
forged more than two and a half centuries ago. Since its original cast-
ing in england in 1751, the Liberty Bell has survived a precarious
journey on the road to becoming a symbol of the American identity,
and in this masterful work, Gary B. Nash reveals how and why this
voiceless bell continues to speak such volumes about our nation.
Drawing upon fascinating primary source documents, Nash’s book
continues a remarkable dialogue about a symbol of American patrio-
tism second only in importance to the Stars and Stripes.
“It is an unlikely central character for a book: A silent, 250-year-old
bell. Yet in The Liberty Bell, a biography of our nation’s ‘nearly sacred
totem,’ Gary B. Nash provides a stirring historical account of the
icon that is America’s ‘Rosetta Stone or . . . Holy Grail.’”—T. Rees
Shapiro, Washington Post
“It’s broken, and silent, and brimming with signifcance, and the
eminent UCLA historian tells the bell’s rich, captivating story.”
—Los Angeles magazine
◆ ◆
Icons of America
Icons of America is a series of short
works written by leading scholars, critics,
and writers, each of whom tells a new
and innovative story about American
history and culture through the lens of a
single iconic individual, event, object, or
cultural phenomenon.
GARY B. NASH is professor of history
and director of the National Center for
History in the Schools at UCLA. He is
former president of the Organization
of American Historians, and his 1979
book The Urban Crucible: Social Change,
Political Consciousness, and the Origins of
the American Revolution was a fnalist for
the Pulitzer Prize in history. He lives in
Los Angeles.
“With this book, Gary Nash has
brought the Liberty Bell back to life
as part of the maelstrom of American
history. Few Americans know the
history of the Liberty Bell, and no one
tells its story better than Nash.”—Robert
Rydell, Montana State University
February history
Paper 978-0-300-17142-6 $14.00
Cloth 978-0-300-13936-5 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
256 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 23 b/w illus. World
87 Paperback reprints—general interest
“In this impressive and ground-
breaking book, Ken Corbett
suggests new ways of theorizing
about the meaning of masculine
embodiments.”—Susan McKenzie,
Jung Journal: Culture and Psyche
March Psychology
Paper 978-0-300-17121-1 $17.00
Cloth 978-0-300-14984-5 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
boyhooDs
Rethinking Masculinities
Ken Corbett
This landmark analysis of masculinity propels the reader toward stories of
all kinds of boys. As Corbett writes, “No two boys, no two boyhoods are the
same. No one boy remains invariable.” Arguing for a new psychology of
masculinity that is grounded in his clinical practice and in a dynamic read-
ing of feminist and queer theory, Corbett shows that there are many ways
to be a boy, and many ways for boys to achieve well-being. In the spirit of
Carol Gilligan’s classic In a Different Voice, Boyhoods seeks to release boys
from the grip of expectation.
“Ken Corbett teaches us how to think gender again, as if for the frst time.”—
Judith Butler
“Corbett offers new possibilities of theorizing, analyzing and imagin-
ing masculinity. He writes with gentle, unassailable reason, marvelous
empathy, playful, subversive wit, and scrupulous self-examination and
courage.”—Tony Kushner
KeN CORBeTT is Clinical Assistant Professor at the New York University
Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis and an analyst in practice
with adults and children in New York City.
“[This] accessible account embraces
the latest scholarship and addresses
the failings of previous works on the
subject. Indeed the book, like
the tuber it describes, flls a void:
the spud now has the biography
it deserves.”—Economist
March history/Food culture/studies
Paper 978-0-300-17145-7 $18.00
Cloth 978-0-300-14109-2 S’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
336 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 17 b/w illus. Cloth/paper for sale in the U.S., its territories
and dependencies, and the Philippine Republic only. E-books for sale worldwide.
Potato
A History of the Propitious Esculent
John Reader
The potato—humble, lumpy, bland, familiar—is a decidedly unglamorous
staple of the dinner table. Or is it? John Reader’s narrative on the role of the
potato in world history suggests we may be underestimating this remark-
able tuber. From domestication in Peru 8,000 years ago to its status today as
the world’s fourth largest food crop, the potato has played a starring—or at
least supporting—role in many chapters of human history. It may be “just”
a humble vegetable, Reader shows, yet the history of the potato has been
anything but dull.
“Reader takes us on a kaleidoscopic journey. . . . What we get . . . is a history
of the world from the potato’s point of view.”—Willa Murphy, Irish Times
“John Reader’s superb history traces the potato’s rise from mistaken iden-
tity to the basic food now cultivated in 149 countries.”—Robert Collins,
Sunday Times
JOHN ReADeR is a writer and photojournalist who holds an honorary research
fellowship in the Department of Anthropology at University College London. He lives
in Surrey, UK.
88 Paperback reprints—general interest
euroPe between the oceans
9000 BC–AD 1000
Barry Cunliffe
A sensational, interdisciplinary work which
entirely reorients our understanding of Europe
from 10,000 BC to the time of the Vikings
Now in paperback, this engaging, acclaimed interdisciplinary work
heralds an entirely new understanding of Old europe.
europe is, in world terms, a relatively minor peninsula attached to
the eurasian land mass, yet it became one of the most innovative
regions on the planet, bearing restless adventurers who traversed the
globe to trade and often to settle. By the ffteenth century europe
was a driving world force, but the origins of its success have until
now remained obscured in prehistory. In this magnifcent book,
the distinguished archaeologist Barry Cunliffe sees europe not in
terms of states and shifting land boundaries, but as a geographical
niche particularly favored in facing many seas. These and the great
transpeninsular rivers ensured a rich diversity of natural resources,
and encouraged the interaction of dynamic peoples across networks
of communication and exchange. Weaving together titanic con-
cepts in an engaging manner, Europe Between the Oceans is a tour
de force.
“When history is written in this way, conventional priorities are over-
thrown. . . . An admirable distillation of an enormous amount of
evidence—full of what is beautiful, interesting and true.”—James
Fenton, Sunday Times (London)
“A work of great humanity. . . . What is re-constructed is the early
history of europe. . . . What is re-interpreted is something closer to
human nature itself.”—Peter N. Miller, New Republic
BARRY CUNLIFFe is one of the most
important and distinguished archae-
ologists in europe. He is professor of
archaeology at the University of Oxford
and is the author of over ffteen books. He
lives in Oxford, UK.
“Europe Between the Oceans, at
once compelling and judicious, is
an extraordinary book. A work of
analytical depth and imaginative
sweep. . . . Lavishly illustrated and
replete with a sumptuous array of
creatively conceived color maps.”
—Benjamin Schwarz, Atlantic
March history/archaelogy
Paper 978-0-300-17086-3 $30.00
Cloth 978-0-300-11923-7 F’ 08 Also available as an eBook.
480 pp. 7
1
⁄2 x 9 1
1
⁄16 120 b/w + 80 color illus. World
89 Paperback reprints—general interest
why architecture matters
Paul Goldberger
Now in paperback after six printings, a remarkable
journey through the built world from the Pulitzer
Prize-winning New Yorker critic and “America’s foremost
interpreter of public architecture” (Tracy Kidder)
“[Goldberger’s] wise, compassionate sums up a lifetime spent explor-
ing, refecting and writing [about buildings],” writes the Washington
Post, and raises our awareness of fundamental things like proportion,
scale, space, texture, materials, shapes, and light. But the larger pur-
pose of Why Architecture Matters is to help us “come to grips with
how things feel to us when we stand before them, with how architec-
ture affects us emotionally as well as intellectually.” “Architecture
begins to matter,” writes Paul Goldberger, “when it brings delight
and sadness and perplexity and awe along with a roof over our heads.”
“Succinct, lyrical and heartfelt. There are so many guides to the
world of art, so few to the world of architecture. This is among the
very best.”—Alain de Botton, author of The Architecture of Happiness
“A beautifully written and generous meditation on the art of build-
ing that every aspiring architect should read.”—Witold Rybczynski,
author of The Perfect House
“[One] of the most revelatory appreciations of architecture I’ve come
across. . . . This isn’t a history of architecture, but rather something
more elusive. . . . Goldberger roams from classic masterpieces like
the Pantheon to the architecture of memory, like the modest two-
family house of his childhood in New Jersey.”—Maureen Corrigan,
NPR.org
“A portable architectural museum that, by turns, astonishes, intrigues,
explains and entrances.”—Architecture Bulletin
◆ ◆
Why X Matters Series
Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with
subjects, each volume in our Why X Matters
series presents a concise argument for the
continuing relevance of an important person
or idea.
PAUL GOLDBeRGeR is the architec-
ture critic for The New Yorker and has
written the magazine’s celebrated “Sky
Line” column since 1997. He also holds
the Joseph Urban Chair in Design
and Architecture at The New School
in Manhattan. He began his career at
The New York Times, where he received
a Pulitzer Prize for Distinguished
Criticism. visit the author’s website:
www.paulgoldberger.com
”Despite the breadth of the subject,
Goldberger effectively satisfes the
challenge he lays out for himself
in the ambitious title: explaining
why good architecture matters, in
a clear and unpretentious manner
that should satisfy those who design
buildings, and those who use
them.”—George Beane, Metropolis
March architecture
Paper 978-0-300-16817-4 $16.00
Cloth 978-0-300-14430-7 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
304 pp. 5
1
⁄4 x 7
3
⁄4 54 b/w illus. World
90 Paperback reprints—general interest
“A deeply felt but no-holds-barred
American fable. Master of a lean,
unadorned prose, Zipperstein offers a
study evocative of F. Scott Fitzgerald’s
Tender is the Night. . . . A masterful
work.”—Library Journal (starred review)
March Biography/literary studies/Jewish studies
Paper 978-0-300-17153-2 $20.00
Cloth 978-0-300-12649-5 S’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 13 b/w illus. World
rosenfelD’s liVes
Fame, Oblivion, and the Furies of Writing
Steven J. Zipperstein
A haunting consideration of the extraordinary mind of Saul Bellow’s
unjustly forgotten friend and literary rival, Rosenfeld’s Lives is about the
extremes of the writing life.
Born in Chicago in 1918, the prodigiously gifted and erudite Isaac
Rosenfeld was anointed a “genius” upon the publication of his “lumi-
nescent” novel, Passage from Home, and was expected to surpass even
his closest friend, Saul Bellow. Yet when he died of a heart attack at age
thirty-eight, Rosenfeld had published relatively little, his life reduced to a
metaphor for literary failure. In this deeply contemplative biography, Steven
J. Zipperstein seeks to reclaim Rosenfeld’s legacy.
“A fascinating and cautionary tale about how much character, talent, and
luck weigh in the mysterious balance that tips a writer towards fame or fail-
ure.”—Francine Prose, author of Reading Like a Writer
Finalist, National Jewish Book Award
STeveN J. ZIPPeRSTeIN is Daniel e. Koshland Professor in Jewish Culture and
History, Stanford University. His previous books include The Jews of Odessa, which
received the Smilen Award, and Elusive Prophet, which received the National Jewish
Book Award. He lives in California.
“The Lomborg Deception sets the
record straight with a rigorous,
readable body-blow to climate
complacency.”—Senator John Kerry
april environmental studies/science
Paper 978-0-300-17128-0 $18.00
Cloth 978-0-300-16103-8 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
272 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
the lomborG DecePtion
Setting the Record Straight About Global Warming
Howard Friel
Foreword by Thomas e. Lovejoy
In this major assessment of leading climate-change skeptic Bjørn Lomborg,
Howard Friel meticulously deconstructs the Danish statistician’s claim that
global warming is “no catastrophe” by exposing the systematic misrepre-
sentations and partial accounting that are at the core of climate-change
skepticism. With attention to the complexities of climate-related phenom-
ena across a range of areas—from ice in the Arctic sea to the Antarctic ice
sheet—The Lomborg Deception offers readers an enlightening review of
some of today’s most urgent climate concerns.
“Compelling. . . . Anyone who picks up Cool It. . . should have Lomborg
Deception within reach to decide for themselves whether Lomborg’s main
claim to authority—that environmentalists make it up while he provides
accurate facts—is so much hot air.”—Sharon Begley, Newsweek
HOWARD FRIeL is an independent scholar and author. His previous books, The
Record of the Paper and Israel-Palestine on Record, both of which were co-authored by
Richard Falk, have focused on media criticism and the media’s use of international
law. He lives in Northampton, MA.
91 Paperback reprints—general interest
a little book of lanGuaGe
David Crystal
Now in paperback, in the tradition of
E. H. Gombrich’s A Little History of the World,
a lively journey through the story of language
With a language disappearing every two weeks and neologisms
springing up almost daily, an understanding of the origins and cur-
rency of language has never seemed more relevant. In this charming
volume, a narrative history written explicitly for a young audience,
expert linguist David Crystal proves why the story of language
deserves retelling.
From the frst words of an infant to text messaging, A Little Book
of Language ranges widely, revealing language’s myriad intricacies
and quirks. In animated fashion, Crystal sheds light on the devel-
opment of unique linguistic styles, the origins of obscure accents,
and the search for the frst written word. He discusses the plight of
endangered languages, as well as successful cases of linguistic revi-
talization. Much more than a history, Crystal’s guide looks forward
to the future of language, exploring the effect of technology on our
day-to-day reading, writing, and speech.
Through enlightening tables, diagrams, and quizzes, as well as
Crystal’s avuncular and entertaining style, A Little Book of Language
reveals the story of language to be a captivating tale for all ages.
“Crystal here writes for the true beginner, but does so with his
usual clarity and authority, as he ranges from ancient etymolo-
gies to modern text-messaging. The chapters—again 40 of
them—are made doubly engaging by Jean-Manuel Duvivier’s frol-
icsome, highly stylized black-and-white illustrations.”—Michael
Dirda, Washington Post
DAvID CRYSTAL is one of the world’s
preeminent language specialists. Writer,
editor, lecturer, and broadcaster, he is
Honorary Professor of Linguistics at
the University of Wales, Bangor. He
has written nearly 100 books, including
The Cambridge Encyclopaedia of the
English Language, By Hook or By Crook:
A Journey in Search of English, Txtng:
The Gr8 Db8, The Stories of English, and
Rediscover Grammar, and has published
widely on phonetics, Shakespeare’s
language, and child language. In 1995
he was awarded the OBe for services
to the english language. He lives in
Holyhead, UK.
“Demotic, lively, rigorous but
unabashedly unpedantic David Crystal
remind[s] us that living languages
know no boundaries, that they adapt
themselves joyously to new conditions.
Here he indulges himself with great
good humour in his little book of
love for the pleasures of language
and words worldwide.”—Iain
Finlayson, The Times (London)
april language/reference
Paper 978-0-300-17082-5 $17.00
Cloth 978-0-300-15533-4 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
272 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄2 40 illus. World
92 Paperback reprints—general interest
on eVil
Terry eagleton
An impassioned argument for the existence of evil from
one of the most respected and infuential critics of our day
For many enlightened, liberal-minded thinkers today, and for most
on the political left, evil is an outmoded concept. It smacks too
much of absolute judgments and metaphysical certainties to suit the
modern age. In this witty, accessible study, the prominent Marxist
thinker Terry eagleton launches a surprising defense of the reality
of evil, drawing on literary, theological, and psychoanalytic sources
to suggest that evil, no mere medieval artifact, is a real phenomenon
with palpable force in our contemporary world.
“Jaunty and surprisingly entertaining. . . . [eagleton’s] argument is
subtle, intricate, provocative and limpidly expressed. . . . A valuable
contribution to a debate as old as Adam and eve and as contempo-
rary as 9/11 and Abu Ghraib.”—John Banville, Irish Times
TeRRY eAGLeTON is currently
Bailrigg Professor of english Literature
at the University of Lancaster, england,
and Professor of Cultural Theory at the
National University of Ireland, Galway.
He lives in Dublin.
“An absorbing, stimulating, awfully
entertaining discussion.”—Booklist
april Philosophy/literature
Paper 978-0-300-17125-9 $16.00
Cloth 978-0-300-15106-0 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
192 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 Not for sale in the United Kingdom
93 Paperback reprints—general interest
JuDaism
A Way of Being
David Gelernter
A highly original interpretation of Judaism
as a way of life, the fundamentals of Jewish
belief—and the Judaism nobody knows
Written for observant and non-observant Jews and anyone interested
in religion, this remarkable book by the distinguished scholar David
Gelernter seeks to explain why Judaism is the religion of images,
and to answer the deceptively simple question: What is Judaism
really about? He lays out Jewish beliefs on four basic topics—the
sanctity of everyday life; man and God; the meaning of sexuality
and family; good, evil, and the nature of God’s justice in a cruel
world—to convey a profound and stirring sense of what it means to
be Jewish.
“Shocks with the lyricism of his prose.”—Boston Globe
“Spectacular. . . . [Gelernter] has written a book that, in its explora-
tion of Judaism, tells us something—tells us a lot—about the human
condition.”—Weekly Standard
“The Jewish experience, as Gelernter shows, echoes profoundly
across the wider experience of humanity. Judaism itself is a wide-
ranging book about the beliefs, practices and philosophy of the
world’s frst monotheistic religion—a book that Jews and non-Jews
alike will fnd well worth reading.”—Wall Street Journal
Finalist for the 2009 Book of the Year Award, ForeWord magazine
DAvID GeLeRNTeR is professor of
computer science at Yale University
and contributing editor at the Weekly
Standard. He is the author of several
books, including Mirror Worlds, The
Muse and the Machine, and the novel
1939. His writings on Judaism have
appeared in Commentary and elsewhere.
He lives in Woodbridge, CT.
“Out of the uncommonly learned
and richly imagining mind of
David Gelernter comes what
we may be tempted to name a
new Psalter.”—Cynthia Ozick
april religion/Jewish studies
Paper 978-0-300-16815-0 $18.00
Cloth 978-0-300-15192-3 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
248 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 4 color illus. World
94 Paperback reprints—general interest
GranD strateGies
Literature, Statecraft, and World Order
Charles Hill
A unique guide to the elements of statecraft, presented
through spirited interpretations of classic literary works
“The international world of states and their modern system is a liter-
ary realm,” writes Charles Hill in this powerful work on the practice
of international relations. “It is where the greatest issues of the
human condition are played out.”
A distinguished lifelong diplomat and educator, Hill aims to revive
the ancient tradition of statecraft as practiced by humane and
broadly educated men and women. Through lucid and compelling
discussions of classic literary works from Homer to Rushdie, Grand
Strategies represents a merger of literature and international rela-
tions, inspired by the conviction that a grand strategist needs to be
immersed in classic texts from Sun Tzu to Thucydides to George
Kennan, to gain real-world experience in the realms of statecraft and
to bring this learning and experience to bear on contemporary issues.
“A fascinating book that has the feel of a life’s work. . . . Hill affrms
the intellectual endeavor of looking at the world through a literary
lens. . . . At a deeper level, the book is about the fragility of order and
the struggle of statesmen to balance, restrain, and legitimate state
power.”—John Ikenberry, Foreign Affairs
“Grand Strategies concerns statesmanship and strategy: the uses of
power, the fate of alliances, war and peace. It also, happily, pro-
vides a tour through the Great Books, giving special attention to
nation-states and their vexed relations.”—William Anthony Hay,
Wall Street Journal
CHARLeS HILL, a career minister in
the U.S. Foreign Service, is a research
fellow at the Hoover Institution as well
as Brady-Johnson Distinguished Fellow
in Grand Strategy, Senior Lecturer
in International Studies, and Senior
Lecturer in Humanities at Yale University.
He lives in New Haven, CT.
“A truly masterful synthesis. . . .
A kaleidoscopic masterpiece that
illuminates all it surveys.”—Edward
N. Luttwak, American Interest
april history/literary studies/international affairs
Paper 978-0-300-17133-4 $18.00
Cloth 978-0-300-16386-5 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
384 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 5 b/w illus. World
95 Paperback reprints—general interest
“Intellectually stimulating and
excellently written.”—Martin
Wolf, Chief Economics
Commentator, Financial Times
april economics
Paper 978-0-300-17087-0 $20.00
Cloth 978-0-300-15432-0 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
304 pp. 5 x 7
3
⁄4 World
losinG control
The Emerging Threats to Western Prosperity
Stephen D. King
As the economic giants of Asia and elsewhere have awakened, Western
leaders have increasingly struggled to maintain economic stability. The
international fnancial crisis that began in 2007 is but one result of the
emerging nations’ increased gravitational pull.
In this vividly written and compellingly argued book, Stephen D. King, the
global chief economist at HSBC, one of the largest banking groups in the
world, suggests that the decades ahead will see a major redistribution of
wealth and power across the globe that will force consumers in the United
States and europe to stop living beyond their means.
“Mr. King lays out his arguments in accessible and engaging prose. He is
a lively writer with a deft eye for catchy historical analogies.”—Economist
“This is an important volume.”—John Arlidge, Sunday Times
STePHeN D. KING is HSBC’s group chief economist and the bank’s global head of
economics and asset allocation research. He writes a weekly column for the London
Independent and is a member of the european Central Bank Shadow Council and the
Financial Times economists’ Forum. He lives in London.
“The work is not only original and the
scholarship provocative and sound,
but one feels in the company of the
Circle of Philosophers, comforted
by this Virgilian guide who is not
only knowledgeable, but—even
better—has such a refned sense of
humor, wit, and—most rare of gifts—a
humanistic pathos that rings down
the ages.”—Paul Mariani, University
Professor of English, Boston College
◆ ◆
The Anthony Hecht Lectures in the
Humanities Series
april literary studies/Poetry
Paper 978-0-300-17146-4 $18.00
Cloth 978-0-300-13429-2 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
272 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
true frienDshiP
Geoffrey Hill, Anthony Hecht, and Robert
Lowell Under the Sign of Eliot and Pound
Christopher Ricks
True Friendship looks closely at three outstanding poets of the past half-
century—Geoffrey Hill, Anthony Hecht, and Robert Lowell—through the
lens of their relation to their two predecessors in genius, T. S. eliot and ezra
Pound. The critical attention then fnds itself reciprocated. Hill, Hecht,
and Lowell are among the most generously alert and discriminating readers,
as is borne out not only by their critical prose but (best of all) by their acts
of new creation, those poems of theirs that are thanks to eliot and Pound.
“Ricks is probably the greatest living scholar and editor of modern english-
language poetry . . . a critic of unrivaled authority.”—Adam Kirsch, New
York Review of Books
“True Friendship, . . . like all of Ricks’s books, is a book to be grateful for,
partly because he is a critic so alert to what poems are alert to; and partly
because, as always in his canny and mannered writing, so much is at stake
and in play.”—Adam Phillips, London Review of Books
CHRISTOPHeR RICKS is Warren Professor of the Humanities and Co-Director of
the editorial Institute at Boston University. Formerly professor of poetry at Oxford, he
was President of the Association of Literary Scholars, Critics, and Writers from 2007 to
2008. He lives in Boston.
96 Paperback reprints—general interest
sixty to zero
An Inside Look at the Collapse of General
Motors—and the Detroit Auto Industry
Alex Taylor III
Foreword by Mike Jackson
An award-winning journalist’s insights into
the auto industry, the decline of once-great
companies, and the failures of management
The collapse of General Motors captured headlines in early 2009,
but as Alex Taylor III writes in this in-depth dissection of the auto-
maker’s undoing, GM’s was a meltdown forty years in the making.
Drawing on more than thirty years of experience and insight as an
automotive industry reporter, Taylor reveals the many missteps of
GM and its competitors: a refusal to follow market cues and con-
sumer trends; a lack of follow-through on major initiatives; and a
history of hesitance, inaction, and failure to learn from mistakes.
Taylor’s book serves as a marvelous case study of one of the United
States’ premier companies, of which every American quite literally
now holds a share.
“A cogent kick-the-tires account of a disaster that was 40 years in the
making. A gifted writer, Taylor is also refreshingly candid about
himself as well as GM. . . . His book is informative—and fun to
read.”—Glenn C. Altschuler, NPR’s Books We Like
“A must-read for everyone in the auto industry and for anyone else
interested in what happens at the intersection of corporate culture
and human frailty.”—John Krafcik, president and CeO, Hyundai
Motor America
ALex TAYLOR III is a senior editor at
Fortune magazine. He is a member of the
International Motor Press Association and
is on the jury for the North America Car
of the Year Awards. MIKe JACKSON is
the chairman and chief executive offcer
of AutoNation. Previously, he served as
president and chief executive offcer of
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.
“Insights into the journalistic mindset, as
well as keen observations about GM
itself, are what make Sixty to Zero an
enlightening and engaging read.”
—Paul Ingrassia, Wall Street Journal
april Business
Paper 978-0-300-17151-8 $17.00
Cloth 978-0-300-15868-7 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
272 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
97 Paperback reprints—general interest
“A brave and exceedingly important
piece of work.”—David Vital,
author of A People Apart
april history/Mideast studies
Paper 978-0-300-17234-8 $22.00
Cloth 978-0-300-12727-0 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
336 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 16 b/w illus. World
Palestine betrayeD
efraim Karsh
The 1947 UN resolution to partition Palestine irrevocably changed the
political landscape of the Middle east, giving rise to six fully-fedged wars
between Arabs and Jews, as well as a profound shattering of Palestinian
Arab society. In this groundbreaking book, efraim Karsh explores the
breakdown in relations between the two communities from both the
Arab and Jewish perspectives. It is an arresting story of delicate political
and diplomatic maneuvering by leading fgures over the years leading
up to partition, through the slide to war and its enduring consequences.
Palestine Betrayed is vital reading for understanding the origin of disputes
that remain crucial today.
“[A] tour de force. . . . With his customary in-depth archival research, . . .
clear presentation, and meticulous historical sensibility, Karsh confrms
his status as the preeminent historian of the modern Middle east writing
today.”—Daniel Pipes, National Review
eFRAIM KARSH is professor and head of the Middle east and Mediterranean
Studies Programme, King’s College London. His books include Islamic Imperialism:
A History; The Arab-Israeli Confict: The Palestine War, 1948; Saddam Hussein: A
Political Biography; and Empires of the Sand: The Struggle for Mastery in the Middle
East, 1789–1923. He lives in London.
“Offers up the science of paleoecology
with unaffected ease and provides
the reader with concise but astute
historical background.”—Mark Merlin,
University of Hawaii at Manoa
april nature/natural history
Paper 978-0-300-17209-6 $18.00
Cloth 978-0-300-15094-0 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
216 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 39 b/w + 8 color illus. World
back to the future in
the caVes of kaua’i
A Scientist’s Adventures in the Dark
David A. Burney
For two decades, paleoecologist David Burney and his wife, Lida Pigott
Burney, have led an excavation of Makauwahi Cave on the island of
Kaua’i, uncovering the fascinating variety of plants and animals that have
inhabited Hawaii throughout its history. From the unique perspective of
paleoecology—the study of ancient environments—Burney has focused
his investigations on the dramatic ecological changes that began after the
arrival of humans almost one thousand years ago, not only detailing the
environmental degradation they introduced, but also asking how and why
this destruction occurred and, most signifcantly, what might happen in
the future.
A fascinating adventure story of one man’s life in paleoecology, Back to
the Future in the Caves of Kaua’i reveals the excitement—and occasional
frustrations—of a career spent exploring what the past can tell us about
the future.
DAvID A. BURNeY is the director of conservation at the National Tropical Botanical
Garden in Kalaheo, Hawaii. He was awarded a Guggenheim Fellowship in 2006
to write this book on his work at Makauwahi Cave on Kaua’i. He currently lives in
Kalaheo, Hawaii.
98 Paperback reprints—general interest
“Super-geeks rejoice! This witty
collection of meditations on the Man
of Steel is as cleverly encapsulated
as the Bottled City of Kandor.”—Chip
Kidd, author of The Cheese Monkeys
◆ ◆
Icons of America
Icons of America is a series of short
works written by leading scholars, critics,
and writers, each of whom tells a new
and innovative story about American
history and culture through the lens of a
single iconic individual, event, object, or
cultural phenomenon.
May cultural history/Popular culture
Paper 978-0-300-17124-2 $16.00
Cloth 978-0-300-11817-9 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
240 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 13 b/w illus. World
our hero
Superman on Earth
Tom De Haven
Since his frst appearance in Action Comics Number One, published in late
spring of 1938, Superman has represented the essence of American heroism.
“Faster than a speeding bullet, more powerful than a locomotive, and able
to leap tall buildings in a single bound,” the Man of Steel has thrilled audi-
ences across the globe. Yet as life-long “Superman Guy” Tom De Haven
argues in this highly entertaining book, his story is also uniquely American.
“De Haven contends that since his creation in 1938, Superman has seen
many reinventions, but he always represents a uniquely American desire:
to have ‘the freedom to act in ways that are satisfying to him. It makes him
feel good, dammit.’ This book will make you feel the same.”—Ken Tucker,
Entertainment Weekly (with an “A” rating)
“A smart, satisfying, book-length essay on the pop-culture impact of
Krypton’s most famous orphan. . . . Like a long lunchtime conversation with
a fellow comic-book geek . . . one who really, really knows his stuff.”—Rod
Lott, Bookgasm
TOM De HAveN, author of the novel It’s Superman, is professor in the department
of english at virginia Commonwealth University. He lives in Midlothian, vA.
“At a time when ethics and integrity
are increasingly important in design,
Grudin’s perspective is particularly
interesting. . . . To him, design
is—or should be—joyous, inclusive and
empowering, ‘an erotic pragmatism’
which is ‘fundamental to the survival
of our humanity.’”—Alice Rawsthorn,
International Herald Tribune
May Philosophy/design
Paper 978-0-300-17131-0 $16.00
Cloth 978-0-300-16140-3 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
224 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 5 b/w + 8 color illus. World
DesiGn anD truth
Robert Grudin
From the ornate cathedrals of Renaissance europe to the much-maligned
Ford edsel of the late 1950s, all products of human design communicate
much more than their mere intended functions. Design holds both psy-
chological and moral power over us, and these forces may be manipulated,
however subtly, to surprising effect. In an argument that touches upon
subjects as seemingly unrelated as the Japanese tea ceremony, Italian man-
nerist painting, and Thomas Jefferson’s Monticello plantation, Grudin
turns his attention to the role of design in our daily lives, focusing especially
on how political and economic powers impress themselves on us through
the built environment.
“A marvelous and interesting book.”—Jay Parini, author of The Last Station
and Why Poetry Matters
ROBeRT GRUDIN is professor emeritus in the english Department at the University
of Oregon. His Book: A Novel was shortlisted for the Pulitzer Prize in Literature. He
lives in Berkeley, CA.
99 Paperback reprints—general interest
charles Dickens
Michael Slater
A magnifcent new biography of the man who gave us
David Copperfeld, Oliver Twist, and Ebenezer Scrooge
This acclaimed biography uncovers Dickens the man through the
profession in which he excelled. Drawing on a lifetime’s study of
this prodigiously brilliant fgure, Michael Slater explores Dickens’
personal and emotional life, high-profle public activities, relent-
less travel, charitable works, amateur theatricals, and astonishing
productivity. But the core focus is Dickens’ career as a writer and
professional author, covering not only his major novels but also his
phenomenal output of other writing—letters, journalism, shorter
fction, plays, verses, essays, writings for children, travel books,
speeches, and scripts for his public readings—and the relationships
among them.
Richly and precisely illustrated, this masterly work on the complete
Dickens, man and writer, becomes the indispensable guide to one
of our greatest novelists.
“No living person is a greater authority on the life and works of
Charles Dickens than Michael Slater.”—Claire Tomalin
“The attention Mr. Slater gives to Dickens’ less familiar writ-
ings—the short stories, journalism, and essays—is one of the things
that distinguish his excellent biography. . . . Authoritative and
engaging.”—Economist
“His understanding of Dickens’ writing as a kind of behaviour—the
only kind to which we have genuine access—sets Slater’s project
apart from previous full-length biographies, and assures its signif-
cance.”—Rosemarie Bodenheimer, London Review of Books
Selected as one of the Best Books of 2009 in the Biography category
by Michael Dirda, Washington Post Book World
MICHAeL SLATeR is emeritus
Professor of victorian Literature at
Birkbeck, University of London; past
President of the International Dickens
Fellowship; and former editor of its jour-
nal, The Dickensian. He served for many
years as a Trustee of the Charles Dickens
Museum, including several periods as
Chairman. He lives in London.
“With the appearance of Michael
Slater’s extraordinary biography, which
exhuberantly tracks the mercurial
energy of Dickens’s publication
history—as well as his editing and his
public readings—it is possible to be
accurate to Dickens’s wild originality,
the career of his career. . . . This is
a biography of a writer as writer. It
is therefore quite unique.”—Adam
Thirlwell, The New Republic
May Biography
Paper 978-0-300-17093-1 $23.00
Cloth 978-0-300-11207-8 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
720 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 65 b/w illus. World
100 Paperback reprints—general interest
“The year 2009 marked the
quincentenary of Calvin’s birth. Among
the many admirable books published
to mark the occasion, Bruce Gordon’s
Calvin stands out. . . . Gordon’s
Calvin will deservedly stand as the
standard introduction to Calvin’s
life for a very long time.”—Thomas
J. Davis, Church History: Studies
in Christianity and Culture
May Biography/history/religion
Paper 978-0-300-17084-9 $23.00
Cloth 978-0-300-12076-9 S’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
416 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 12 b/w illus World
calVin
Bruce Gordon
During the glory days of the French Renaissance, young John Calvin (1509–
1564) experienced a profound conversion to the faith of the Reformation.
For the rest of his days he lived out the implications of that transforma-
tion—as exile, inspired reformer, and ultimately the dominant fgure of
the Protestant Reformation. Calvin’s vision of the Christian religion has
inspired many volumes of analysis, but this engaging biography examines
a remarkable life. Bruce Gordon presents Calvin as a human being, a man
at once brilliant, arrogant, charismatic, unforgiving, generous, and shrewd.
“A magnifcent biography . . . [Bruce Gordon] liberates Calvin from the
many stereotypes to which he has too long been captive.”—George Stroup,
Christian Century
“This biography excels in providing a scrupulous, detailed narrative from
the ground up.”—James Simpson, Times Literary Supplement
“Bruce Gordon is an authority on the Swiss reformation, and his portrayal of
Calvin in the broader context of european politics is unsurpassed. . . . [An]
excellent book.”—Barton Swaim, The Weekly Standard
BRUCe GORDON is professor of Reformation history, Yale Divinity School. He is
author and editor of a number of books, including The Swiss Reformation.
“With prose as engaging as
it is thoughtful, Halverson has
crafted an absorbing cautionary
tale of ecological trial and error,
documenting our tardy but increasing
understanding of biological
interdependence and its immeasurable
value.”—Washington Post
June nature/history
Paper 978-0-300-14088-0 $17.00
Cloth 978-0-300-14087-3 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 20 b/w World
an entirely synthetic fish
How Rainbow Trout Beguiled America and Overran the World
Anders Halverson
exhaustively researched and grippingly rendered by award-winning jour-
nalist, aquatic ecologist, and lifelong fsherman Anders Halverson, this book
chronicles the discovery of rainbow trout, examines their artifcial propaga-
tion and distribution, and explains why they are being eradicated in some
waters yet are still the most commonly stocked fsh in the United States.
“This unusually well-written, interesting book deserves a place of honor
for everyone who sees in trout more than ‘just’ a fsh.”—Carl Safna,
author of Song for the Blue Ocean, Eye of the Albatross, and The View
From Lazy Point
“Make no mistake, this book is a major event in the history of angling and
ecological analysis. It needs to become the stuff of every angler’s conversa-
tion and practice. And it’s such a pleasure to read!”—Gordon Wickstrom,
American Angler
“Halverson entertainingly introduces some of the most tangled questions in
conservation biology: What is a species? What is native? What is natural?
What is wild?”—Jared Farmer, Science
ANDeRS HALveRSON is a journalist with a Ph.D. in aquatic ecology from Yale
University. He lives in Boulder, CO.
101 Paperback reprints—general interest
absence of minD
The Dispelling of Inwardness from
the Modern Myth of the Self
Marilynne Robinson
One of our best contemporary writers explores the
tension between science and religion and reveals how
our concept of mind determines how we understand
and value human nature and human civilization
In this ambitious book, acclaimed writer Marilynne Robinson
applies her astute intellect to some of the most vexing topics in the
history of human thought—science, religion, and consciousness.
Crafted with the same care and insight as her award-winning nov-
els, Absence of Mind challenges postmodern atheists who crusade
against religion under the banner of science. In Robinson’s view, sci-
entifc reasoning does not denote a sense of logical infallibility, as
thinkers like Richard Dawkins might suggest. Instead, in its purest
form, science represents a search for answers. It engages the prob-
lem of knowledge, an aspect of the mystery of consciousness, rather
than providing a simple and fnal model of reality.
“[Robinson] makes the case with exceptional elegance and author-
ity—the authority not only of one of the unmistakably great novelists
of the age but of a clear and logical mind that is wholly intolerant of
intellectual cliché. . . . This book has a greater density (and sophisti-
cation) of argument than many three times its length; but it is one of
the most signifcant contributions yet to the current quarrels about
faith, science and rationality.”—Rowan Williams, Archbishop of
Canterbury, Daily Telegraph
“Robinson’s argument is prophetic, profound, eloquent, succinct,
powerful and timely.”—Karen Armstrong, Guardian
◆ ◆
The Terry Lectures Series
MARILYNNe ROBINSON is the
author of Gilead, winner of the 2005
Pulitzer Prize for fction; Home, winner
of the 2009 Orange Prize for Fiction;
and Housekeeping, winner of the 1982
Hemingway Foundation/PeN Award
for frst fction. She is also the author of
two previous books of nonfction, Mother
Country and The Death of Adam. She
teaches at the University of Iowa Writers’
Workshop and lives in Iowa City.
“Robinson’s argument is prophetic,
profound, eloquent, succinct,
powerful and timely.”—Karen
Armstrong, The Guardian
June religion/Philosophy
Paper 978-0-300-17147-1 $15.00
Cloth 978-0-300-14518-2 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
176 pp. 5 x 7
3
⁄4 World English
102 Paperback reprints—general interest
a reaDer on reaDinG
Alberto Manguel
An intimate and exhilarating journey through the world
of books by the internationally celebrated author
“When the world becomes incomprehensible, . . . when we feel
unguided and bewildered, we seek a place in which comprehen-
sion (or faith in comprehension) has been set down in words.” Thus
writes internationally acclaimed author Alberto Manguel in the
thirty-nine refections on the joy and solace of literature that make
up A Reader on Reading. For Manguel, the activity of reading, in its
broadest sense, defnes our species. “We come into the world intent
on fnding narrative in everything,” he writes, “in the landscape, in
the skies, in the faces of others, and, of course, in the images and
words that our species creates.” In A Reader on Reading, the narra-
tives of Jonah, Homer, and Dante; topics ranging from Pinocchio to
comics, from Borges to Che Guevara; and especially Lewis Carroll’s
Alice books; guide Manguel’s nuanced understanding of himself
and the world.
“essays of this quality are worth reading, or rereading, wherever they
are encountered.”—John Gross, New York Review of Books
“The range of A Reader on Reading is in itself as intriguing as that
of a good library. . . . A book full of good things.”—Michael Dirda
“A meditation on ‘the art of reading’ . . . [and] a celebration of ‘the
reader’s whims—trust in pleasure and faith in haphazardness.’ ”
—The New Yorker
also by alberto manGuel:
The Library at Night
Paper 978-0-300-15130-5 $17.00
ALBeRTO MANGUeL is one of the
world’s great readers. He is a member
of PeN, a Guggenheim Fellow, and
an Offcer of the French Order of Arts
and Letters. He has been the recipient
of numerous prizes, including the Prix
Médicis in essays for A History of Reading,
and the McKitterick Prize for his novel
News from a Foreign Country Came.
Among his most recent books is The
Library at Night, also published by Yale
University Press. His work has been trans-
lated into more than thirty languages.
“Books jump out of their jackets when
Manguel opens them and dance
in delight as they make contact
with his ingenious, voluminous
brain.”—Peter Conrad, The Observer
June literary studies/Books about Books
Paper 978-0-300-17208-9 $18.00
Cloth 978-0-300-15982-0 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
320 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 12 b/w illus. World
103 Paperback reprints—general interest
“A fascinating and innovative
book that connects with some
of the biggest themes in early
American history.”—Mary Fissell,
Johns Hopkins University
◆ ◆
Society and the Sexes in the
Modern World
February history
Paper 978-0-300-17155-6 $30.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-10618-3 F’ 08 Also available as an eBook.
464 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 35 b/w illus. World
foul boDies
Cleanliness in Early America
Kathleen M. Brown
A nation’s standards of private cleanliness reveal much about its ideals of
civilization, fears of disease, and expectations for public life, says Kathleen
Brown in this unusual cultural history. Starting with the shake-up of
european practices that coincided with Atlantic expansion, she traces atti-
tudes toward “dirt” through the mid-nineteenth century, demonstrating
that cleanliness—and the lack of it—had moral, religious, and often sexual
implications. Brown contends that care of the body is not simply a private
matter but an expression of cultural ideals that refect the fundamental val-
ues of a society.
“An engaging book that seamlessly leads readers to reconceptualize the ways
that even the most personal is undeniably public and political.”—Sharon
Block, American Historical Review
Winner of the 2010 Lawrence W. Levine Award, presented by the
Organization of American Historians.
Winner of the 2010 SHeAR Book Prize
KATHLeeN M. BROWN is professor of history, University of Pennsylvania, and
author of Good Wives, Nasty Wenches, and Anxious Patriarchs: Gender, Race, and
Power in Colonial Virginia. She lives in Merion Station, PA.
“Cowan’s work fts the bill in many
ways. It is easily the most thorough
account of the social history of the
British coffeehouse ever written.”
—Adrian Johns, University of Chicago
February history
Paper 978-0-300-17122-8 $30.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-10666-4 F’ 05 Also available as an eBook.
378 pp. 6 x 9 43 b/w illus. World
the social life of coffee
The Emergence of the British Coffeehouse
Brian Cowan
What induced the British to adopt foreign coffee-drinking customs in the
seventeenth century? Why did an entirely new social institution, the coffee-
house, emerge as the primary place for consumption of this new drink? In
this “well-researched, wide-ranging and fascinating book” (Times Literary
Supplement), Brian Cowan locates the answers to these questions in the
particularly British combination of curiosity, commerce, and civil society.
Cowan provides the defnitive account of the origins of coffee drinking
and coffeehouse society, and in so doing he reshapes our understanding
of the commercial and consumer revolutions in Britain during the long
Stuart century.
“Lively and well researched. . . . An important and beautifully produced
work on the history of the coffee-house, especially in its account of the
masculine cast of coffee-house sociability, the state regulation of coffee-
houses, and the trade of coffee-house keeping in London.”—Markman
ellis, American Historical Review
Winner of the Wallace K. Ferguson Prize awarded by the Canadian
Historical Association
BRIAN COWAN holds the Canada Research Chair in early Modern British History
at McGill University. He lives in Montreal.
104 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“Written with great verve, this
is a sparkling account of how
the Druids were reinvented over
the last four centuries.”—Jeremy
Black, BBC History Magazine
February history
Paper 978-0-300-17085-6 $30.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-14485-7 S’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
492 pp. 6 x 9 32 b/w World
blooD anD mistletoe
The History of the Druids in Britain
Ronald Hutton
Historian Ronald Hutton’s captivating book is the frst to encompass two
thousand years of Druid history and to explore the evolution of english,
Scottish, and Welsh attitudes toward the forever ambiguous fgures of the
ancient Celtic world. Hutton charts how the Druids have been written in
and out of history, archaeology, and the public consciousness for some fve
hundred years. Sparkling with legends and images and flled with new per-
spectives on ancient and modern times, this book is a fascinating cultural
study of Druids as catalysts in British history.
“This book is a tour de force: surely the defnitive work on our perception of
the Druids.”—David v. Barrett, The Independent
“Undoubtedly the most extensive and systematic account of Druids ever
written . . . essential for any scholar interested in the subject.”—William
Whyte, Times Literary Supplement
RONALD HUTTON is professor of history, University of Bristol, and the author of
many books, including, most recently, The Druids; Debates in Stuart History; and
Witches, Druids, and King Arthur.
“Like [Rachel] Carson, Langston uses
lively and even lyrical writing . . . to
tell the story of the risks posed by
synthetic compounds currently found
in pesticides, pharmaceuticals and
plastics, such as BPA.”—Shawn
Doherty, The Capital Times
February science/environmental studies
Paper 978-0-300-17137-2 $20.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-13607-4 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
256 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 11 b/w illus. World
toxic boDies
Hormone Disruptors and the Legacy of DES
Nancy Langston
Hormone-disrupting chemicals such as bisphenol A (BPA) and the syn-
thetic estrogen diethylstilbestrol (DeS) have penetrated into every aspect
of our bodies and ecosystems, yet the U.S. government has largely failed to
regulate them. Why? In this gripping exploration, Nancy Langston shows
that, since the 1940s, the Food and Drug Administration has approved the
use of hormone-disrupting chemicals, even when they are known to cause
cancer and disrupt sexual development. Langston argues that the precau-
tionary principle can better protect public health while fostering innovation.
“I’ve just fnished reading Toxic Bodies and I have to commend Nancy
Langston on a superb and desperately needed new book. Wow! The story
(and stories) she tells are staggering and informative and written in an acces-
sible style. This is a landmark study in environmental health and safety. It’s
also one of the fnest combinations of the themes of gender, science, and
the environment that I’ve seen in quite some time.”—Professor Kent Curtis,
eckerd College
NANCY LANGSTON, a professor in the Department of Forest and Wildlife
ecology with a joint appointment in the Nelson Institute for environmental Studies
at the University of Wisconsin, Madison, was president of the American Society for
environmental History in 2007–9. She lives in Albany, WI.
105 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“A major contribution to our
understanding of how American
readings of the course of the Cold
War . . . have infuenced American
foreign policy since 1993. Matlock
shows in convincing detail why these
readings are fundamentally wrong
and, in a reasoned argumentative
voice, dangerous for the national
interests of the United States.”—Allen
Lynch, University of Virginia
February history
Paper 978-0-300-17141-9 $20.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-13761-3 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
368 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
suPerPower illusions
How Myths and False Ideologies Led America
Astray—And How to Return to Reality
Jack F. Matlock, Jr.
Jack F. Matlock refutes the enduring myth that the United States “won”
the Cold War by forcing the collapse of the Soviet Union by applying mili-
tary and economic pressure. It was Gorbachev, not Reagan, who ended
Communist Party rule in the Soviet Union, Matlock argues, and the Cold
War ended in a negotiated settlement that benefted both sides. The result
of American misunderstanding of this history is a weakened nation that has
compromised its ability to lead.
“This book is as close as we may come to understanding the distortions
ideology played in misunderstanding the Cold War and in applying those
distortions thereafter. This is an extraordinary work which should become
a standard reference for practitioners, scholars, and concerned citizens
for decades to come.”—Gary Hart, Former United States Senator (Ret.),
Co-chair, Commission on U.S.–Russian Relations
JACK F. MATLOCK, JR. served thirty-fve years in the American Foreign Service,
from 1956 to 1991, and was U.S. ambassador to the Soviet Union from March 1987
to August 1991. He has held academic posts since 1991, including that of George
F. Kennan Professor at the Institute for Advanced Study, 1996–2001. He lives in
Princeton, NJ.
“Once again, one of America’s
most talented and promising
legal and social scholars has
given us an essential critical map
of an essential part of American
imagination.”—Lawrence Lessig,
Harvard University, author of Remix
February law/economics/Philosophy
Paper 978-0-300-17144-0 $18.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-11545-1 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
240 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
the meaninG of ProPerty
Freedom, Community and the Legal Imagination
Jedediah Purdy
Why is property ownership a value to society? Jedediah Purdy’s answer to
this deep and important question returns us to the foundations of American
society. Interpreting the writings of the patron saint of liberal economics,
Adam Smith, in a wholly new light and touching upon some of the most
charged issues in American politics and law, including slavery, inheritance,
international development, and climate change, The Meaning of Property
offers a compelling new view of property and freedom that enriches our
understanding of democratic society.
“Jedediah Purdy gives us a sweeping and insightful look at how the found-
ers of our Republic understood property—not as a means of allocating
resources more effciently or promoting economic growth and investment,
but as a foundation stone of liberty and democracy. With this fundamental
insight, Purdy gives new meaning to a host of issues that have perplexed
and divided the nation. A wonderful contribution.”—Robert B. Reich,
University of California at Berkeley
JeDeDIAH PURDY is professor of law at Duke Law School and has taught law
at Yale and Harvard. He is a fellow at the New America Foundation, an affli-
ated scholar at the Center for American Progress, and a contributing editor at the
American Prospect.
106 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“The old environmental laws and
approaches have run their course, and
we urgently need an intensive period
of environmental law reform. That’s the
message of this insightful, stimulating
book. You don’t have to agree with
everything in it to appreciate that it
points us plainly to the right path. A
must read.”—James Gustave Speth,
author of Red Sky at Morning
February environmental studies/law
Paper 978-0-300-17148-8 $21.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-14960-9 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
216 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 10 b/w illus. World
breakinG the loGJam
Environmental Protection That Will Work
David Schoenbrod, Richard B. Stewart,
and Katrina M. Wyman
Illustrations by Deborah Paulus-Jagric
After several decades of signifcant but incomplete successes, environmental
protection in the United States is stuck. Administrations under presidents of
both parties have fallen well short of achieving our environmental statutes’
goals. Based on a project involving more than ffty leading environmental
experts, this book is a call to action through public understanding based
on nonpartisan proposals for smarter, more fexible regulatory approaches.
“A thought-provoking book and a welcome opportunity to grapple with some
of the central environmental issues confronting our nation.”—Stephen L.
Kass, New York Law Journal
DAvID SCHOeNBROD is a professor at New York Law School, former attorney
for the Natural Resources Defense Council, and visiting scholar at the American
enterprise Institute. RICHARD B. STeWART is a professor at NYU School of
Law and is former Chairman of the environmental Defense Fund. KATRINA M.
WYMAN is professor of law at NYU School of Law.
“Here at long last is a historian of great
skill and persuasive power . . . who
cuts through the fog of speculation to
get to the woman herself, in a book
whose accessible style will mean that
most readers, like this one, will devour
it in a single setting.”—Alexander
Lucie-Smith, Catholic Herald
February Biography
Paper 978-0-300-17089-4 $20.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-16245-5 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
256 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 16 b/w illus. World
anne boleyn
Fatal Attractions
G. W. Bernard
In this groundbreaking biography, G. W. Bernard offers a fresh portrait of
one of england’s most captivating queens. Through a wide-ranging foren-
sic examination of sixteenth-century sources, Bernard reconsiders Boleyn’s
girlhood, her experience at the French court, the nature of her relationship
with Henry, and the authenticity of her evangelical sympathies.
He depicts Anne Boleyn as a captivating, intelligent, and highly sexual
woman whose attractions Henry resisted for years until marriage could
ensure legitimacy for their offspring. He shows that it was Henry, not Anne,
who developed the ideas that led to the break with Rome. And, most radi-
cally, he argues that the allegations of adultery that led to Anne’s execution
in the Tower could be close to the truth.
“This bold new study of Anne Boleyn is provocative, but it is also shrewd
and thoughtful and eminently readable. Bernard’s book will certainly make
readers think again about what we really know about Henry vIII’s most con-
troversial wife—and what we have merely become accustomed to believe
we know about her.”—Paul Hammer, University of Colorado at Boulder
G. W. BeRNARD is professor of early modern history at the University of
Southampton and editor of the English Historical Review. The author of The King’s
Reformation, Bernard lives in Southampton, UK.
107 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“Will in all likelihood become the
standard study of the philosopher’s
development.”—Richard Wolin,
Chronicle of Higher Education
March Philosophy/Biography
Paper 978-0-300-17210-2 $22.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-10979-5 S’ 07
272 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 8
1
⁄4 World
leo strauss
An Intellectual Biography
Daniel Tanguay
Since political theorist Leo Strauss’s death in 1973, American inter-
preters have heatedly debated his intellectual legacy. Daniel Tanguay
recovers Strauss from the atmosphere of partisan debate that has dominated
American journalistic, political, and academic discussions of his work.
Tanguay offers in crystal-clear prose, translated into english by Christopher
Nadon, the frst assessment of the whole of Strauss’s thought, a daunting
task owing to the vastness and scope of Strauss’s writings. This comprehen-
sive overview of Strauss’s thought is indispensable for anyone seeking to
understand his philosophy and legacy.
“[A] step-by-step development of Strauss’s ideas and writings, especially
in the thirties and forties, a reconstruction that—remarkably, but tell-
ingly—no American Straussian has thought to undertake.”—Mark Lilla,
The New York Review of Books
DANIeL TANGUAY is associate professor of philosophy and adjunct professor
of political science, University of Ottawa. He lives in Ottawa. CHRISTOPHeR
NADON is associate professor of government at Claremont McKenna College.
“Heimann’s account is a polemic
that stimulates interest in a
country often ignored in the great
sweep of 20th century European
history.”—Stefan Wagstyl
March history
Paper 978-0-300-17242-3 $30.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-14147-4 F’ 09
432 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 20 illus. World
czechosloVakia
The State That Failed
Mary Heimann
The common Western view of Czechoslovakia has been that of a small
nation that was sacrifced at Munich in 1938, betrayed to the Soviets in
1948, and which rebelled heroically against Soviet repression during the
Prague Spring of 1968. In this book, the most thoroughly researched and
accurate history of Czechoslovakia to appear in english, Mary Heimann
examines the realities behind these myths and shows how intolerant
nationalism and an unhelpful sense of victimhood led Czech and Slovak
authorities to discriminate against minorities, mount their own campaigns
against Jews and Gypsies, and pave the way for the Communist police state.
Well written, revisionist, and accessible, this groundbreaking book should
become the standard history of Czechoslovakia for years to come.
“Heimann offers a no-punches-pulled political history of Czechoslovakia’s
whole trajectory.”—Foreign Affairs
“For anyone with a serious interest in Czech history, this is an essential
work.”—Frank Kuznik, Prague Post
MARY HeIMANN is Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Strathclyde,
Scotland.
108 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“Dorothy Lamb Crawford offers
valuable material on such individuals
as Klemperer, Stravinsky, and
Schoenberg and this book does
much to highlight lesser-known
fgures usually forgotten.”—Leon
Botstein, president, Bard College
april Music/history
Paper 978-0-300-17123-5 $23.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-12734-8 S’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
336 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 27 b/w illus. World
a winDfall of musicians
Hitler’s Émigrés and Exiles in Southern California
Dorothy Lamb Crawford
This is the frst book to examine the brilliant gathering of composers, con-
ductors, and other musicians who fed Nazi Germany and arrived in the
Los Angeles area. Musicologist Dorothy Lamb Crawford looks closely at
the lives, creative work, and infuence of sixteen performers, fourteen com-
posers, and one opera stage director who joined this immense migration
beginning in the 1930s. emphasizing individual voices, Crawford presents
short portraits of Igor Stravinsky, Arnold Schoenberg, and the other musi-
cians and reveals a uniquely vibrant era when Southern California became
a hub of unprecedented musical talent.
“[Crawford] brings a physical familiarity to her narrative and a keen eye for
poignant detail, the shock of the new . . . valuable for its account of how
the West became a cultural force in America, a rising counterweight to the
tradition-stifed east.”—Norman Lebrecht, Wall Street Journal
DOROTHY LAMB CRAWFORD has lived and worked in music throughout her
career, teaching and lecturing, performing as a singer, directing opera, and hosting
broadcast interviews with musicians. She is author of Evenings On and Off the Roof
and (with John C. Crawford) of Expressionism in Twentieth-Century Music.
“Oliver Hilmes has written by far the
best biography of her . . . . His
book is a model of scholarship and
also compellingly readable . . .
A major achievement.”—Michael
Tanner, BBC Music Magazine
april Biography
Paper 978-0-300-17090-0 $26.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-15215-9 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
354 pp. 6 x 9 30 b/w illus. World
cosima waGner
The Lady of Bayreuth
Oliver Hilmes
Translated by Stewart Spencer
In this meticulously researched book, Oliver Hilmes paints a fascinating
and revealing picture of the extraordinary Cosima Wagner—illegitimate
daughter of Franz Liszt, wife of the conductor Hans von Bulow, then mis-
tress and subsequently wife of Richard Wagner. After Wagner’s death in
1883 Cosima played a crucial role in the promulgation and politicization
of his works, assuming control of the Bayreuth Festival and transforming it
into a shrine to German nationalism. The High Priestess of the Wagnerian
cult, Cosima lived on for almost ffty years, crafting the image of Richard
Wagner through her organizational ability and ideological tenacity. The
frst book to make use of the available documentation at Bayreuth, this
engaging biography explores the achievements of this remarkable and
obsessive woman while illuminating a still-hidden chapter of european
cultural history.
“This biography of Wagner’s wife offers a wonderfully clear-eyed look at
the couple’s relationship and her fanatical tending of his fame.”—Sunday
Times (London)
OLIveR HILMeS is the author of Cosima’s Kinder, a study of the Wagner dynasty,
and a best-selling biography of Alma Mahler. STeWART SPeNCeR is an acclaimed
translator and editor (with Barry Millington) of Wagner in Performance.
109 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“Jennings excavates the major
theological issues involved as the old
world encountered—violently—the
new and engaged in displacement
and racialization of the ‘subjugated’
peoples. At stake is a whole
way of conceiving the self, the
other, and the world of their
mutual relations.”—Miroslav
Volf, Yale University
april religious history/theology
Paper 978-0-300-17136-5 $23.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-15211-1 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
384 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 2 b/w illus. World
the christian imaGination
Theology and the Origins of Race
Willie James Jennings
Why has Christianity, a religion premised upon neighborly love, failed in its
attempts to heal social divisions? In this ambitious and wide-ranging work,
Willie James Jennings delves deep into the late medieval soil in which the
modern Christian imagination grew, to reveal how Christianity’s highly
refned process of socialization has inadvertently created and maintained
segregated societies. A probing study of the cultural fragmentation—social,
spatial, and racial—that took root in the Western mind, The Christian
Imagination shows how Christianity has consistently forged Christian
nations rather than encouraging genuine communion between disparate
groups and individuals.
“There is no study that I know of that traces with such detail, consistency,
insight, historical depth and geographic spread, the links between rac-
ism, capitalism and Christian theology. A brilliant piece of work.”—Walter
Mignolo, Duke University
WILLIe JAMeS JeNNINGS is Associate Professor of Theology and Black Church
Studies at Duke Divinity School, where he previously served as academic dean. He
lives in Durham, NC.
“An arresting and timely addition
to the literature of Western-Islamic
relationships. The Levant Company has
found a worthy historian at last.”—Colin
Thubron, Shadow of the Silk Road
april history
Paper 978-0-300-17091-7 $23.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-12639-6 F’ 09
320 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 33 b/w illus. World
Pashas
Traders and Travellers in the Islamic World
James Mather
Long before they came as occupiers, the British were drawn to the Middle
east by the fabled riches of its trade and the enlightened tolerance of its
people. The pashas—merchants and travelers from europe—discovered an
Islamic world that was alluring, dynamic, and diverse. Ranging across two
and a half centuries and through the great cities of Istanbul, Aleppo, and
Alexandria, James Mather tells the forgotten story of the men of the Levant
Company who sought their fortunes in the Ottoman empire. Intriguing
and intimate, Pashas brings to life an extraordinary period in Britain’s
encounter with Islam and the wider world.
“Wonderful. . . . Mather excels at portraying the everyday life of the
englishmen who joined the Levant Company. . . . The importance of
this excellent and balanced study cannot be underestimated.”—William
Dalrymple, Observer
JAMeS MATHeR graduated from Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge, before
studying at Harvard as a Kennedy scholar. He now works as a commercial barrister
in London.
110 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“Smith’s book is remarkably inventive
and wide-ranging with its close
interweaving of literature and history,
its refusal to rely slavishly on Foucault,
its close reading, and its refreshingly
lucid style.”—Terry Eagleton
◆ ◆
Yale Studies in English
april sociology/literary studies
Paper 978-0-300-17149-5 $25.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-14166-5 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
272 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 4 b/w illus. World
the Prison anD the
american imaGination
Caleb Smith
How did a nation so famously associated with freedom become interna-
tionally identifed with imprisonment? After the scandals of Abu Ghraib
and Guantanamo Bay, and in the midst of a dramatically escalating prison
population, the question is particularly urgent. In this timely, provocative
study, Caleb Smith argues that the dehumanization inherent in captivity
has always been at the heart of American civil society.
Winner of the 2009 Samuel and Ronnie Heyman Prize for Outstanding
Scholarly Publication or Research, sponsored by the Yale College
Dean’s Offce.
“In Smith’s haunting and incisive work—he writes beautifully—he won-
ders how a nation that has been obsessed by the idea of freedom from its
outset could have become so identifed with incarceration.”—Jay Parini,
Chronicle of Higher Education
CALeB SMITH is Associate Professor of english at Yale University. He lives in New
Haven, CT.
“This book will help those on both
sides of the aisle to frame and justify
policy in this area and to better
understand the complexity of the
issues involved.”—Shannon Christian,
former associate commissioner, Child
Care Bureau, U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services
august Public Policy/Psychology
Paper 978-0-300-17211-9 $26.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-12233-6 S’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
240 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
the traGeDy of chilD care in america
edward Zigler, Katherine Marsland, and Heather Lord
Good-quality child care supports cognitive, social, and emotional develop-
ment, school readiness, and academic achievement. This book examines
the history of child care policy since 1969, including the inside story of
America’s one great attempt to create a comprehensive system of child
care, its failure, and the lack of subsequent progress. Identifying specifc
issues that persist today, Zigler and his coauthors conclude with an agenda
designed to lead us successfully toward quality care for America’s children.
“From a historical perspective few can match, Zigler and his co-authors
offer a pragmatic solution to America’s childcare problems that puts chil-
dren frst. every reader will learn something useful.”—W. Steven Barnett,
National Institute for early education Research
eDWARD ZIGLeR is Sterling Professor of Psychology emeritus at Yale University
and director emeritus of the Yale edward Zigler Center in Child Development and
Social Policy. He lives in North Haven, CT. KATHeRINe MARSLAND is associate
professor of psychology at Southern Connecticut State University. HeATHeR LORD
is a consultant at the Boston Consulting Group in New York.
111 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“In vividly describing the life of Burghley,
where he came from, and how he
came to be one of the most successful
politicians and statesmen of his age,
Alford’s achievement is great. He has
done much to dispel the weary notion
of Burghley as a plodding bureaucrat
with an unoriginal mind, and casts
him instead as an active and incisive
shaper of events—a major player on
the European stage, however modestly
he may have played the part.”—Eric
H. Ash, American Historical Review
May Biography
Paper 978-0-300-17088-7 $30.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-11896-4 F’ 08
432 pp. 6
1
⁄2 x 9
1
⁄4 16 b/w illus. World
burGhley
William Cecil at the Court of Elizabeth I
Stephen Alford
William Cecil, Lord Burghley (1520–1598) was elizabeth I’s closest adviser
and, as this revealing and provocative biography shows, the driving force
behind the Queen’s reign for four decades. Cecil, the steadfast rock of
elizabeth’s government, had a deep and personal impact on the develop-
ment of the english state. A committed Protestant, he guided the domestic
and foreign affairs of the nation with the confdence of his religious con-
viction. Believing himself to be the divinely instigated protector of his
monarch, he felt able to disobey her direct commands. He was uncompro-
mising, obsessive, supremely self-assured—a cunning politician as well as a
consummate servant. This comprehensive biography gives proper weight to
Cecil’s formative years, his subtle navigation of the reigns of edward vI and
Mary I, his lifelong enmity with Mary Queen of Scots, and his obsession
with family dynasty. Intimate, authoritative, and enormously readable, this
book will redefne our understanding of the elizabethan period.
“[An] excellent biography.”—J. P. D. Cooper, Times Literary Supplement
STePHeN ALFORD was educated at the University of St. Andrews, Scotland, and
is Fellow in History at King’s College, Cambridge. He is the author of Kingship
and Politics in the Reign of Edward VI and The Early Elizabethan Polity. He lives in
Northumberland, UK.
“David Jablonsky has written a book
that should be considered the primary
source for any student of joint and
combined military organization at
the national and international levels.
The professional development of
General Eisenhower is a study in
itself and will enrich any professional
soldier.”—Lieutenant General
Richard G. Trefry, US Army (ret.)
◆ ◆
Yale Library of Military History
May history/Military history
Paper 978-0-300-17135-8 $23.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-15389-7 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
400 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
war by lanD, sea, anD air
Dwight Eisenhower and the Concept of Unifed Command
David Jablonsky
In this book a retired U.S. Army colonel and military historian looks at
Dwight D. eisenhower’s lasting military legacy, in light of his evolving
approach to the concept of unifed command. examining eisenhower’s
career from his West Point years to the passage of the 1958 Defense
Reorganization Act, David Jablonsky explores eisenhower’s efforts to
implement a unifed command in the U.S. military. This key concept
eventually led to the current organization of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and,
almost three decades after eisenhower’s presidency, played a major role in
defense reorganization under the Goldwater-Nichols Act. In the new cen-
tury, eisenhower’s approach continues to animate reform discussion at the
highest level of government in terms of the interagency process.
DAvID JABLONSKY is a retired U.S. Army infantry colonel and is a graduate of the
U.S. Army Command and Staff College and the U.S. Army War College. His awards
and decorations include the Silver Star and Purple Heart. He is a Distinguished
Fellow of the U.S. Army War College at Carlisle, PA, where as professor of national
security affairs he held the elihu Root Chair of Strategy; the George C. Marshall
Chair of Military Studies; and the Dwight D. eisenhower Chair of National Security
Studies. He lives in Carlisle, PA.
112 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
heiDeGGer
The Introduction of Nazism into Philosophy in Light
of the Unpublished Seminars of 1933–1935
emmanuel Faye
Translated by Michael B. Smith; Foreword by Tom Rockmore
In this provocative book, Faye uses excerpts from unpublished
seminars to show that Heidegger’s philosophical writings are fatally
compromised by an adherence to National Socialist ideas. In other
documents, Faye fnds expressions of racism and exterminatory
anti-Semitism.
Faye disputes the view of Heidegger as a naïve, temporarily dis-
oriented academician and instead shows him to have been a
self-appointed “spiritual guide” for Nazism whose intentionality
was clear. Contrary to what some have written, Heidegger’s Nazism
became even more radical after 1935, as Faye demonstrates. He revis-
its Heidegger’s masterwork, Being and Time, and concludes that in it
Heidegger does not present a philosophy of individual existence but
rather a doctrine of radical self-sacrifce, where individualization is
allowed only for the purpose of heroism in warfare. Faye’s book was
highly controversial when originally published in France in 2005.
Now available in Michael B. Smith’s fuid english translation, it is
bound to awaken controversy in the english-speaking world.
Bronze medal winner of the 2009 Book of the Year Award in the
Philosophy category, presented by ForeWord magazine
“By highlighting the links between Heidegger’s politics and his phi-
losophy, and going where other experts have so manifestly been
unprepared to go, Faye has done both history and philosophy a valu-
able service.”—Martin Cohen, Times Higher Education
eMMANUeL FAYe is associate
professor at the University Paris Ouest-
Nanterre La Défense and an authority
on Descartes. MICHAeL B. SMITH
is professor emeritus of French and
philosophy at Berry College and the
translator of numerous philosophical
works into english.
“Is it possible for a great philosopher
to become a devoted Nazi? In
his absorbing and challenging
study Emmanuel Faye grasps the
complexity of Martin Heidegger
the man and the magnitude of
his achievement.”—Elie Wiesel
May history/Philosophy
Paper 978-0-300-17207-2 $27.50sc
Cloth 978-0-300-12086-8 F’ 09
464 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 5 b/w illus. World
113 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“Twenty-fve years ago nobody
predicted that Israeli, Taiwanese, and
Irish frms would be at the forefront of
IT globally. Breznitz has undertaken
a prodigious amount of research on
the subject and presents some very
interesting conclusions.”—Mauro
Guillen, The Wharton School,
University of Pennsylvania
May economics
Paper 978-0-300-16833-4 $30.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-12018-9 F’ 07 Also available as an eBook.
288 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 11 b/w illus. World
innoVation anD the state
Political Choice and Strategies for Growth
in Israel, Taiwan, and Ireland
Dan Breznitz
The 1990s brought surprising industrial development in emerging econo-
mies around the globe: frms in countries not previously known for their
high-technology industries moved to the forefront in new Information
Technologies (IT) by using different business models and carving out
unique positions in the global IT production networks. Based on exhaus-
tive research into the comparative experiences of Israel, Taiwan, and
Ireland, Dan Breznitz asks why economies of different countries develop
in different ways.
“Those who want to be on the cutting edge of public policy and research
on development and technological change would do well to read this
book.”—Gerald A. McDermott, Review of Policy Research
Winner of the American Political Science Association’s 2008 Don K. Price
Award for the Best Book in Science and Technology Politics
Finalist for the 2007 ForeWord Magazine Book of the Year Award in the
Political Science category
DAN BReZNITZ is an associate professor at the Sam Nunn School of International
Affairs and the College of Management, and an associate professor by courtesy at the
School of Public Policy at Georgia Institute of Technology.
“A compelling read about a fascinating
topic; a survey of death, laws, and
taxes that somehow manages to
be neither dreary nor gruesome.
Deftly mixing historical anecdote,
legal analysis, and a fne sense
of humor, the author relates how
Americans have historically treated
the dead, and how our laws are
subtly but powerfully changing to
give those no longer among us an
increasing range of powers. Read
this book before you die!”—Debora
L. Spar, President, Barnard College
June law/economics
Paper 978-0-300-17140-2 $17.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-12184-1 S’ 10 Also available as an eBook.
208 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
immortality anD the law
The Rising Power of the American Dead
Ray D. Madoff
While American law provides virtually no protections for the interests we
hold most dear—our bodies and our reputations—when it comes to prop-
erty interests, the American dead have greater control than anywhere else
in the world. From grave robbery to elvis impersonators, Ray D. Madoff
shows how the law of the dead affects the way we live and extends the reach
of life by granting virtual immortality to individuals—at real costs imposed
on the living.
“You don’t have to be an attorney or a dead person to love this book. Along
with clear, scrupulously researched coverage of perennial topics like trusts
and disinheritance, Madoff covers death’s terra incognita: posthumous
conception, organ donation by executed convicts, the ever-shifting death
criteria debate. even cryonics gets its due. (Can the wife of a frozen ‘not
really dead’ person remarry? Who has to pay his bills when he reanimates?)
For every topic, Madoff digs up diverting examples. What other law book
includes the tale of the socialite who asked to be buried in her baby blue
Ferrari ‘with the seat slanted comfortably’?”—Mary Roach, author of Stiff
and Bonk
RAY D. MADOFF is a professor at Boston College Law School. She is the lead author
of Practical Guide to Estate Planning and has written in a wide variety of areas involv-
ing property and death.
114 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“[A] highly unusual, stimulating,
and comprehensive book
about paradoxical concepts
intrinsic to biological systems,
nature, and knowledge
itself.”—J. N. Muzio, Choice
June science
Paper 978-0-300-17152-5 $20.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-14923-4 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
272 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
ParaDoxical life
Meaning, Matter, and the Power of Human Choice
Andreas Wagner
What can a fngernail tell us about the mysteries of creation? In one sense,
a nail is merely a hunk of mute matter, yet in another, it’s an information
superhighway quite literally at our fngertips. every moment, streams of
molecular signals direct our cells to move, fatten, swell, shrink, divide,
or die. Andreas Wagner’s ambitious new book explores this hidden web
of unimaginably complex interactions in every living being. In the pro-
cess, he unveils a host of paradoxes underpinning our understanding of
modern biology, contradictions he considers gatekeepers at the frontiers
of knowledge.
Silver Medal Winner of the ForeWord Magazine 2009 Book of the Year
Award in the Philosophy Category
Gold Medal Winner of the 2010 Independent Publisher Book Award in the
Science Category
ANDReAS WAGNeR is a professor in the department of biochemistry at the
University of Zurich and an external faculty member at the Santa Fe Institute.
educated at Yale University and at the University of vienna, Wagner focuses his
research on the evolution and evolvability of biological systems. He lives in Zurich.
“Frank Turner is one of the leading
historians of nineteenth-century
Britain and arguably the leading
intellectual historian, so expectations
for this book run high—and they
are not disappointed, for this is
his crowning achievement.”—Boyd
Hilton, Cambridge University
november
Paper 978-0-300-17309-3 $27.50 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-09251-6 F’ 02 Also available as an eBook.
752 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 14 b/w illus. World
John henry newman
The Challenge to Evangelical Religion
Frank M. Turner
Among the most controversial of nineteenth-century religious fgures, John
Henry Newman (1801–1890) was the aggressive leader of the Tractarian
Movement within Oxford University. Initially a priest in the Church of
england and later a convert to the Roman Catholic Church, where he
eventually became a cardinal, Newman in the 1830s and 1840s carried
out an uncompromising battle against the dominance of evangelicalism
in early victorian religious life. Departing from previous interpretations,
Frank M. Turner portrays Newman as a disruptive and quasi-schismatic
priest conducting a radical religious experiment.
“Frank M. Turner’s book revolutionises Newman studies. . . . It liberates
[Newman] from the stranglehold of ecclesiasticism . . . and reveals a believ-
able human psyche.”—A. N. Wilson, Literary Review
Longlisted for the 2003 British Academy Book Prize
FRANK M. TURNeR is John Hay Whitney Professor of History at Yale University
and editor of “Apologia Pro Vita Sua” and Six Other Sermons, published by Yale
University Press.
115 Paperback reprints—scholarly titles
“Jeannie Suk has written an exemplary
book that demonstrates law’s humanity
while exploring the deep link between
law and the humanities. Her study
of the concept of the ‘home’ in
law, literature, and social theory
is a remarkable contribution to our
understanding of the needs and
interests of human security.”—Homi K.
Bhabha, Anne F. Rothenburg Professor
of the Humanities, Harvard University
october law
Paper 978-0-300-17262-1 $24.00 tx
Cloth 978-0-300-11398-3 F’ 09 Also available as an eBook.
216 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
at home in the law
How the Domestic Violence Revolution
Is Transforming Privacy
Jeannie Suk
In the past forty years, the idea of home, which is central to how the law
conceives of crime, punishment, and privacy, has changed radically. Legal
scholar Jeannie Suk shows how the legitimate goal of legal feminists to pro-
tect women from domestic abuse has led to a new and unexpected set of
legal practices. In At Home in the Law, Suk argues that the growing legal
vision that has led to the breakdown of traditional boundaries between pub-
lic and private space is resulting in a substantial reduction of autonomy and
privacy for both women and men.
Winner of the Jacob Prize Book Award for the most outstanding law and
society book published in 2009
“A fascinating analysis of our changing conceptions of privacy, gender, and
the reach of the law. . . . The book will be just as interesting to lay people
as it is to legal scholars.”—Steven Pinker, Harvard College Professor of
Psychology, Harvard University, and author of How the Mind Works and
The Stuff of Thought
JeANNIe SUK is a professor at Harvard Law School. A former Supreme Court law
clerk and Guggenheim Fellow, she studied literature at Yale and Oxford, and law
at Harvard.
“An utterly intriguing and fnely
nuanced study that deserves the
careful attention of anyone who
ponders the meaning of ‘the American
character.’”—Richard John Neuhaus,
Review of Books and Religion
February history
Paper 978-0-300-17241-6 $22.00 tx
Paper 978-0-300-02117-2 F’ 1977 Also available as an eBook.
260 pp. 6
1
⁄8 x 9
1
⁄4 World
the Puritan oriGins of
the american self
Sacvan Bercovitch, with a new preface by the author
“Perhaps the most penetrating examination yet published of ‘the sources
of our obsessive concern with the meaning of America.’”—Jack P. Greene,
History
“The most valuable achievement in colonial American literature since the
best work of Perry Miller.”—David Levin, William and Mary Quarterly
“A brave and brilliant book . . . that is the most signifcant and far-reaching
contribution to the theory of American literature in recent years.”—Alan
Trachtenberg, Partisan Review
“A study which reaches with daring ease from the Bible and Augustine to
emerson and Whitman . . . [and] offers an agenda for the next several
decades of scholarly work on colonial religious studies.”—John F. Wilson,
Theology Today
“[Bercovitch] casts a dazzling light on the myth of America and the conun-
drums of individuality and community that are the core of the American
character.” –Michael Zuckerman, Early American Literature
116 Paperback reprints—academic titles
Art & Architecture
147
117 art & architecture
“[In this] groundbreaking group
biography, the prolifc, best-selling,
and commanding Weber tells the
dramatic stories of [the] Bauhaus
stars. . . . A grand synthesis
of biography, art history, and
interpretation, Weber’s dazzlingly
detailed suite of Bauhaus lives
greatly enriches our understanding of
modernity and art.”—Booklist (starred)
February art/Biography
Paper 978-0-300-16984-3 $27.50
Cloth (Knopf) 978-0-307-26836-5
544 pp. 6
1
⁄4 x 9
1
⁄4 87 b/w + 25 color illus. World
New in paper
the bauhaus GrouP
Six Masters of Modernism
Nicholas Fox Weber
Nicholas Fox Weber, for thirty-four years head of the Albers Foundation,
spent many years with Anni and Josef Albers, the only husband-and-wife
artistic pair at the Bauhaus (she was a textile artist; he was a professor and an
artist, in glass, metal, wood, and photography). The Alberses told him their
own stories and described life at the Bauhaus with their fellow artists and
teachers, Walter Gropius, Paul Klee, Wassily Kandinsky, Ludwig Mies van
der Rohe, as well as with these fgures’ lesser-known wives and girlfriends.
In this extraordinary group biography, Weber brilliantly brings to life the pio-
neering art school in Germany’s Weimar and Dessau in the 1920s and early
1930s, and captures the spirit and fair with which these Bauhaus geniuses
lived, as well as their consuming goal of making art and architecture.
NICHOLAS FOx WeBeR is the director of the Josef and Anni Albers Foundation
and author of numerous books, including Patron Saints: Five Rebels Who Opened
America to a New Art, 1928–1943; Le Corbusier: A Life; and Balthus: A Biography.
exhibition scheDule:
Philadelphia Museum of Art
02/19/11–05/15/11
Timken Museum of Art
06/10/11–09/18/11
Taft Museum of Art
10/07/11–01/08/12
Published in association with the
Philadelphia Museum of Art
February art
PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17116-7 $18.00
60 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 10 b/w + 35 color illus. World
GeorGe inness in italy
Mark D. Mitchell
With an essay by Judy Dion
A canonical fgure in American painting, George Inness (1825–1894)
is widely admired as the pioneer of the landscape aesthetic known as
Tonalism, which is distinguished by soft focus and diaphanous layers of
paint. This is the frst book about the artist’s two Italian sojourns (1851–52
and 1870–74) and their formative impact on his work.
Italy—its art and its landscape—offered Inness a font of inspiration as he
developed his unique artistic vision. This handsome book presents ten
oil paintings surveying Inness’s Italian subjects dating from 1850 to 1879,
including the Philadelphia Museum of Art’s recently restored Twilight on
the Campagna, which has not been on view since 1952. This was the frst
of Inness’s works completed in Italy, and its reemergence offers a unique
opportunity to reconsider the career of a leading American artist.
MARK D. MITCHeLL is Associate Curator of American Art and Manager, Center
for American Art, and JUDY DION is Luce Foundation Assistant Conservator of
Paintings, both at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
118 art & architecture
DaViD smith inVents
Susan Behrends Frank
With essays by Sarah Hamill and Peter Stevens
A fascinating look at renowned sculptor David Smith’s
late works and the methods and materials behind them
Abstract expressionist artist David Smith (1906–1965) was one of
the most important American sculptors of the 20th century, yet
few publications dedicated to his creative output currently exist. A
painter-sculptor in the tradition of Matisse and Picasso, he focused
on welded steel sculptures while simultaneously working inventively
in two dimensions, in paint, ink, or tempera. David Smith Invents is
the frst book to focus on the output in all media of the artist’s last
ffteen years, a period in which he explored concave and convex
forms in works welded from steel tanks and pipes that he bought by
the rail-car load as industrial waste. Starting in 1953, Smith’s efforts
resulted in the monumental, personage-like forms of the Tanktotems
series, and the later series of Bouquet of Concaves, leading in 1961
to the massive Zigs.
Susan Behrends Frank opens a window onto the unusual working
process employed by Smith, who was once a welder on an automo-
bile production line. In spite of their industrial manufacture and
materials, his works blurred the boundaries between sculpture,
painting, and drawing, and his sculptures during this period were
created in a pictorial fashion, in a single plane. One of his prac-
tices was to draw a white rectangle on the foor and position the
metal parts of his sculpture within its boundaries. Featured through-
out the book are extraordinary photographs taken by Smith of his
sculptures, along with an enlightening essay on the photos by Sarah
Hamill. Peter Stevens discusses Smith’s materials and surfaces.
exhibition scheDule:
The Phillips Collection
02/12/11–05/05/11
Published in association with The Phillips
Collection
SUSAN BeHReNDS FRANK is the
Associate Curator for Research at The
Phillips Collection in Washington, D.C.
SARAH HAMILL is Assistant Professor
of Modern and Contemporary Art,
Oberlin College. PeTeR STeveNS
is executive Director of the estate of
David Smith.
February art
Paper over board 978-0-300-16965-2 $30.00
112 pp. 7 x 10 25 b/w + 60 color illus. World
119 art & architecture
GolDen
Dutch and Flemish Masterworks from the
Rose-Marie and Eijk van Otterloo Collection
Frederik J. Duparc
With essays by Femke Diercks, Reinier Baarsen, and Loek van Aalst
“I don’t know of an equal [private collection].”
—Arthur K. Wheelock Jr., curator of Dutch
painting, National Gallery of Art, Washington
Golden accompanies the frst major exhibition in the United States
of one of the fnest private collections of 17th-century Dutch and
Flemish paintings in the world, assembled over the past two decades
by Rose-Marie and eijk van Otterloo. In this beautifully illustrated
book, works by Rembrandt, Jacob van Ruisdael, Frans Hals, and Jan
Brueghel the elder, among others, represent a wide range of sub-
jects such as land and water, cityscapes and landmarks, still lifes,
foreign travels, and burghers, peasants, and painters. In addition,
fne examples of furniture and decorative arts shed light on the
astounding range of this artistic period.
Known as the Golden Age, the 17th century was a time of unparal-
leled prosperity in the Netherlands, where the emerging merchant
class eagerly commissioned and collected paintings, furniture, and
other decorative arts. essays by leading scholars address the con-
text of 17th-century Dutch and Flemish painting, and the history
and development of this unparalleled collection. The quality and
breadth of the van Otterloos’ holdings illuminate one of the greatest
artistic and cultural chapters in european history.
exhibition scheDule:
Peabody Essex Museum
02/26/11–06/19/11
Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco
07/09/11–10/02/11
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
11/13/11–02/12/12
Published in association with the Peabody
Essex Museum
FReDeRIK J. DUPARC is the former
director of the Mauritshuis in The
Hague. FeMKe DIeRCKS is junior
curator of decorative arts and ReINIeR
BAARSeN is keeper of the department
of sculpture and decorative arts, both at
the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam. LOeK
vAN AALST, based in Breda, is a dealer
and expert in 17th-century Dutch and
Flemish furniture.
February art
cloth 978-0-300-16973-7 $65.00
408 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 12
1
⁄2 110 color illus. World
120 art & architecture
the Genius of renoir
Paintings from the Clark
John House
With an essay by James A. Ganz
A long-awaited volume devoted to one
of the most important collections of
paintings by Renoir ever assembled
With a consuming enthusiasm for the paintings of Pierre-Auguste
Renoir (1841–1919), art collector Sterling Clark assembled one of
the greatest private collections of Renoir’s work during the frst half
of the twentieth century. Today the masterpieces he so admired
form a vital part of the Impressionist holdings of the Sterling and
Francine Clark Art Institute. The Genius of Renoir: Paintings from
the Clark offers a fascinating, fresh look at the thirty-two Renoir
paintings in the Clark collection, featuring beautiful digital color
reproductions created especially for this volume.
The book brings to light new and often revelatory scholarship con-
cerning the importance of each work, both within Renoir’s oeuvre
and within the Clark collection. Among the richly varied paintings,
encompassing portraits, landscapes, and still lifes, are such key
works as Marie-Thérèse Durand-Ruel Sewing, A Box at the Theater
(At the Concert), Onions, and Venice, the Doge’s Palace. John House,
a leading authority on Renoir, offers an in-depth analysis of each
of the works in the collection, and curator-author James A. Ganz
draws on extensive archival research on Sterling Clark’s pursuits as
an art collector and museum founder to illuminate this visionary
and often enigmatic man.
Pierre-Auguste Renoir, Venice, the Doge’s Palace, 1881. Oil
on canvas, 54.5 x 65.7 cm. Sterling and Francine Clark Art
Institute, Williamstown, Massachusetts
exhibition scheDule:
Museo Nacional del Prado, Madrid
10/18/10–02/06/11
Distributed for the Sterling and Francine
Clark Art Institute
JOHN HOUSe is Walter H. Annenberg
Professor at the Courtauld Institute
of Art, London. JAMeS A. GANZ is
curator of the Achenbach Foundation for
Graphic Arts at the Fine Arts Museums of
San Francisco.
February art
cloth 978-0-300-11105-7 $39.95
140 pp. 9
1
⁄8 x 10
3
⁄4 7 b/w + 56 color illus. World
121 art & architecture the clark
keVin roche
Architecture as Environment
eeva-Liisa Pelkonen
Foreword by Robert A. M. Stern
With contributions by Kathleen John-Alder, Olga
Pantelidou, and David Sadighian
The frst book in more than two decades to examine
the 50-year career of the eminent architect
Pritzker Prize–winning architect Kevin Roche (b. 1922) is best
known for the large, bold urban structures he designed in the 1960s
and 1970s, including the Oakland Museum of California and the
Ford Foundation Headquarters in New York. Roche is also respon-
sible for the master plans of major universities and museums such as
the Metropolitan Museum of Art, the American Museum of Natural
History, and the Central Park Zoo. He is among the 20th century’s
most successful corporate architects, receiving commissions for
more than thirty-eight headquarters for such companies as Aetna,
Conoco, General Foods, John Deere, Merck, and Union Carbide.
A student of Mies van der Rohe and principal design associate of
eero Saarinen, Roche is the leading member of the third generation
of modern architects. One of his most important contributions has
been to see architecture as a part of the larger man-made environ-
ment, which involved understanding transportation, infrastructure,
and landscape as architectural issues. This book draws on previously
inaccessible archival materials and unpublished interviews to pres-
ent the full range of Roche’s career and place his innovative work
within the larger context of modern architecture.
Kevin Roche John Dinkeloo and Associates, Ford Foundation
Headquarters Building, New York, 1963 –68
exhibition scheDule:
Yale School of Architecture
02/07/11–05/06/11
Museum of the City of New York
January–April 2012
Published in association with the Yale
School of Architecture
eevA-LIISA PeLKONeN is associ-
ate professor at the Yale School of
Architecture. She is author of Alvar Aalto:
Architecture, Modernity, and Geopolitics
(Yale), and co-editor of Eero Saarinen:
Shaping the Future (Yale).
February architecture
cloth 978-0-300-15223-4 $65.00
280 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 11 107 b/w + 226 color illus. World
122 art & architecture
exhibition scheDule:
Museum of Contemporary
Art, Chicago
01/29/11–05/29/11
Distributed for the Museum of Contemporary
Art, Chicago
February art
cloth 978-0-300-17238-6 $35.00
136 pp. 9 x 11
3
⁄4 75 color illus. World
Jim nutt
Coming Into Character
Lynne Warren
With contributions by Jennifer R. Gross and Alexi Worth
Favoring fantastical invention, biting wit, and distorted fguration, with
roots in mid-20th-century pop culture, Jim Nutt creates wildly original
work ranging from paintings on Plexiglas to phantasmagoric portraits of
imaginary women. Nutt (b. 1938) frst exerted his artistic infuence in the
1960s as a member of Hairy Who, a group of artists who, along with other
Chicago artists of the era, are more commonly referred to as the imagists.
Since 1990 he has focused exclusively on rendering female heads with
radically distorted features in spare line drawings and richly detailed paint-
ings accompanied by customized frames. Working with tiny brushes and
thinned acrylic paint, Nutt often spends a year creating a single portrait.
Jim Nutt is the frst major publication on the artist in almost two decades,
as well as the frst to concentrate on Nutt’s portraits. Detailing 70 of the
artist’s works from 1966 to the present, this important selected retrospective
examines these paintings and drawings through their precedents in Nutt’s
work and demonstrates the artist’s consistent and inimitable contributions
to the art world.
LYNNe WARReN is curator at the Museum of Contemporary Art, Chicago.
JeNNIFeR R. GROSS is Seymour H. Knox, Jr., Curator of Modern and
Contemporary Art at the Yale University Art Gallery. ALexI WORTH is a painter
who lives and works in Brooklyn, New York.
Elias Crespin
Tetralineados Circular Azul, 2009
Acrylic, wood, and computer
Collection of Leslie and Brad Bucher
© Elias Crespin
exhibition scheDule:
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
10/24/10–02/06/11
Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts,
Houston
February art
cloth 978-0-300-16993-5 $35.00
144 pp. 10 x 11 130 illus. World
cosmoPolitan routes
Houston Collects Latin American Art
Gilbert vicario
Introduction by Mari Carmen Ramírez
essay by elizabeth Cerejido
Cosmopolitan Routes situates 20th-century Latin American art as an evolv-
ing discourse of individual impulses, universal themes, and shared ideas. It
further illustrates the parallels between works produced in Latin America
and the artistic movements that have come to defne modern and contem-
porary art on a global level. Showcased in detail are nearly 100 masterworks
from Houston collections, ranging from early Modernist and postwar pieces
to contemporary creations by artists from Uruguay, Brazil, venezuela,
and Mexico. From the Constructive Universalism of Uruguayan artist
Joaquín Torres-Garcia to the fgurative and Surrealist work of artists such
as Remedios varo, Leonora Carrington, and Pedro Friedeberg, a host of
diverse movements are represented. All of the works demonstrate the depth
and quality of Latin American artistic expression as well as the spirit of
diversity and exploration involved in the quest for collecting art.
GILBeRT vICARIO is head of the curatorial department at the Des Moines Art
Center. MARI CARMeN RAMíReZ is Wortham Curator of Latin American
Art and Director of the International Center for the Arts of the Americas, and
eLIZABeTH CeReJIDO is Assistant Curator of Latin American and Latino Art,
both at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston.
123 art & architecture
cartooninG
Philosophy and Practice
Ivan Brunetti
From the editor of Yale’s Anthology of Graphic
Fiction, Cartoons, and True Stories, a smart
and charming guide to the art of cartooning
The best cartooning is effcient visual storytelling—it is as much
a matter of writing as it is of drawing. In this book, noted cartoon-
ist and illustrator Ivan Brunetti presents ffteen distinct lessons on
the art of cartooning, guiding his readers through wittily written
passages on cartooning terminology, techniques, tools, and theory.
Supplemented by Brunetti’s own illustrations, prepared specially for
this book, these lessons move the reader from spontaneous drawings
to single-panel strips and complicated multipage stories.
Through simple, creative exercises and assignments, Brunetti offers
an unintimidating approach to a complex art form. He looks at the
rhythms of storytelling, the challenges of character design, and
the formal elements of comics while composing pages in his own
iconic style and experimenting with a variety of tools, media, and
approaches. By following the author’s sophisticated and engaging
perspective on the art of cartooning, aspiring cartoonists of all ages
will hone their craft, create their personal style, and discover their
own visual language.
The evolution of a cartoon, from single panel to more
complex layout.
IvAN BRUNeTTI has published several
graphic novels and taught courses on
editorial illustration and comics at the
University of Chicago and Columbia
College Chicago. His drawings have
appeared in the New Yorker, the New
York Times Magazine, and McSweeney’s,
among other publications, and he served
as editor for Yale University Press’s two-
volume Anthology of Graphic Fiction,
Cartoons, and True Stories.
“The goal of this book is to fuse
elements of both writing and
drawing into another form altogether:
cartooning. We will use pictures
as words and words as pictures. If
you follow the advice presented
herein, you will begin to see
the world through the eyes of a
cartoonist.”—from the Introduction
March art/art technique/cartooning
Paper 978-0-300-17099-3 $14.95
Also available as an eBook.
96 pp. 5
1
⁄2 x 7
1
⁄2 30 b/w illus. World
124 art & architecture
ex libris
The Art of Bookplates
Martin Hopkinson
A handsome celebration of the 500-year
history of bookplates and the generations
of artists who have created them
endlessly diverse and appealing, bookplates (also called ex libris,
Latin for “from the books of ”) are small decorative labels to be pasted
inside a book’s cover to express personal ownership. Originating in
their modern printed form in 16th-century Germany, where books
were highly valuable and treasured, bookplates became an art form
practiced by artists across europe and beyond. This book traces
the fascinating evolution of bookplate design over time and across
national boundaries, showcasing 100 key examples of ex libris art.
In the early 1500s, Albrecht Dürer and other German engravers and
printmakers began to create highly decorative bookplates, often fea-
turing armorial devices and coats of arms for wealthy individuals
and institutions. As the fashion for ornamental bookplates spread,
distinctive national styles evolved. Nearly every conceivable design
element—from cupids to scientifc instruments, portraits, and
landscapes—served to decorate personal bookplates. This volume
explores the various sources of ex libris inspiration, including designs
by Josiah Wedgewood, Thomas Sheraton, George Heppelwhite,
and edward Burne-Jones, as seen in the books of Frederic Leighton,
Calvin Coolidge, and many others. Book lovers and art enthusiasts
alike will delight in this treasury of bookplate art and lore.
Robert Anning Bell (1863–1933), Design for a bookplate for
Frederic Leighton. 1894. Black ink and wash, 16.4 x 12.3 cm.
MARTIN HOPKINSON, formerly
Curator of Prints at the Hunterian Art
Gallery, University of Glasgow, is an art
critic and writer.
March art/Books about Books
PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17163-1 $15.00
112 pp. 6
3
⁄4 x 7
1
⁄2 100 color illus. U.S. and Canada only
125 art & architecture
roberto caPucci
Art into Fashion
Dilys e. Blum
A stunning survey of the work of renowned
Italian fashion designer Roberto Capucci
Italian couturier Roberto Capucci (b. 1930) is revered by contempo-
rary fashion designers for his innovative silhouettes and masterful
use of color and materials. Capucci refers to his creations as “stud-
ies in form,” and draws inspiration from a multitude of sources,
including art, architecture, and nature. This beautifully illustrated
book, the companion to the frst exhibition of Capucci’s work in the
United States, examines his career from the 1950s to the present in
the context of the rise of Italian fashion.
Capucci’s designs frst captured the attention of the international
press in 1951, when he presented his collection in Florence.
Considered one of Italy’s greatest talents, he experimented with
construction techniques and unconventional materials such as raf-
fa, wire, and stones. He refused to compromise his artistic vision
to commercial concerns, and after withdrawing from the formal
fashion world in the early 1980s, he presented one collection a year,
each in a different city around the world. Featuring more than 80
extraordinary works, including the iconic “sculpture dresses” with
their inventive use of pleating, color, and form, Roberto Capucci
is a captivating look at this brilliant designer who transcends the
conventional line between fashion and art.
Roberto Capucci, Italian, born 1930.
Sculpture dress, 1992, silk satin.
Fondazione Roberto Capucci, N.116.
Photograph by Claudia Primangeli/L.e C. Service.
exhibition scheDule:
Philadelphia Museum of Art
03/16/11–06/05/11
Published in association with the
Philadelphia Museum of Art
DILYS e. BLUM is the Jack M. and Annette
Y. Friedland Senior Curator of Costume and
Textiles, Philadelphia Museum of Art.
March art/Fashion
cloth 978-0-300-16958-4 $50.00
210 pp. 10 x 11
3
⁄4 22 b/w + 182 color illus. World
126 PhiladelPhia MuseuM oF art art & architecture
bye-bye kitty!!!
Between Heaven and Hell in Contemporary Japanese Art
David elliott
With a contribution by Tetsuya Ozaki
A fascinating look at the work of contemporary Japanese
artists challenging the country’s mainstream aesthetic
In recent decades Japanese art has achieved immense popularity
in the West while being little understood. Critics have focused on
the superfciality and infantilism they fnd prevalent in much of the
work, while many Westerners are familiar with the country’s artistic
side solely through manga and anime. Bye-Bye Kitty!!! offers a more
incisive and wide-ranging view of the contemporary Japanese art
scene, depicted through the works of ffteen artists, ranging in age
from twenty-seven to forty-fve and working in painting, sculpture,
installation, photography, and video.
The book’s title invokes the subtle irony and subversive techniques
adopted by this new generation of artists in their rebellion against
the kawaii, or “cute,” aesthetic of mainstream Japanese culture.
An essay by David elliott provides an overview of the artists and
explores many of the societal questions, such as the role of femi-
nism, the rise of the “salaryman,” and refections on the bombings
of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, featured in their works. A contribution
by Tetsuya Ozaki illuminates the history and culture of Japan’s
current Heisei era, which began in January 1989 after the death of
emperor Hirohito.
The artists featured in Bye-Bye Kitty!!! demonstrate that they have
the power not only to reconfgure international stereotypes about
the current state of Japanese art but also to shape the very landscape
of contemporary Japanese art itself.
Makoto Aida (1965–), Harakiri School Girls, 2002.
Print on transparency flm, holographic flm, acrylic, eyelets.
46
3
⁄4 x 33
3
⁄8 in. (119 x 84.7 cm).
Designed by Muneteru Ujino. Courtesy Mizuma Art Gallery.
Watai Collection. © Makoto Aida
exhibition scheDule:
Japan Society
03/12/11–06/13/11
Published in association with Japan Society
DAvID eLLIOTT, an internationally
renowned curator, has been the director
of several major modern art museums,
including Stockholm’s Moderna Museet,
Tokyo’s Mori Art Museum, and the
Istanbul Modern. TeTSUYA OZAKI is
the publisher and chief editor of ART iT
magazine and RealTokyo.com.
March art/Popular culture
PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-16690-3 $35.00
136 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 10 3 b/w + 89 color illus. World
127 art & architecture the JaPan society
exhibition scheDule:
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
02/06/11–05/28/11
Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts,
Houston
March art
cloth 978-0-300-16994-2 $75.00
496 pp. 11
3
⁄4 x 10 450 color illus. World
carlos cruz-Diez
Color in Space and Time
Mari Carmen Ramírez and Héctor Olea
venezuelan artist Carlos Cruz-Diez (b. 1923) is one of the greatest artistic
innovators of the 20th and 21st centuries. Best known for experimenting
with light and movement, and for stimulating the dialogue between the sta-
ble and unstable use of color, his pieces engage viewers on a multisensory
level. Through the use of unconventional materials, Cruz-Diez strives to
create art that is sophisticated in construction and theory while also acces-
sible to viewers. Combining the principles of kinetic art (sculptured works
that have an aspect of motion) with color theory, optics, machine engineer-
ing, digital printing technologies, and the painter’s craft, Cruz-Diez’s works
defy standard categorization.
This monumental volume traces the full trajectory of the artist’s career,
from early, rarely published fgurative works, to interactive series that
continue to this day, to architectural projects in public spaces around the
world. The book features an essay, an interview with Cruz-Diez, a selec-
tion of his own writings, texts by three early champions of his work, and an
illustrated chronology.
MARI CARMeN RAMíReZ is Wortham Curator of Latin American Art and direc-
tor of the International Center for the Arts of the Americas at the Museum of Fine
Arts, Houston. HéCTOR OLeA is an independent scholar and curator specializing
in Latin American modern and contemporary art.
Tourists at Robben Island Prison, South Africa, May 2010.
Photograph by Glenn Ligon.
Published in association with the Whitney
Museum of American Art
See page 129 for information on related
exhibition and catalogue.
March art
PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-16909-6 $24.95
Also available as an eBook.
176 pp. 6 x 9 50 color illus. World
yourself in the worlD
Selected Writings and Interviews
Glenn Ligon
edited by Scott Rothkopf
Throughout his career, the artist Glenn Ligon (b. 1960) has been deeply
engaged with the written word: his artworks are full of painted, drawn,
sculpted, photographed, and printed text. In recent years, Ligon has also
emerged as a prolifc writer. His articles and critical essays have appeared in
exhibition catalogues and leading art magazines and range from trenchant
reviews to introspective musings on his own art and life experience.
edited by Scott Rothkopf, who provides an introduction to Ligon’s written
corpus, this impressive volume begins with the artist’s frst major essay, a
superbly crafted text written in 2004 about the artist David Hammons and
his relationship to a younger generation of black artists. In all, ten essays and
twelve interviews are included, all of which demonstrate Ligon’s straight-
forward exposition, ironic asides, knowing pop references, literary citations,
and clever turns of phrase. This volume will be an indispensible reader to
all those interested in contemporary art and culture.
GLeNN LIGON is an American conceptual artist whose work explores race, gender,
language, and sexual identity. SCOTT ROTHKOPF is curator at the Whitney
Museum of American Art.
128 art & architecture
Glenn liGon
AMERICA
Scott Rothkopf
Foreword by Adam D. Weinberg
With essays by Hilton Als, Okwui enwezor, Saidiya
Hartman, Bennett Simpson, and Franklin Sirmans, and
a conversation between Ligon and Thelma Golden
The frst comprehensive presentation of a
pioneering contemporary American artist,
whose works range from text-based paintings to
sculptural installations to neon wall reliefs
American artist Glenn Ligon (b. 1960) is best known for his land-
mark body of text-based paintings, made since the late 1980s, which
appropriate the writings of African-American authors such as James
Baldwin, Ralph ellison, and Zora Neale Hurston. In subsequent
bodies of work, Ligon has dealt with a wide range of material,
including images and slogans related to early civil rights demon-
strations and the Million Man March, as well as runaway slave
notices, Richard Pryor jokes, and 1970s coloring books targeted at
African-American children.
Glenn Ligon: AMERICA, created in close collaboration with the
artist, is the frst in-depth presentation of his art, including paint-
ings, photography, sculptural installations, prints, and drawings.
essays by high-profle contributors explore Ligon’s working methods
and related topics such as literature and democracy, slave narratives,
music, comedy, race, and sexuality, all of which situate the artist
within a broader cultural context and greatly advance the under-
standing and renown of this pioneering American artist.
Glenn Ligon, Untitled (I Am a Man), 1988. Oil and enamel on
canvas, 40 x 25 in. (101.6 x 63.5 cm). Collection of the artist.
exhibition scheDule:
Whitney Museum of American Art
03/10/11–06/05/11
Los Angeles County Museum of Art
September–December 2011
Distributed for the Whitney Museum of
American Art
SCOTT ROTHKOPF is curator and ADAM
D. WeINBeRG is Alice Pratt Brown
Director, both at the Whitney Museum of
American Art. HILTON ALS is a staff writer
for the New Yorker. OKWUI eNWeZOR
was dean of the San Francisco Art Institute.
THeLMA GOLDeN is director and chief
curator of the Studio Museum in Harlem.
SAIDIYA HARTMAN is a professor at
Columbia University. BeNNeTT SIMPSON
is associate curator at the Museum of
Contemporary Art, Los Angeles. FRANKLIN
SIRMANS is curator at the Los Angeles
County Museum of Art.
Glenn Ligon, Untitled (America), 2008. Neon sign and paint,
24 x 168 in. (61 x 426.7 cm). Rubell Family Foundation,
Miami.
March art
cloth 978-0-300-16847-1 $65.00
272 pp. 10 x 9
1
⁄2 230 color illus. World
129 art & architecture Whitney MuseuM oF aMerican art
kinGs, Queens, anD courtiers
Art in Early Renaissance France
edited by Martha Wolff
With contributions by Thomas Kren, elisabeth Taburet-Delahaye,
Roger Wieck, Martha Wolff, and others
An exquisite presentation of a unique art style
that emerged in France around 1500
This sumptuous catalogue provides an overview of French art circa
1500, a dynamic, transitional period when the country, resurgent
after the dislocations of the Hundred Years’ War, invaded Italy and
all media fourished. What followed was the emergence of a unique
art: the fusion of the Italian Renaissance with northern european
Gothic styles. Outstanding examples of exquisite and revolution-
ary works are featured, including paintings, sculptures, illuminated
manuscripts, stained glass, tapestries, and metalwork. exciting new
research brings to life court artists Jean Fouquet, Jean Bourdichon,
Michel Colombe, Jean Poyer, and Jean Hey (The Master of Moulins),
all of whose creations were used by kings and queens to assert power
and prestige. Also detailed are the organization of workshops and
the development of the infuential art market in Paris and patronage
in the Loire valley.
exhibition scheDule:
Grand Palais, Paris
10/04/10–01/10/11
The Art Institute of Chicago
02/27/11–05/30/11
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
MARTHA WOLFF is Curator of
european Painting before 1750 at the Art
Institute of Chicago. THOMAS KReN
is Senior Curator of Manuscripts at the
J. Paul Getty Museum, Los Angeles.
eLISABeTH TABUReT-DeLAHAYe
is Director of the Musée de Cluny—
Musée National du Moyen Âge. ROGeR
WIeCK is Curator of Medieval and
Renaissance Manuscripts at the Morgan
Library and Museum, New York.
March art
cloth 978-0-300-17025-2 $60.00
208 pp. 9 x 12 190 color illus. World
130 the art institute oF chicago art & architecture
exhibition scheDule:
Whitney Museum of
American Art, New York
February–April 2011
Distributed for the Whitney Museum of
American Art
March art
hardcover with slipcase 978-0-300-17108-2 $75.00
448 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 12 392 color illus. World
leGacy
The Emily Fisher Landau Collection
edited by Dana Miller
Foreword by Adam D. Weinberg
essay by Donna De Salvo
In May 2010, New York philanthropist emily Fisher Landau promised 370
works by more than 85 artists to the Whitney Museum of American Art.
This handsome volume highlights each of the artists in the gift, including
Carl Andre, Jasper Johns, Willem de Kooning, ed Ruscha, Lorna Simpson,
Kiki Smith, Andy Warhol, and other seminal fgures.
Much more than simply a record of the pledge, Legacy: The Emily Fisher
Landau Collection showcases the best of the art made in the United States
during the past fve decades. Informative entries, written by the museum’s
curators and other scholars, cover all works in the gift and are accompanied
by 125 stunning color plates. Also included are an essay on the nature of
collecting by Donna De Salvo and a full-color checklist of the entire gift.
DANA MILLeR is Curator of the Permanent Collection, ADAM D. WeINBeRG is
Alice Pratt Brown Director, and DONNA De SALvO is Chief Curator and Deputy
Director for Programs, all at the Whitney Museum of American Art.
also by katherine hoffman:
Stieglitz
A Beginning Light
Cloth 978-0-300-10239-0 $39.00sc
april Biography/Photography cloth 978-0-300-13445-2 $45.00
400 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 10
1
⁄2 200 b/w + 80 color illus. World
stieGlitz
A Legacy of Light
Katherine Hoffman
In Stieglitz: A Beginning Light, Katherine Hoffman presented an account
of the early years of the career of Alfred Stieglitz (1864–1946) and of his
european roots. Now, she offers a compelling portrait of his life and art
from 1915 to 1946, focusing on his American works, issues of identity, and
the rise of modernism in America.
Hoffman explores Stieglitz’s roles as photographer, editor, writer, and gal-
lery director; how they intersected with his personal life—including his
marriage to artist Georgia O’Keeffe—and his place in the cultural milieu
of the 20th century. excerpts from previously unpublished correspondence
between Stieglitz and O’Keeffe reveal the fervor and complexity of their
relationship as well as his passion for photography and modern art and his
ongoing struggle to have photography recognized as an established artistic
medium. These letters, along with his work as an editor and writer of short
articles, illuminate Stieglitz’s literary side, thus giving a new perspective on
his total oeuvre.
Generously illustrated with 300 images, this intriguing, beautifully written
book separates the photographer’s true personality from the myths sur-
rounding him and highlights his lasting legacy: the works he left behind.
KATHeRINe HOFFMAN is Professor of Fine Arts, St. Anselm College, and the
author of several previous books, including two on Georgia O’Keeffe.
131 art & architecture
richarD serra DrawinG
A Retrospective
edited by Gary Garrels,
Bernice Rose, and Michelle White
With contributions by Lizzie Borden,
Magdalena Dabrowski, Gary Garrels, Bernice Rose,
Richard Serra, Richard Shiff, and Michelle White
The frst comprehensive study of the innovative
drawings of contemporary sculptor Richard Serra
As the focal point of numerous high-profle exhibitions, the sculp-
ture of Richard Serra (b. 1939) has drawn international acclaim. Yet
even those who have marveled at Serra’s intellectually rigorous and
large works of sculpture may not be familiar with his equally intrigu-
ing drawings. This handsome book brings together for the frst time
Serra’s drawn work, considering the artist’s investigation of medium
as an activity both independent from and linked to his pioneering
sculptural practice.
First working in ink, charcoal, and lithographic crayon on paper,
Serra originally used drawing as a means to explore form and per-
ceptual relations between his sculpture and the viewer. Over time,
his drawings underwent signifcant shifts in concept, materials, and
scale and became fully realized and autonomous works of art. The
grand, bold forms he created with black paintstick in his monumen-
tal Installation Drawings were designed to disrupt and complement
existent spaces and eventually began to occupy entire rooms. In the
late 1980s, Serra explored the tension of weight and gravity through
layering, and his most recent work experiments with surface effects,
using mesh screens as intermediaries between the gesture and the
transfer of pigment to paper.
September, 2001. 50 x 51 in. Paintstick on handmade paper
© 2010 Richard Serra. Photo: Robert McKeever.
exhibition scheDule:
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
04/11/11–08/28/11
San Francisco Museum
of Modern Art
10/15/11–01/16/12
The Menil Collection
03/02/12–06/10/12
Distributed for The Menil Collection
LIZZIe BORDeN is a flmmaker and
writer based in Los Angeles. MAGDALeNA
DABROWSKI is a Special Consultant for
Modern and Contemporary Art at The
Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York.
GARY GARReLS is the elise S. Haas
Senior Curator of Painting and Sculpture at
the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art.
BeRNICe ROSe is the Chief Curator of the
Menil Drawing Institute and Study Center.
RICHARD SHIFF is the effe Marie Cain
Regents Chair in Art and directs the Center
for the Study of Modernism at the University
of Texas at Austin. MICHeLLe WHITe is
Associate Curator at the Menil Collection.
april art
cloth 978-0-300-16937-9 $50.00
176 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 11
3
⁄4 160 tritone illus. World
132 the Menil collection art & architecture
four honest outlaws
Sala, Ray, Marioni, Gordon
Michael Fried
In this strongly argued and characteristically original book, Michael
Fried considers the work of four contemporary artists—video artist
and photographer Anri Sala, sculptor Charles Ray, painter Joseph
Marioni, and video artist and intervener in movies Douglas Gordon.
He shows how their respective projects are best understood as engag-
ing in a variety of ways with some of the core themes and issues
associated with high modernism, and indeed with its prehistory
in French painting and art criticism from Diderot on. Four Honest
Outlaws thus continues the author’s exploration of the critical and
philosophical territory opened up by his earlier book, the magiste-
rial Why Photography Matters as Art as Never Before. It presents a
vision of the most important contemporary art as not only not repu-
diating modernism in the name of postmodernism in any of the
latter’s many forms and manifestations, but also actually as commit-
ted to dialectically renewing certain crucial qualities and values that
modernism and premodernism brought to the fore, above all those
of presentness and anti-theatricality.
Four Honest Outlaws takes its title from a line in a Bob Dylan song,
“To live outside the law you must be honest,” meaning in this case
that each of the four artists has found his own unsanctioned path
to extraordinary accomplishment, in part by defying the ordinary
norms and expectations of the contemporary art world. Filled with
stunning images throughout and accompanied by a DvD illustrat-
ing works by Sala and Gordon discussed in its pages, Four Honest
Outlaws is sure to provoke controversy even as it makes a dramatic
bid to further transform the terms in which the art of the present
should be understood.
also by michael frieD:
Why Photography Matters as Art as Never
Before
Cloth 978-0-300-13684-5 $55.00
MICHAeL FRIeD is J. R. Herbert
Boone Professor of Humanities and the
History of Art, Johns Hopkins University.
His many books of art criticism, art his-
tory, literary criticism, and poetry include
Absorption and Theatricality; Realism,
Writing, Disfguration; Courbet’s Realism;
and Art and Objecthood.
“Four Honest Outlaws is light-footed
and groundbreaking, combative and
generous, just the perfect book to
introduce a new sense of involvement,
sincerity, and conceptual clarity into
today’s writing on contemporary
art.”—Ralph Ubl, University of Chicago
april art
hardcover with dVd 978-0-300-17053-5 $45.00
224 pp. 6
3
⁄4 x 9 9 b/w + 70 color illus. World
133 art & architecture
What is it about McQueen’s designs that make them so appealing
and unique?
Much of the appeal of McQueen’s fashions derives from their
theatricality. He was drawn to periods in which fashionable
silhouettes were particularly exaggerated, such as the 1860s,
the 1880s, the 1890s, and the 1950s. But while he looked to
these epochs for inspiration, his fashions always appeared
emphatically contemporary—a combination of his ingenious
construction techniques and his eclectic mixing of historical and
cultural references.
Do you have a favorite show/collection?
One of our favorite runway presentations was McQueen’s spring/
summer 1999 collection, entitled “No. 13.” The collection
was inspired by the Arts and Crafts Movement, and featured
the athlete and model Amie Mullins in a pair of hand-carved
prosthetic legs. McQueen’s promotion of beauty rarely adhered
to classical or platonic ideals. For him, beauty was to be found in
difference, in anomalies and irregularities.
McQueen has been called the most infuential designer of his
generation; do you think his work will stand the test of time?
McQueen’s impact on fashion is uncontestable. You only have
to think of his “bumsters” to appreciate the extent and enormity
of his infuence. But his legacy extends beyond specifc designs
to his general philosophy of fashion. For McQueen, fashion
was not just about utility and practicality but also about ideas
and concepts. In this respect, he was an artist whose medium
of expression happened to be fashion. Like many artists, his
fashions were refective of his personality and state of mind.
They were intensely autobiographical.
Which designers most infuenced him?
In terms of tailoring, McQueen was most infuenced by
designers whose technical acumen mirrored his own, designers
such as Gilbert Adrian and Cristóbal Balenciaga. In terms of
dressmaking, he looked to designers who
shared his sense of theatricality and his
love of exaggerated silhouettes, such as
Charles Frederick Worth, Christian Dior,
and Charles James. But McQueen’s
fashions are incomparable. When you
look at one of his suits or one of his
dresses, they bear the hallmarks of his
singular creativity. McQueen fashions,
like his vision, are inimitable.
P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h

b
y

K
a
r
i
n

W
i
l
l
i
s
A conversAtion
with
Andrew Bolton
And hArold KodA
“Sarabande,” Spring/Summer 2007
“It’s Only a Game,” Spring/Summer 2005
The MeTropoliTan MuseuM of arT art & architecture
May fashion
hardcover with lenticular image 978-0-300-16978-2 $40.00
224 pp. 9 x 11 250 color illus. World
“The Overlook,” Autumn/Winter 1999
exhiBition schedule:
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
05/04/11–07/31/11
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
ANDreW BOLTON is Curator
and HArOLD KODA is Curator in
Charge at The Costume Institute,
The Metropolitan Museum of Art.
TIM BLANKs is contributing editor of
style.com and susANNAH FrANKeL
is fashion editor of The Independent 
newspaper.
See the reverse side for a conversation with 
Andrew Bolton and Harold Koda.
Just announced
AlexAnder McQueen
Savage Beauty
Andrew Bolton and Harold Koda
With contributions by Tim Blanks and susannah Frankel
A stunning overview of the career of designer Alexander
McQueen, whose iconic and intricate fashions
challenged the conventional parameters of clothing
Alexander McQueen (1969–2010) was one of the most infuential,
imaginative, and inspirational designers at the turn of the millen-
nium. His fashions both challenged and expanded the conventional
parameters of clothing beyond utility to a compelling expression
of culture, politics, and identity. Focusing on the most iconic and
acclaimed designs of his prolifc career, this stunning book exam-
ines McQueen’s inimitable technical virtuosity and its subversion of
traditional tailoring and dressmaking practices.
The book also focuses on the highly sophisticated narrative struc-
tures found in McQueen’s collections and in his astonishing and
extravagant runway presentations, which suggested the most avant-
garde installation and performance art. Intended as an assessment
of Alexander McQueen’s entire career, the book includes in-depth
studies of six collections that illustrate and encapsulate thematic
chapters as well as an interview with sarah Burton, the new creative
director of Alexander McQueen who had been the designer’s right-
hand design aide since 1996.
art & architecture The MeTropoliTan MuseuM of arT
exhibition scheDule:
Smithsonian Museum
of American Art
03/11/11–09/05/11
Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art
10/08/11–12/31/11
Georgia Museum of Art
02/18/12–04/16/12
Published in association with the
Smithsonian Museum of American Art
april art
cloth 978-0-300-17239-3 $45.00
156 pp. 9 x 11 35 b/w + 55 color illus. World
to make a worlD
George Ault and 1940s America
Alexander Nemerov
An American painter usually associated with the Precisionist movement,
George Copeland Ault (1891–1948) created works that provide a unique
window onto the uncertainty and despair of the Second World War.
Despite early commercial success in the 1920s, Ault eventually withdrew
from both artistic and political worlds in 1937 and set up his studio in a tiny
house in Woodstock, New York, where he produced evocative scenes of
barns, telephone wires, and streetlights that utilize precise alignments and
geometries to impose a symbolic order on a world in crisis.
To Make a World is the frst publication on Ault in more than two decades,
and it features nearly twenty of Ault’s paintings alongside those of his
contemporaries, including edward Hopper, Rockwell Kent, and Andrew
Wyeth. Author Alexander Nemerov explains that despite Ault’s remote loca-
tion and reclusive lifestyle, his paintings represent his fear for the precarious
state of the world and refect an emotional response shared by many artists
and the nation at large.
ALexANDeR NeMeROv is chair of the art history department at Yale University.
Published by the National Gallery
Company/Distributed by Yale University
Press
LORNe CAMPBeLL is Beaumont Senior
Research Curator and LUKe SYSON is
Curator of Italian Paintings 1460–1500 at
the National Gallery, London. MIGUeL
FALOMIR is Head Curator of Italian
Renaissance Painting at the Museo Nacional
del Prado. JeNNIFeR FLeTCHeR
was formerly Senior Lecturer at the
Courtauld Institute, London.
May art
Paper 978-1-85709-407-7 $40.00
Cloth 978-1-85709-411-4 F’ 08 $70.00
304 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 12
1
⁄2 190 color illus. World
New in paper
renaissance faces
Van Eyck to Titian
Lorne Campbell, Miguel Falomir,
Jennifer Fletcher, and Luke Syson
This lavishly illustrated book explores the development of portrait painting
in Northern and Southern europe during the Renaissance, when the genre
frst fourished. While both regions developed distinct styles and techniques,
each was also infuenced by the other. Four renowned scholars consider the
relationship between artists of the north and south to illuminate the notion
of likeness. The authors offer new research on some of the greatest por-
traitists of the period, including Giovanni Bellini, Sandro Botticelli, Lucas
Cranach, Albrecht Dürer, Jan van eyck, Hans Holbein, and Titian.
This book is rich in information about portrait types, styles, techniques, ico-
nographies, the function of portraits, and the connections among painting,
sculpture, and portrait medals. Further, the volume features fascinating
accounts of the relationships of patrons, artists, and sitters, as well as the
process of making portraits. The authors also investigate complex notions
of beauty, spiritual belief, and the portrait as a mirror of the soul.
134 art & architecture
exhibition scheDule:
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
03/23/11–07/04/11
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
april art
cloth 978-0-300-16977-5 $30.00
120 pp. 8 x 10 15 b/w + 75 color illus. World
rooms with a View
The Open Window in the 19th Century
Sabine Rewald
During the frst half of the 19th century, the open window emerged as a
consistent motif in German, Danish, French, and Russian painting and
drawing. Rooms with a View is the frst book to explore this intriguing
theme in european art, with its Romantic intimations of unfulflled long-
ing and its associated qualities of poetry, luminosity, and interiority.
Artists depicted this intangible mood with images of contemplative fgures
in hushed, sparsely furnished rooms; painters diligently at work in their stu-
dios; simple, serene displays of light entering a chamber; and windows as
the focal point of views in their own right. Rooms with a View features forty
oils and thirty works on paper by both well-known and largely undiscov-
ered artists, including Caspar David Friedrich, Carl Gustav Carus, Georg
Friedrich Kersting, Adolph Menzel, Christoffer Wilhelm eckersberg,
Martinus Rørbye, Jean Alaux, Léon Cogniet, and Fyodor Petrovich Tolstoy.
SABINe ReWALD is Jacques and Natasha Gelman Curator, Department of 19th-
Century, Modern, and Contemporary Art, at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.
exhibition scheDule:
The National Gallery, London
03/03/11–05/30/11
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
april art PB-with Flaps 978-1-85709-527-2 $15.00
56 pp. 7
3
⁄4 x 9
1
⁄4 32 color illus. World
an american exPeriment
George Bellows and the Ashcan Painters
David Peters Corbett
With contributions by Katherine Bourguignon
and Christopher Riopelle
In the frst decades of the 20th century, George Bellows and other painters
of the Ashcan School, a loosely connected group of gritty, urban realists, cre-
ated images of the city from street level. Following older artist Robert Henri’s
insistence that artists should make “pictures from life,” the Ashcanners
renounced the polished academic style taught in art schools of the time.
Instead they practiced a more urgent manner working with bold, highly satu-
rated color, seeking to catch the ebb and fow of life in urban America. Some
of them, particularly Bellows, also produced vivid landscapes and portraits.
This book introduces the artists of the Ashcan School and the key charac-
teristics and themes of their work. Detailed commentaries are provided for
twelve signifcant paintings by George Bellows, William Glackens, Robert
Henri, George Luks, and John Sloan, ranging from depictions of the metro-
politan throng to Bellows’s vivid seascapes. In their visual contemplation of
early-20th-century America, these artists offer deep insights into the nature
of ordinary life not only in their time but also in our own.
DAvID PeTeRS CORBeTT is Dean, Faculty of Arts and Humanities, University
of east Anglia. He was founding director of the Interdisciplinary Centre for Modern
Studies, University of York. KATHeRINe BOURGUIGNON is Associate Curator,
Terra Foundation for American Art europe, Paris. CHRISTOPHeR RIOPeLLe is
Curator of Post-1800 Paintings at the National Gallery, London.
135 art & architecture
my faraway one
Selected Letters of Georgia O’Keeffe and
Alfred Stieglitz: Volume One, 1915–1933
Selected, annotated, and edited by Sarah Greenough
The frst extensive publication from the extraordinary
archive of private correspondence between
two of this country’s most famous artists
There are few couples in the history of 20th-century American art
and culture more prominent than Georgia O’Keeffe (1887–1986)
and Alfred Stieglitz (1864–1946). Between 1915, when they frst
began to write to each other, and 1946, when Stieglitz died, O’Keeffe
and Stieglitz exchanged over 5,000 letters (more than 25,000 pages)
that describe their daily lives in profoundly rich detail. This long-
awaited volume features some 650 letters, carefully selected and
annotated by leading photography scholar Sarah Greenough.
In O’Keeffe’s sparse and vibrant style and Stieglitz’s fervent and lyri-
cal manner, the letters describe how they met and fell in love in the
1910s; how they carved out a life together in the 1920s; how their rela-
tionship nearly collapsed during the early years of the Depression;
and how it was reconstructed in the late 1930s and early 1940s. At
the same time, the correspondence reveals the creative evolution of
their art and ideas; their friendships with many of the most infuen-
tial fgures in early American modernism (Charles Demuth, Arthur
Dove, Marsden Hartley, John Marin, and Paul Strand, to name a
few); and their relationships and conversations with an exceptionally
wide range of key fgures in American and european art and culture
(including Duncan Phillips, Diego Rivera, D. H. Lawrence, Frank
Lloyd Wright, and Marcel Duchamp). Furthermore, their often
poignant prose reveals insights into the impact of larger cultural
forces—World War I and II; the booming economy of the 1920s; and
the Depression of the 1930s—on two articulate, creative individuals.
Published in association with the Beinecke
Rare Book and Manuscript Library
SARAH GReeNOUGH is senior
curator and head of the department of
photographs at the National Gallery of
Art, Washington, D.C. She is the author
of Alfred Stieglitz: The Key Set and many
other critically acclaimed books on
modern photography.
“You see you are the most precious
thing I have ever known—I couldn’t
seem to see myself living without
it. . . . All my love goes to you—
and the kiss that is my life.”
—O’Keeffe to Stieglitz,
September 3, 1926
May Memoir/Biography/art
cloth 978-0-300-16630-9 $39.95
Also available as an eBook.
818 pp. 7
1
⁄2 x 10 25 b/w illus. World
136 Beinecke rare Book and ManuscriPt liBrary art & architecture
to Do
A Book of Alphabets and Birthdays
Gertrude Stein
With illustrations by Giselle Potter
and an introduction by Timothy Young
The frst ever illustrated edition of avant-garde
writer Gertrude Stein’s whimsical children’s book
“Alphabets and names make games and everybody has a name and
all the same they have in a way to have a birthday,” muses Gertrude
Stein in To Do: A Book of Alphabets and Birthdays. Written in
1940 and intended as a follow-up to her children’s book The World
Is Round, published the previous year, To Do is a fanciful journey
through the alphabet. each letter is represented by four names
(including Gertrude for “G”) and features a short story told in verse.
“[This is] a birthday book I would have liked as a child,” said Stein
of To Do.
Publishers rejected the manuscript as too complex for children, and
it remained unpublished during Stein’s lifetime. A text-only version
issued from Yale University Press in 1957. Now, more than seventy
years after Stein penned the story, To Do is appearing with illustra-
tions, realizing the author’s original concept for the book. Giselle
Potter’s witty and stylish illustrations provide a perfect comple-
ment to Stein’s uniquely whimsical world of words, creating a truly
delightful, often hilarious book that adults and children alike can
appreciate and love.
Images © Giselle Potter
Published in association with the Beinecke
Rare Book and Manuscript Library
GeRTRUDe STeIN (1874–1946) was
at the forefront of the development of
modern art and literature. Her archive is
housed in the Beinecke Rare Book and
Manuscript Library at Yale University.
GISeLLe POTTeR has worked for the
New Yorker and has illustrated more than
twenty children’s books. TIMOTHY
YOUNG is curator of modern books and
manuscripts at the Beinecke.
May literature/art
cloth 978-0-300-17097-9 $25.00
Also available as an eBook.
120 pp. 8 x 9 28 color illus. World
137 art & architecture Beinecke rare Book and ManuscriPt liBrary
the steins collect
Matisse, Picasso, and the Parisian Avant-Garde
edited by Janet Bishop,
Cécile Debray, and Rebecca Rabinow
essays by Isabel Alfandary, Janet Bishop, emily Braun,
edward Burns, Cécile Debray, Claudine Grammont, Martha Lucy,
Carrie Pilto, Rebecca Rabinow, Hélène Klein, and Gary Tinterow
A fascinating, in-depth exploration of the groundbreaking
art collections of Gertrude Stein and her family
As American expatriates living in Paris, the writer Gertrude Stein,
her brothers Leo and Michael, and Michael’s wife Sarah were
absolutely pivotal in shaping the city’s vibrant cultural life in the
early 20th century. They hosted Saturday evening salons at which
the brightest artists, writers, musicians, and collectors convened to
discuss the latest developments. They aggressively promoted and
collected emerging painters and sculptors, particularly their close
friends Henri Matisse and Pablo Picasso. And along the way they
developed unparalleled holdings in modernist work by such fgures
as Paul Cézanne, Juan Gris, Francis Picabia, and Pierre-Auguste
Renoir. Lavishly produced and featuring more than 600 images, The
Steins Collect is the frst comprehensive exploration of the Steins’
extraordinary collections and their enduring cultural infuence.
The book explores the Steins’ impact on art-making and collecting
practices in europe and the United States; the intense sibling rival-
ries that developed around key artists and ideas; the roots of Leo’s
aesthetic theories in the thought of William James and Bernard
Berenson; Sarah and Michael’s role in founding the Académie
Matisse; Gertrude’s complex relationship with Picasso and their
artistic infuence on each other; Le Corbusier’s radical villa design
for the family; and much more. The Steins Collect not only reveals
the artistic prescience of this innovative family and their important
patronage, but also traces how they created a new international stan-
dard of taste for modern art.
exhibition scheDule:
San Francisco Museum
of Modern Art
05/21/11–09/06/11
Grand Palais, Paris
10/03/11–01/20/12
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
02/21/12–06/03/12
Published in association with the San
Francisco Museum of Modern Art
JANeT BISHOP is curator of paint-
ing and sculpture at the San Francisco
Museum of Modern Art. CéCILe
DeBRAY is curator of historical col-
lections at the Museé National d’Art
Moderne, Centre Pompidou, Paris.
ReBeCCA RABINOW is associate
curator of 19th-century, modern, and
contemporary art at The Metropolitan
Museum of Art, New York.
May art
cloth 978-0-300-16941-6 $75.00
464 pp. 10 x 11
1
⁄2 220 b/w + 400 color illus. World
138 art & architecture
architecture in uniform
Designing and Building for the Second World War
Jean-Louis Cohen
A convincing new approach to understanding
architectural developments made between
1937 and 1945, emphasizing that they were
fundamental to the development of modernism
This fascinating book offers a new perspective on the architectural
history of the Second World War, which in previous accounts has
most often been viewed as a hiatus between peaceful periods of
production. Jean-Louis Cohen contends instead that during the
years between the bombings of Guernica in 1937 and of Hiroshima
in 1945, specifc advances were fundamental to the process of
modernization and led to the defnitive supremacy of modernism
in architecture.
Centering the discussion on ten main themes, the author investi-
gates various aspects of architecture’s mobilization in the war years,
as well as the trajectories of individual architects. He analyzes archi-
tectural developments worldwide and takes into account each of the
major participants in the war, including the United States, Japan,
Great Britain, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Germany, and the
Soviet Union. The book not only focuses on plans, buildings, and
technological inventions but also examines the many types of visual
representation used for war purposes, enhanced by a rich array of
more than 300 illustrations.
exhibition scheDule:
Canadian Centre for
Architecture, Montreal
04/12/11–09/05/11
Distributed for Editions Hazan, Paris
JeAN-LOUIS COHeN is the Sheldon
H. Solow Chair for the History of
Architecture, Institute of Fine Arts, New
York University. He has been curator
for numerous exhibitions in europe
and North America and has published
scores of books, most recently Mies van
der Rohe (2007). His project the Cité de
l’architecture—a museum and research
and exhibition center in Paris—opened
in 2007.
May
cloth 978-2-7541-0530-9 $50.00
448 pp. 6
3
⁄4 x 9
1
⁄2 300 color illus. World
139 art & architecture
exhibition scheDule:
Philadelphia Museum of Art
04/02/11–07/31/11
Published in association with the
Philadelphia Museum of Art
april art/health
PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17117-4 $18.00
60 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 5 b/w + 50 color illus. World
health for sale
Posters from the William H. Helfand Collection
William H. Helfand, John Ittmann,
and Innis Howe Shoemaker
Since the late 1960s, William H. Helfand has donated more than 1,000
posters, prints, and ephemera to the Philadelphia Museum of Art’s Ars
Medica Collection, the world’s only collection of medical prints housed
in an art museum. This fascinating volume presents some 50 of the nearly
200 posters in the renowned Helfand Collection, and includes the work of
prominent artists such as Jules Chéret and Leonetto Cappiello. Chéret’s
large, colorful lithographs elevated the commercial placard to the rank of
art, while Cappiello’s arresting fgures revolutionized 20th-century poster
design. Additional examples demonstrate the wide range of compositions
produced by unidentifed artists working in europe and the United States
between the late 19th and 20th centuries. Dating from the mid-19th to the
late 20th century, these posters—sometimes strange or startling but most
often amusing—address a wide range of topics, including hygiene, medical
conferences, and spurious miracle cures.
WILLIAM H. HeLFAND is a specialist in the feld of art and medicine. JOHN
ITTMANN is the Kathy and Ted Fernberger Curator of Prints, and INNIS HOWe
SHOeMAKeR is the Audrey and William H. Helfand Senior Curator of Prints,
Drawings, and Photographs, both at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
Johannes Regiomontanus (German, 1436–1476). Lunar
Calendar from Calendarium. Latin edition printed by Erhard
Ratdolt, 1476. Woodcut and letterpress, hand-colored with
watercolor, with movable dials and metal and string elements,
on cream and tan laid papers, in original binding. The Art
Institute of Chicago, gift in memory of Mrs. Emil Eitel from Mr.
Emil Eitel, 1948.343.
exhibition scheDule:
The Art Institute of Chicago
04/30/11–07/10/11
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
May art
cloth 978-0-300-16911-9 $35.00
104 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 95 color illus. World
altereD anD aDorneD
Using Renaissance Prints in Daily Life
Suzanne Karr Schmidt, with Kimberly Nichols
Today Renaissance-era prints are typically preserved behind glass or in
solander boxes in museums, but these decorative objects were once a cen-
tral part of everyday life. Altered and Adorned is a delightful, surprising look
at how prints were used: affxed on walls; glued into albums, books, and
boxes; annotated; hand-colored; or cut apart.
This handsome volume introduces readers to the experimental world of
printmaking in the mid-15th and 16th centuries and the array of objects it
inspired, from illustrated books, sewing patterns, and wearable ornaments
to printed sundials and anatomical charts. It features many never-before-
published treasures from the Art Institute of Chicago’s rich permanent
collection, along with essays on the ways prints functioned—in some cases
as three-dimensional and interactive works—and how their condition com-
municates their use.
SUZANNe KARR SCHMIDT is Andrew W. Mellon Curatorial Fellow in Prints
and Drawings at the Art Institute of Chicago. KIMBeRLY NICHOLS is Associate
Conservator in Prints and Drawings at the Art Institute of Chicago.
140 art & architecture
Published by the National Gallery
Company/Distributed by Yale University
Press
eLIZABeTH COWLING is professor emeri-
tus of History of Art at edinburgh University.
NeIL COx is professor of art and theory
at the University of essex. SIMONeTTA
FRAQUeLLI is an independent art
historian. SUSAN GRACe GALASSI is
curator at the Frick Collection, New York.
CHRISTOPHeR RIOPeLLe is Curator
and ANNe ROBBINS is Assistant Curator of
Post-1800 Paintings at the National Gallery,
London.
May art
Paper 978-1-85709-451-0 $25.00
Cloth 978-1-85709-452-7 S’ 09 $40.00
176 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 10
1
⁄2 150 color illus. World
New in Paper
Picasso
Challenging the Past
elizabeth Cowling, Neil Cox, Simonetta Fraquelli,
Susan Grace Galassi, Christopher Riopelle, and Anne Robbins
This thought-provoking book presents a lively introduction to the 20th cen-
tury’s most important artist, Pablo Picasso. Picasso was a passionate student
of the european painting tradition, and his memory for images was vora-
cious. Naturally drawn to Spanish masters velázquez and Goya, he also
engaged with such fgures as Rembrandt, Delacroix, Ingres, Manet, and
Cézanne. Picasso repeatedly pitted himself against these masters, taking
up their signature themes, techniques, and artistic concerns in audacious
paintings of his own. Sometimes his “quotations” were direct, other times
highly allusive.
Always, Picasso made the implicit case that it was he in the 20th century
who most forcefully reinvigorated the european tradition. This book show-
cases his extraordinary work, where we witness the daring transformation
of the art of the past into, in Picasso’s own words, “something else entirely.”
Published in association with the
Philadelphia Museum of Art
June art
cloth 978-0-300-12219-0 $65.00
272 pp. 10
3
⁄4 x 12
1
⁄4 48 b/w + 251 color illus. World
collectinG moDern
Design at the Philadelphia Museum of Art Since 1876
Kathryn Bloom Hiesinger
The Philadelphia Museum of Art was founded in 1876, after its home
city hosted the Centennial, with the primary goal of acquiring important
examples of contemporary design and decorative arts. Collecting Modern
explores for the frst time the development and signifcance of this extraor-
dinary collection, making unprecedented use of the Museum’s archival
resources, much of which has never been published. This overview reveals
changing attitudes toward collecting over time, as Philadelphia (historically
a conservative city) and its fagship museum were confronted with the dra-
matic aesthetic shifts heralded by modernism.
From being the largest institutional collector of Tiffany glass in the late
19th and early 20th centuries, to coaxing Florence Knoll Bassett out of
retirement in 2005 to design her own exhibition, the Museum has made
a unique contribution to the history of design through its collections and
programs. Providing a thoughtful analysis of the Museum’s history as a
steward of contemporary decorative arts, this beautiful publication is a vital
reference for anyone interested in the history of museums, decorative arts,
and design.
KATHRYN BLOOM HIeSINGeR is Curator of european Decorative Arts after
1700 at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
141 art & architecture
Winner of the Sir Banister
Fletcher Award for 2007
“The defnitive portrait of the man and
his work.”—Civil Engineering
“An indispensable study of an indis-
pensable architect and a bravura
performance by Yale University
Press. . . . essential.”—Choice
May architecture
Paper 978-0-300-12237-4 $50.00
Cloth 978-0-300-11282-5 F’ 06 $65.00
464 pp. 9 x 11
3
⁄4 321 b/w + 125 color illus. World
New in paper
eero saarinen
Shaping the Future
edited by eeva-Liisa Pelkonen and Donald Albrecht
With contributions by Mark Coir, Sandy Isenstadt,
Reinhold Martin, Will Miller, and vincent Scully
This award-winning book looks at the entire scope of eero Saarinen’s (1910–
1961) career, including the most complete portfolio of Saarinen’s projects
to date—a chronological survey of more than 100 built and unbuilt works,
previously unpublished photographs, plans, and working drawings—show-
ing how, in his search for a richer and more varied modern architecture,
Saarinen became one of the most prolifc and controversial practitioners
of his time.
eevA-LIISA PeLKONeN is assistant professor of architecture at Yale University,
and the author of Achtung Architecture! DONALD ALBReCHT is an independent
curator and Curator of Architecture and Design at the Museum of the City of New
York. His books include The Work of Charles and Ray Eames: A Legacy of Invention.
MARK COIR is the director of Archives of Cranbrook educational Community in
Bloomfeld Hills, Michigan. SANDY ISeNSTADT is assistant professor of art history
at Yale University. ReINHOLD MARTIN is associate professor at the Graduate
School of Architecture, Planning, and Preservation, Columbia University. WILL
MILLeR is chairman and CeO of Irwin Financial Corporation in Columbus,
Indiana. vINCeNT SCULLY is Sterling Professor emeritus of the History of Art at
Yale University.
exhibition scheDule:
The Jewish Museum
05/08/11–09/25/11
Vancouver Art Gallery
10/15/11–01/29/12
Distributed for The Jewish Museum, New
York
May art
Paper over Board 978-0-300-17021-4 $20.00
72 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 10
1
⁄2 18 b/w + 62 color illus. World
collectinG matisse anD
moDern masters
The Cone Sisters of Baltimore
Karen Levitov
In the early 20th century, Baltimore sisters Claribel and etta Cone frst
visited the Paris studios of Henri Matisse and Pablo Picasso and began
assembling one of the world’s most important art collections. Their passion
for Matisse’s art, in particular, led them to acquire 500 of his works—one of
the most extraordinary Matisse collections in the world. Supported by the
Cone family textile business, the sisters made frequent trips to europe to
purchase art, and their close friendship with Gertrude and Leo Stein led
to a wide circle of infuential acquaintances. They eventually amassed a
collection of 3,000 works, which were donated to The Baltimore Museum
of Art after etta Cone’s death in 1949.
This publication gathers 47 artworks from the internationally renowned
Cone Collection including paintings, sculptures, and works on paper by
Matisse, Picasso, Gauguin, Renoir, van Gogh, Courbet, and other masters.
Karen Levitov’s essay recounts the story of the Cone sisters, their tastes, and
their remarkable collection. Levitov also discusses what distinguished their
connoisseurship from their contemporaries.
KAReN LevITOv is associate curator at The Jewish Museum and author of Camille
Pissarro: Impressions of City and Country (Yale).
142 art & architecture
exhibition scheDule:
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
04/05/11–08/14/11
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
May art
cloth 978-0-300-15516-7 $45.00
176 pp. 8 x 10 20 b/w + 70 color illus. World
korean buncheonG ceramics
from the leeum collection
Soyoung Lee and Seung-chang Jeon
Bold, sophisticated, engaging, and startlingly modern, Buncheong ceram-
ics emerged as a distinct Korean art form in the 15th and 16th centuries,
only to be eclipsed on its native ground for more than 400 years by the over-
whelming demand for porcelain. elements from the Buncheong idiom
were later revived in Japan, where its spare yet sensual aesthetic was much
admired and where descendants of Korean potters lived and worked.
This innovative study features 60 masterpieces from the renowned Leeum,
Samsung Museum of Art in Seoul, as well as objects from The Metropolitan
Museum of Art, and presents current scholarship on Buncheong’s history,
manufacture, use, and overall signifcance. The book illustrates why this
historical art form continues to resonate with Korean and Japanese cera-
mists working today and with contemporary viewers worldwide.
SOYOUNG Lee is Associate Curator, Department of Asian Art, at The Metropolitan
Museum of Art. SeUNG-CHANG JeON is Chief Curator at the Leeum, Samsung
Museum of Art in Seoul, South Korea.
Published in association with the State
Hermitage Museum and the Paul Mellon
Centre for Studies in British Art
May art
cloth 978-0-300-17046-7 $150.00
464 pp. 9
5
⁄8 x 11
1
⁄4 650 color illus. World
british PaintinG:
16th–19th centuries
State Hermitage Museum Catalogue
elizaveta Renne
The State Hermitage Museum in St. Petersburg houses a relatively small
but choice collection of 16th- to 19th-century British paintings, among
them Thomas Gainsborough’s vibrant Portrait of a Lady in Blue (c. 1770)
and his rival Sir Joshua Reynolds’ vast Infant Hercules Strangling the
Serpents (c. 1786), commissioned by the Russian empress Catherine II
and symbolizing a young Russia’s growing strength. 135 paintings—works
by artists from england, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales—are presented in
this comprehensive catalogue. Also included are portraits from the famed
War Gallery created by english painter George Dawe, who was awarded a
prestigious commission to produce more than 300 images of Russian gen-
erals for the Gallery of 1812 in the historic Winter Palace, now part of the
museum complex.
eLIZAveTA ReNNe is curator of British Paintings at the State Hermitage Museum,
St Petersburg, Russia.
143 art & architecture
exhibition scheDule:
National Gallery of Canada
06/10/2011–09/11/2011
Kimbell Art Museum
10/19/2011–01/08/2012
Published in association with the National
Gallery of Canada
June art
cloth 978-0-300-17072-6 $50.00
224 pp. 9 x 11 150 color illus. World
caraVaGGio anD his circle in rome
A Barbaric and Brutal Manner
David Franklin and Sebastian Schütze
The Italian artist Caravaggio (1571–1610) had a profound impact on a wide
range of baroque painters of Italian, French, Dutch, Flemish, and Spanish
origin who resided in Rome either during his lifetime or immediately
afterward. This captivating book illustrates the notion of “Caravaggism,”
showcasing 65 works by Peter Paul Rubens and other important artists
of the period who drew inspiration from Caravaggio. Also depicted are
Caravaggio canvases that fully exhibit his distinctive style, along with ones
that had a particularly discernible impact on other practitioners.
Caravaggio’s infuence was greatest in Rome, where his works were seen by
the largest and most international group of artists, and was at its peak in the
early decades of the 17th century both before and after his untimely death
at the age of 39. Not since Michelangelo or Raphael has one european art-
ist affected so many of his contemporaries and over such broad geographic
territory. essays by an array of major Caravaggio scholars illuminate the
underlying principles of the exhibit, reveal how Caravaggio altered the
presentation and interpretation of many traditional subjects and inspired
unusual new ones, and explore the artist’s legacy and how he irrevocably
changed the course of painting.
DAvID FRANKLIN is Deputy Director and Chief Curator of the National Gallery of
Canada. SeBASTIAN SCHüTZe is Professor of the History of Art at the University
of vienna.
exhibition scheDule:
The Phillips Collection
06/11/11–09/04/11
The Guggenheim Museum
11/04/11–01/29/12
Published in association with The Phillips
Collection
June art
hardcover 978-0-300-17078-8 $40.00
128 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 10
1
⁄2 75 color illus.
kanDinsky anD the harmony of silence
Painting with White Border
edited by elsa Smithgall
With contributions by Tracey Bashkoff,
Gillian McMillan, and elizabeth Steele
Russian artist and theoretician Wassily Kandinsky (1866–1944) was a sig-
nifcant fgure in 20th-century abstraction. His masterwork Painting with
White Border (1913, Guggenheim Museum), inspired by his native Moscow,
emerged during an intensely creative period in his artistic development.
Kandinsky and the Harmony of Silence presents a rare, in-depth examina-
tion of the painting and more than ffteen preparatory studies in watercolor,
oil, and pencil, along with closely related works made during this infuen-
tial chapter in Kandinsky’s career.
This handsome book includes essays on how Painting with White Border
also relates to Kandinsky’s writings, including Concerning the Spiritual
in Art (published 100 years ago) and the autobiography Reminiscences. A
jointly authored essay by Phillips and Guggenheim conservators presents
the results of a recent conservation analysis of the painting and its related oil
sketch (1913; The Phillips Collection), revealing important new discoveries
about the artist’s creative process, materials, and methods.
eLSA SMITHGALL is curator at The Phillips Collection; TRACeY BASHKOFF
is curator of collections and exhibitions at the Guggenheim Museum;
GILLIAN McMILLAN is senior conservator at the Guggenheim Museum; and
eLIZABeTH STeeLe is head of conservation at The Phillips Collection.
144 art & architecture
Image © MegaVision
exhibition scheDule:
Kimbell Art Museum, Fort Worth
05/22/11–08/21/11
Santa Barbara Museum of Art
09/17/11–01/02/12
Distributed for the Kimbell Art Museum and
the Santa Barbara Museum of Art
June art
cloth 978-0-300-16971-3 $30.00
128 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 11 90 color illus. World
Picasso anD braQue
The Cubist Experiment, 1910–1912
eik Kahng, Harry Cooper, Charles Palermo, Christine Poggi,
Annie Bourneuf, Claire Barry, Bart Devolder
Picasso and Braque offers an intimate look at one of the most pivotal
exchanges in the history of Western art: the culminating two years (1910–
12) of Analytic Cubism. While the Cubist experiment has long been a
requisite chapter in the history of modernism, this is the frst publication
to delve deeply into these two intense years of productivity, revealing the
intriguing pictorial game being played out between these two great masters.
essays by prominent curators and historians offer sustained readings of
paintings, drawings, and prints in terms of their engagement with issues
of genre, format, medium, and artistic process. In addition, the new tech-
nology of spectral imaging provides reproductions of astounding color and
textural fdelity, making this an essential publication for those seeking to
understand better the complexity of Picasso’s and Braque’s mark-making,
which typically evades conventional photography.
eIK KAHNG is chief curator and curator of 19th- and early 20th-Century european
Art at the Santa Barbara Museum of Art. HARRY COOPeR is a curator at the
National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C. CHARLeS PALeRMO is an art history
professor at the College of William and Mary. CHRISTINe POGGI is an art history
professor at the University of Pennsylvania. ANNIe BOURNeUF is an independent
scholar. CLAIRe BARRY and BART DevOLDeR are conservators at the Kimbell
Art Museum, Fort Worth.
Marsden Hartley, Surf on Reef, 1937–38.
Oil on board. 9
7
⁄8 x 14
1
⁄8 in.
Portland Museum of Art.
Bequest of Elizabeth B. Noyce (1996.38.18).
exhibition scheDule:
Portland Museum of Art, Maine
06/04/11–09/11/11
Published in association with the Portland
Museum of Art, Maine
June art
cloth 978-0-300-16948-5 $50.00
176 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 10
1
⁄4 46 b/w + 46 color illus. World
maine moDerns
Art in Seguinland, 1900–1940
Libby Bischof and Susan Danly
Between 1900 and 1940, a group of modernist artists gathered regularly on
the coast of Maine in a region then known as Seguinland. For photogra-
pher Paul Strand, painter Marsden Hartley, sculptor Gaston Lachaise, and
others, it was a way to escape market-driven, competitive, and divisive New
York City, and celebrate a new kind of American Modernism.
In this beautifully illustrated book, Libby Bischof and Susan Danly explore
the state’s important place in the history of modern art and show how sum-
mers in Seguinland inspired a new classicism that merged the antique with
the modern. They also shed light on how the various artists’ experiences in
the refreshing atmosphere on the Maine coast cemented their friendships,
shaped their individual styles, and fostered their understanding of what it
meant to be a modern artist.
LIBBY BISCHOF is an assistant professor of history at the University of
Southern Maine. SUSAN DANLY is curator of graphics, photography, and contem-
porary art at the Portland Museum of Art and the author of Georgia O’Keeffe and the
Camera: The Art of Identity (Yale).
145 art & architecture
John marin
Modernism at Midcentury
Debra Bricker Balken
Since his early work was frst embraced by Alfred Stieglitz, John
Marin (1870–1953) has been recognized as one of America’s fore-
most watercolorists. During the last two decades of Marin’s career,
however, oil painting played a greater role in his studio practice.
Marin’s engagement with oil was liberating, eventually yielding a
more fuid, linear, and calligraphic style.
This beautiful publication is the frst to focus exclusively on Marin’s
output from the 1930s through the early 1950s, a corpus of nearly
seventy works, which has been generally overlooked in art histori-
cal literature. Debra Bricker Balken resituates these works within
the discourses of midcentury modernism, convincingly arguing
that critics—such as Clement Greenberg—saw them as important
precursors to Abstract expressionism, infuencing such artists as
Willem de Kooning and Jackson Pollock. Marin’s painted abstrac-
tions of the Maine coast and Manhattan architecture were singled
out for their invention, singularity, and authority, and forecast the
new language of Abstract expressionism.
John Marin, Movement—Sea or Mountain as You Will, 1947.
Oil on canvas. 30
1
⁄4 x 36
5
⁄8 in. (76.8 x 93.0 cm). Museum
of Fine Arts, Boston. Tompkins Collection—Arthur Gordon
Tompkins Fund, (63.1527).
exhibition scheDule:
Portland Museum of Art, Maine
06/23/11–10/09/11
Amon Carter Museum
11/04/11–01/08/12
Addison Gallery of American Art
01/27/12–04/01/12
Published in association with the Addison
Gallery of American Art and the Portland
Museum of Art, Maine
DeBRA BRICKeR BALKeN is an indepen-
dent curator and writer who has published
widely on American modernism and
contemporary art. Her recent books include
Dove/O’Keeffe: Circles of Infuence (Yale).
June art
cloth 978-0-300-14993-7 $40.00
128 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 11 9 b/w + 75 color illus. World
146 addison gallery oF aMerican art art & architecture
rembranDt anD the face of Jesus
edited by Lloyd DeWitt
Preface by Seymour Slive and contributions by
Lloyd DeWitt, Blaise Ducos, Franziska Gottwald, George S. Keyes,
Shelley Perlove, Larry Silver, Ken Sutherland, and Mark Tucker
An intriguing new look at the historical signifcance
of Rembrandt’s representations of Christ
With the creation of the dramatic Supper at Emmaus (Louvre) and
a series of intimate oil sketches of Christ on oak panels, Rembrandt
van Rijn (1606–1669) overturned the entire history of Christian art.
Traditionally, when depicting Christ, artists had relied on rigidly
copied prototypes and icons. Among Rembrandt’s innovations was
his use of a Jewish model to portray a Christ imbued with empathy,
gentleness, grace, and faithfulness to nature.
Lavishly illustrated, this captivating and important book presents
the seven known panels, along with more than 60 paintings, draw-
ings, and prints by Rembrandt and his pupils. essays by expert
contributors offer insights into the production of the panels and
their relationship to other works in Rembrandt’s oeuvre; how he
changed the meaning and status of the canonical image of Christ
in northern european art; and much more. Rembrandt and the Face
of Jesus is a marvelously intriguing study of how one of the greatest
painters of the Dutch Golden Age revolutionized an aspect of art
history dating to antiquity.
exhibition scheDule:
Musée du Louvre, Paris
04/18/11–07/18/11
Philadelphia Museum of Art
08/04/11–10/30/11
Detroit Institute of Arts
11/20/11–02/12/12
Published in association with the
Philadelphia Museum of Art
LLOYD DeWITT is Associate Curator
in the Department of european Painting
before 1900 at the Philadelphia Museum
of Art. BLAISe DUCOS is Curator in
the Département des Peintures at the
Musée du Louvre, Paris. FRANZISKA
GOTTWALD is a postdoctoral fellow
at Queens University, Kingston, Ontario.
GeORGe S. KeYeS is Curator
emeritus of european Paintings at the
Detroit Institute of Arts. SHeLLeY
PeRLOve is Professor of Art History at
the University of Michigan, Dearborn.
LARRY SILveR is Professor of Northern
Renaissance Art at the University of
Pennsylvania. SeYMOUR SLIve, a
preeminant scholar of Dutch art and
author of numerous books on the
subject, was formerly Director of the
Fogg Art Museum, Harvard University.
KeN SUTHeRLAND is Conservation
Scientist and MARK TUCKeR is vice
Chairman of Conservation, both at the
Philadelphia Museum of Art.
June art
cloth 978-0-300-16957-7 $65.00
256 pp. 10 x 12 20 b/w + 130 color illus. World
147 art & architecture PhiladelPhia MuseuM oF art
exhibition scheDule:
The Art Institute of Chicago
06/11/11–09/18/11
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
July art
cloth 978-0-300-16609-5 $50.00
160 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 11
1
⁄2 160 color illus. World
aVant-GarDe art in eVeryDay life
Early Twentieth-Century European Modernism
edited by Matthew S. Witkovsky
With essays by Jared Ash, Maria Gough,
Jindrich Toman, Nancy Troy, and Andrés Zervigón
Beginning around 1910, vanguard artists demanded that true art go beyond
the intellectual and transform daily life. This volume highlights the work
of six infuential european artists who took this idea into the wider world,
where it merged enthusiastically with demands in the industrial market-
place, the nascent mass media, and urban popular culture.
Featured are Piet Zwart, a Dutch designer who brought his minimalist
aesthetic vision to ubiquitous items like biscuit boxes and postage stamps;
Karel Teige, leader of the Czech avant-garde, who produced brilliant book
and journal designs; his compatriot Ladislav Sutnar, who brought modern-
ist “good design” to tableware, clothing, and children’s toys; Gustav Klutsis,
who pioneered using photomontage for political purposes; Lazar (el)
Lissitzky, who produced some of the most exciting book, poster, and exhibi-
tion designs of the 1920s and ’30s in Germany and Russia; and German
artist John Heartfeld, who worked exclusively in photomontage to design
book covers, journals, and agitational posters for the Communist cause.
MATTHeW S. WITKOvSKY is Curator of Photography at the Art Institute of
Chicago.
exhibition scheDule:
Los Angeles County Museum of Art
06/05/2011–09/05/2011
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
10/23/2011–01/15/2012
Distributed for the Los Angeles County
Museum of Art
June art
cloth 978-0-300-17110-5 $65.00
352 pp. 9 x 11 250 color illus. World
Gifts of the sultan
The Arts of Giving at the Islamic Courts
Linda Komaroff
The giving of gifts both delights the recipient and pleases the giver.
Practiced in all societies, gift exchange has a history as long as humanity.
This gloriously illustrated catalogue is the frst investigation of gift-giving
and its impact on the development of art in the Islamic world. Presenting
some 240 rare and costly works of art associated with gift exchanges among
the courts of Islam, Byzantium, western europe, and eastern Asia, the
book provides a wide-ranging view of Islamic art and culture from the 8th
through the 19th century.
At courts across the Islamic world, gift-giving often served as a nexus of art
and diplomacy, religion, and interpersonal relations. The book examines
the complex interplay between artistic production and gift-based patron-
age through numerous examples of deluxe, aesthetically pleasing objects
either commissioned or repurposed as gifts. Tracing the unique histories
of selected artworks, the book also explores how the exchange of luxury
objects played a central role in the circulation, emulation, and assimilation
of artistic forms within and beyond the Islamic world.
LINDA KOMAROFF is curator of Islamic art, Los Angeles County Museum of Art,
and author or editor of numerous books and articles on aspects of Islamic art.
148 art & architecture
robert aDams
The Place We Live, A Retrospective Selection
of Photographs, 1964–2009
Robert Adams
With essays by Joshua Chuang, Tod Papageorge,
Jock Reynolds, and John Szarkowski
This luminous three-volume set showcases
photographer Robert Adams’s 45-year
engagement with the American West
Photographer Robert Adams (b. 1937) is widely regarded as one of
the most signifcant and infuential chroniclers of the American
West, renowned for his austere views of a landscape profoundly
changed by human development. This stunning three-volume
set—printed with an unprecedented fdelity to the photographer’s
master prints—accompanies a major traveling exhibition and is the
frst publication to comprehensively survey Adams’s 45-year career.
Presenting an epic sequence of nearly 400 tritone plates, Robert
Adams: The Place We Live features selections from all of Adams’s
major projects, including his seminal work in the suburbs of
Colorado Springs and Denver and his most recent, elegiac portray-
als of trees in the Pacifc Northwest. Also included is an anthology
of texts by the photographer, a series of critical essays on Adams’s life
and work, and an illustrated bibliography and chronology that will
shed new light on one of the central American artists of our time.
exhibition scheDule:
Vancouver Art Gallery
09/25/10–01/16/11
Denver Art Museum
Fall 2011
Los Angeles County Museum of Art
2012
Yale University Art Gallery
08/03/12–10/28/12
Information on additional international
venues can be found at YaleBooks.com
Distributed for the Yale University Art Gallery
ROBeRT ADAMS lives and works
in northwestern Oregon. JOSHUA
CHUANG is Assistant Curator of
Photographs at the Yale University Art
Gallery. TOD PAPAGeORGe is the
Walker evans Professor and Director of
Graduate Studies in Photography at the
Yale School of Art. JOCK ReYNOLDS
is the Henry J. Heinz II Director
of the Yale University Art Gallery.
JOHN SZARKOWSKI was the Director
of the Department of Photography at
New York’s Museum of Modern Art from
1962 to 1991.
June Photography/art
hc–set with slipcase 978-0-300-14137-5 $250.00
589 pp. 9
3
⁄4 x 11
3
⁄4
197 tritones (vol. 1); 197 tritones (vol. 2); 75 tritones (vol. 3) World
149 art & architecture yale uniVersity art gallery
lyonel feininGer
At the Edge of the World
edited by Barbara Haskell
With contributions by John Carlin, Bryan Gilliam,
Ulrich Luckhardt, and Sasha Nicholas
An exciting new look at a pioneering modern artist, who
has often been overlooked by American audiences
Recognized for his remarkable synthesis of expressionist and Cubist
techniques, Lyonel Feininger (1871–1956) has long been considered
a leading modern artist in Germany. In his native United States, he
is less well known. This comprehensive survey, which examines the
artist’s broad-ranging interests and infuences including his involve-
ment in German expressionism and the Bauhaus, will reintroduce
his art to American audiences.
Generously illustrated, this publication features works from through-
out Feininger’s diverse career, including his turn-of-the-century
satirical illustrations and comics, his carnivalesque expressionist
compositions and crystalline architectural scenes, his whimsical vil-
lage of hand-carved wooden fgures, and his late oils of New York
City. The main essay discusses the full breadth of Feininger’s career,
tracing his relationship with groups and institutions that defned the
development of modern art, including Cubism, the Blaue Reiter, the
Blue Four, the Bauhaus, and Black Mountain College. Additional
essays focus on facets of Feininger’s work including his comics, his
photographs, his musical compositions and their relationship to his
visual art, and his reputation in Germany.
Lyonel Feininger (1871–1956), In a Village Near Paris (Street
in Paris, Pink Sky), 1909. Oil on canvas, 39
3
⁄4 x 32 in.
(101 x 81.3 cm). University of Iowa Museum of Art, Iowa City;
gift of Owen and Leone Elliott 1968.15
exhibition scheDule:
Whitney Museum of American Art
June–October 2011
Published in association with the Whitney
Museum of American Art
BARBARA HASKeLL is curator at the
Whitney Museum of American Art, New
York. JOHN CARLIN is an independent
writer and curator, as well as the president and
CeO of Funny Garbage. BRYAN GILLIAM
is Frances Hill Fox Professor in Humanities at
Duke University. ULRICH LUCKHARDT
is curator at the Hamburger Kunsthalle,
Germany. SASHA NICHOLAS is senior
curatorial assistant at the Whitney Museum of
American Art, New York.
Lyonel Feininger (1871–1956), Avenue of Trees, 1915. Oil
on canvas, 31
11
⁄16 x 39
9
⁄16 in. (80.5 x 100.5 cm). Harvard
Art Museums, Busch-Reisinger Museum, Cambridge,
Massachusetts; bequest of William S. Lieberman 2007.17
July art/cartoon history
cloth 978-0-300-16846-4 $65.00
272 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 11 30 b/w + 230 color illus. World
150 Whitney MuseuM oF aMerican art art & architecture
exhibition scheDule:
The Art Institute of Chicago
09/11/10–01/02/11
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
december art
cloth 978-0-300-17158-7 $25.00
80 pp. 8
3
⁄4 x 10
1
⁄4 70 color illus. World
Recently released
Public notice 3
Jitish Kallat at the Art Institute of Chicago
edited by Madhuvanti Ghose
Contributions by Homi K. Bhabha, James Cuno, Jitish Kallat,
Geeta Kapur, Shaheen Merali, James Rondeau, and Jeremy Strick
The Swami vivekananda’s speech to the World’s Parliament of Religions in
Chicago in 1893 is the centerpiece of Indian artist Jitish Kallat’s new work,
Public Notice 3. The installation went on view at the Art Institute of Chicago
on September 11, 2010, exactly 108 years after vivekananda delivered his
groundbreaking address calling for an end to “bigotry and fanaticism.”
The text of the speech appears on the risers of the Art Institute of Chicago’s
Grand Staircase where it is illuminated in the fve colors—red, orange, yel-
low, blue, and green—designated by the United States Homeland Security
Advisory System to signify threat levels. This companion book, which doc-
uments the installation, is the frst full-scale exploration of Kallat’s work
published by a North American institution. Along with an interview with
the artist, essays contextualize Public Notice 3 within the space of the instal-
lation and evaluate Kallat’s oeuvre within an international context.
MADHUvANTI GHOSe is the Alsdorf Associate Curator of Indian, Southeast Asian,
Himalayan, and Islamic Art at the Art Institute of Chicago.
exhibition scheDule:
The Menil Collection
11/19/10–2/20/11
Los Angeles County Museum of Art
03/13/11–06/05/11
Distributed for The Menil Collection
January art/Media
Paper over Board 978-0-300-16612-5 $21.95
64 pp. 6 x 9 36 color illus. World
Recently released
ViJa celmins
Television and Disaster, 1964–1966
Franklin Sirmans and Michelle White
American artist vija Celmins (b. 1938) is widely admired and respected for
her sublime images of night skies and ocean waves. Vija Celmins: Television
and Disaster, 1964–1966 looks closely at Celmins’s early work, which is
deeply engaged with the Pop Art scene of 1960s Los Angeles. The authors
argue convincingly for a better understanding of this body of work, which
is not well known by contemporary audiences, both within Celmins’s over-
all career, and as part of the complicated historical context in which she
was working.
The book illustrates Celmins’s work from the mid-1960s. These paintings
and sculptures of war planes, smoking guns, and other representations of
death and disaster were informed by images found in books and magazines.
Also refecting the moment when print began to give way to television, as
well as the impact of the frst televised war, they are creative interpretations
of a world destabilized by the turmoil of war and domestic political conficts.
FRANKLIN SIRMANS is Terri and Michael Smooke Department Head and
Curator of Modern and Contemporary Art at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art.
MICHeLLe WHITe is Associate Curator at the Menil Collection.
151 art & architecture
november art
cloth 978-0-300-17079-5 $45.00
150 pp. 8
3
⁄4 x 10
1
⁄2 26 b/w + 90 color illus. World
Recently released
Dieter roth, bJörn roth
Work Tables and Tischmatten
edited by Barry Rosen
With an Introduction by Björn Roth, an essay by
Andrea Büttner, and an afterword by Paul McCarthy
Dieter Roth’s unique and eclectic Tischmatten (“Table Mats”) incorporate
drawings, paintings, photographs, and ephemeral materials. Roth placed
these gray cardboard mats on tables in his apartment, studios, and houses,
collecting what he referred to as the “traces of my domestic activities.”
Along with spontaneous doodles and drips and stains from the kitchen,
Roth affxed leftover food, notes, and photos to the mats, creating still
lifes that he would supplement with painting and collage and that had an
emphasis on symmetry and mirror images.
Dieter Roth, Björn Roth: Work Tables and Tischmatten offers a new inter-
pretation of these signifcant yet often misunderstood works, which Roth
himself considered to have infuenced the development of his painting in
the late 1980s. The book includes the artist’s writings about the Tischmatten,
and an insightful essay by Andrea Büttner resituates them within the greater
body of the artist’s output.
BARRY ROSeN is a curatorial consultant in New York City. BJöRN ROTH is an art-
ist and Dieter Roth’s son. ANDReA BüTTNeR is an art historian based in London.
PAUL McCARTHY is a contemporary artist who lives and works in Los Angeles.
152 art & architecture
February art
cloth 978-0-300-16725-2 $45.00 sc
240 pp. 6 x 8
1
⁄4 60 b/w + 100 color illus. World
roDin
Sex and the Making of Modern Sculpture
David J. Getsy
During his lifetime, Auguste Rodin’s name became synonymous with mod-
ern sculpture—and sex. Rodin came to emphasize the importance of desire
and the sexual as the markers of his individual perspective, using them to
fuel his increasingly daring treatments of the nude. In the minds of many
viewers, the dramatic and activated surfaces of his sculptures came to be
seen as evidence of not just a sculptor’s touch but of a lover’s touch as well.
This fascinating book makes a case for reconsidering the terms of Rodin’s
infuence, arguing that the sculptor placed renewed emphasis on the mate-
riality and objecthood of sculpture as a means of asserting his own desire’s
inseparability from his works.
DAvID J. GeTSY is the Goldabelle McComb Finn Distinguished Chair in Art
History at the School of the Art Institute of Chicago. He is the author of Body Doubles:
Sculpture in Britain, 1877–1905 (Yale).
◆ ◆
Clark Studies in the Visual Arts
Distributed for the Sterling and Francine
Clark Art Institute
June art
Paper 978-0-300-13414-8 $24.95sc
Also available as an eBook.
256 pp. 7 x 9
1
⁄2 75 b/w illus. World
the miGrant’s time
Rethinking Art History and Diaspora
edited by Saloni Mathur
In the 21st century, the experience of leaving home and crossing national
boundaries belongs to ever-growing numbers of persons. Whether escaping
persecution or seeking work, feeing hopelessness or striving for creative
opportunities, each migrant—like all others throughout history who sought
a distant new life—steps into a foreign world where much is strange and
alien. This timely book explores the increasing emergence of the theme of
migration as a dominant subject in the world of art, as well as the ways in
which the mobilities of our globalized world have radically reshaped art’s
conditions of production, reception, and display.
The title of the volume is taken from an essay by Ranajit Guha in which he
considers the conditions of alienation and exclusion that are so inextricably
linked to the experience of the migrant. In a collection of thought- provoking
essays, fourteen distinguished scholars in the felds of visual studies, art
history, literary studies, global studies, and art criticism address the univer-
sality of conditions of global migration and invite a rethinking of existing
perspectives in postcolonial, transnational, and diaspora studies. They also
suggest exciting new empirical and theoretical directions for each of these
traditional frameworks.
SALONI MATHUR is associate professor of art history at the University of California,
Los Angeles.
153 art & architecture—scholarly titles
◆ ◆
Studies in the History of Art Series
Published by the National Gallery of Art,
Center for Advanced Study in the Visual
Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press
February art
cloth 978-0-300-12161-2 $70.00 sc
304 pp. 9 x 11 95 b/w + 105 color illus. World
romare bearDen, american moDernist
edited by Ruth Fine and Jacqueline Francis
Romare Bearden (1911–1988) was a modernist artist renowned for his
experimental and socially conscious works. Bearden is best known for
his paintings and collages but also made signifcant contributions to the
felds of printmaking, theatrical design, flm, and other visual formats.
While acknowledging the artist’s place in African-American art history,
where he has received his primary recognition, the fourteen essays col-
lected in this volume seek to establish Bearden’s role within the broader
framework of American modernism in political, social, philosophical, and
aesthetic contexts.
These essays, written by distinguished scholars, track Bearden’s cultural
concerns and artistic evolution, from his early political cartoons to his
important relationships with preeminent practitioners in the felds of litera-
ture, music, theater, and dance. His universal themes are viewed through
multiple lenses, distinguishing him as a major fgure of culturally and
socially engaged modernism in the 20th century.
RUTH FINe is curator of special projects in modern art, National Gallery of Art,
Washington. JACQUeLINe FRANCIS is senior lecturer at the California College of
the Arts in San Francisco and is a specialist in U.S. modern and contemporary art.
exhibition scheDule:
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
02/09/11–07/04/11
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
February Performing arts/art
Paper 978-0-300-16980-5 $14.95sc
48 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 80 color illus. World
Guitar heroes
Legendary Craftsmen from Italy to New York
Jayson Kerr Dobney
In the Italian-American communities in the New York area a remarkable
tradition of stringed instrument making has existed since the 19th century,
with local craftsmen building traditional violins, mandolins, and guitars
as well as American instruments such as banjos and archtop mandolins
and guitars. Since the 1930s New York City has been a center for archtop
guitar manufacturing, and the guitars of three makers—John D’Angelico
(1905–1964), James D’Aquisto (1935–1995), and John Monteleone
(b. 1947)—stand out for their quality of sound and design. The work of
these three legendary artisans is frmly rooted in the long history of Italian,
particularly Neapolitan, stringed instrument making. By examining their
archtop guitars against the backdrop of the extensive collection of Italian
and Italian-American stringed instruments in the Metropolitan Museum,
Guitar Heroes traces the transformation of a centuries-old craft to meet the
ever-changing demands of musicians and markets.
JAYSON KeRR DOBNeY is Associate Curator and Administrator in the Department
of Musical Instruments at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.
154 art & architecture—scholarly titles
Distributed for the Sterling and Francine
Clark Art Institute
February art
Paper 978-0-300-16983-6 $14.95sc
48 pp. 9
1
⁄4 x 9 32 color illus. World
Juan muñoz at the clark
Introduction by Carmen Giménez
With an essay by David Breslin and photographs by Michael Agee
The celebrated Spanish sculptor Juan Muñoz (1953–2001) died at the
height of his powers, when he was considered “one of the most complex and
individual artists working today” (Guardian). His challenging, enigmatic
works almost inexorably draw in viewers. “The spectator,” Muñoz said
about his installations, “becomes very much like the object to be looked at,
and perhaps the viewer has become the one who is on view.”
This handsome book, distinguished by more than 30 stunning photo-
graphs, documents a group of Muñoz installations at the Sterling and
Francine Clark Art Institute. Representing the full range of Muñoz’s
sculptures—from First Banister (1987), which refects the artist’s early use
of architectural language, to Conversation Piece (2001), a work that shows
his later interest in the human fgure—the book demonstrates how Muñoz
invented a mode of storytelling through objects that spoke to space, mem-
ory, and displacement. David Breslin contributes a refection on notions of
interiority and exteriority, and of perception and absorption, as expressed
in Muñoz’s work.
CARMeN GIMéNeZ is the Stephen and Nan Swid Curator of 20th-Century Art
at the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum in New York. DAvID BReSLIN is an
independent scholar based in Williamstown, MA. MICHAeL AGee is chief photog-
rapher at the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute.
Distributed for the Yale School of
Architecture
February architecture
cloth 978-0-300-17037-5 $50.00 sc
248 pp. 8 x 10 200 b/w + 100 color illus. World
constructinG the ineffable
Contemporary Sacred Architecture
edited by Karla Britton
With contributions by Thomas Beeby, Peter eisenman,
Kenneth Frampton, Paul Goldberger, Zaha Hadid, Karsten Harries,
Steven Holl, Rafael Moneo, Moshe Safdie, Fariborz Sahba,
vincent Scully, Stanley Tigerman, and Miroslav volf
Throughout the history of the built environment there has been no more
signifcant endeavor than the construction of houses of worship, which
were once the focal point around which civilizations and city-states devel-
oped. Constructing the Ineffable is the frst book to examine this topic
across continents and from the perspective of multiple faiths, including
Christianity, Judaism, Islam, and Baha’i. It addresses how sacred buildings
such as churches, mosques, synagogues, and memorials are viewed in the
context of contemporary architecture and religious practice.
Featuring more than a dozen essays by a broad range of leading interna-
tional architects, historians, and theologians, Constructing the Ineffable
offers a fundamental exploration of defning and understanding contem-
porary sacred spaces. This thought-provoking book also invites readers to
consider the powerful infuence of religion on civic life and to discuss the
role that design and construction play in religious buildings.
KARLA BRITTON is lecturer at the Yale School of Architecture.
155 art & architecture—scholarly titles
exhibition scheDule:
National Gallery London
11/24/10–05/22/11
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
February art
PB-with Flaps 978-1-85709-497-8 $18.00 sc
78 pp. 9
3
⁄4 x 11 50 color illus. World
briDGet riley
Paintings and Related Work
Colin Wiggins
With Michael Bracewell and Marla Prather
For 50 years Bridget Riley has been regarded as one of Britain’s most impor-
tant abstract artists, renowned for large paintings that feature complex,
repetitive geometric shapes and undulating linear patterns. It is fascinating
to discover that she sees her decidedly modern paintings as following in an
Old Master pictorial tradition. This affnity stems from a lifelong passion for
paintings in the National Gallery, London, with which she was frst associ-
ated as a young student, and later as a Trustee and exhibiting artist.
This book celebrates the artist’s long engagement with the National Gallery.
The authors discuss the signifcance of paintings from the Gallery’s col-
lection that Riley chose for exhibition alongside her own works, and they
explain how the fuid lines of Renaissance and Baroque paintings, together
with their palette of ochres, salmon, greens, and light blues, translate into the
abstracted shapes that appear in Riley’s work. The authors also demonstrate
how the techniques and methods of modern masters including Cézanne,
Seurat, and Matisse exert an important infuence on Riley’s paintings.
COLIN WIGGINS is Head of education at the National Gallery, London.
MICHAeL BRACeWeLL is an independent scholar and writer, focusing on
contemporary art. MARLA PRATHeR is Curator of 20th-Century Painting at the
Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.
exhibition scheDule:
Yale Center for British Art
02/03/2011–05/01/2011
Published in association with the Yale Center
for British Art
February art
cloth 978-0-300-17042-9 $60.00 sc
280 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 11
1
⁄4 200 color illus. World
rebecca salter
Into the Light of Things
edited by Gillian Forrester
With essays by Achim Borchardt-Hume,
Richard Cork, and Sadako Ohki
Rebecca Salter (b. 1955) is a British abstract artist who lives and works
in London. After studying ceramics she spent six years in Kyoto, Japan.
There she started to make drawings and woodblock prints that combined
Western and eastern traditions. On her return, Salter began painting on
canvas using acrylics. She still views her practice as “making an object”
rather than a surface. Although Salter’s work is studio-based, it refects her
experience of drawing outdoors, and she arguably can be categorized as a
landscape artist.
Accompanying a major survey exhibition at the Yale Center for British Art,
this sumptuously illustrated book maps Salter’s career, situating her work
in relation to international abstraction, as well as investigating the impact
of Japanese art, architecture, and aesthetics on her practice. Richard Cork
considers Salter’s redesign of the entrance of St George’s Hospital, London,
which demonstrates both her engagement with Japanese concepts of space
and her belief in the therapeutic value of art.
GILLIAN FORReSTeR is Curator of Prints and Drawings at the Yale Center for
British Art, New Haven.
156 art & architecture—scholarly titles
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
February architecture
cloth 978-0-300-15444-3 $100.00 sc
400 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 11
1
⁄4 200 b/w + 100 color illus. World
churches in early meDieVal irelanD
Architecture, Ritual and Memory
Tomás Ó Carragáin
This is the frst book devoted to churches in Ireland dating from the arrival
of Christianity in the ffth century to the early stages of the Romanesque
around 1100, including those built to house treasures of the golden age of
Irish art, such as the Book of Kells and the Ardagh chalice. Ó Carragáin’s
comprehensive survey of the surviving examples forms the basis for a far-
reaching analysis of why these buildings looked as they did, and what they
meant in the context of early Irish society. Ó Carragáin also identifes a
clear political and ideological context for the frst Romanesque churches
in Ireland and shows that, to a considerable extent, the Irish Romanesque
represents the perpetuation of a long-established architectural tradition.
TOMáS Ó CARRAGáIN lectures in the Department of Archaeology, University
College Cork.
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
February art
cloth 978-0-300-16768-9 $75.00 sc
320 pp. 7
1
⁄2 x 10 100 b/w + 20 color illus. World
walter crane
The Arts and Crafts, Painting, and Politics
Morna O’Neill
Walter Crane (1845–1915) was one of the most important, versatile, and
radical artists of the 19th century: a painter, decorator, designer, book illus-
trator, poet, author, teacher, art theorist, and socialist. Crane’s astonishingly
diverse body of work challenged the establishment, both artistically and
politically. In this original and carefully researched new study, Morna
O’Neill presents a fascinating portrait of an artist who used his talent and
energy to dismantle the traditional boundaries between fne art and decora-
tive art, between elite art and popular art, and between art and propaganda.
O’Neill reconsiders Crane’s politics and reintegrates it with his art, allowing
Crane to emerge in this book as a unique fgure, an artist who translated
“art for art’s sake” into “art for all.”
MORNA O’NeILL is Assistant Professor of Art History in the Department of Art at
Wake Forest University in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, and the author of the
exhibition catalogue Art and Labour’s Cause is One: Walter Crane and Manchester,
1880–1915 (Whitworth Art Gallery, 2008).
157 art & architecture—scholarly titles
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
February history/art
cloth 978-0-300-15195-4 $75.00 sc
244 pp. 7
1
⁄2 x 10 90 b/w + 40 color illus. World
aboVe the battlefielD
Modernism and the Peace Movement in Britain, 1900–1918
Grace Brockington
The early twentieth century is usually remembered as an era of rising
nationalism and military hostility, culminating in the disaster of the
First World War. Yet it was marked also by a vigorous campaign against
war, a movement that called into question the authority of the nation-
state. This book explores the role of artists and writers in the formation
of a modern, secular peace movement in Britain, and the impact of ideas
about “positive peace” on their artistic practice. From Grace Brockington’s
meticulous study emerges a rich and interconnected world of Hellenistic
dance, symbolist stage design, marionettes, and book illustration, produced
in conscious opposition to the values of an increasingly regimented and
militaristic society, and radically different from existing narratives of British
wartime culture.
GRACe BROCKINGTON is Lecturer in History of Art, University of Bristol.
Distributed for the Whitney Museum of
American Art
February art
Paper 978-0-300-16954-6 $16.95sc
148 pp. 5
1
⁄4 x 8
1
⁄4 44 b/w illus. World
unDercurrents
Experimental Ecosystems in Recent Art
edited by Anik Fournier, Michelle Lim,
Amanda Parmer, and Robert Wuilfe
This timely and thought-provoking book features the works of
thirteen contemporary artists who explore the concept of ethical cohabita-
tion—negotiating differences within a shared environment—and the effects
of ecological transformations on individuals, politics, and economics.
In discerning essays, the authors discuss “junkspace” (structural design
and the debris of the current over-development of built environments) and
its role in the New York City landscape; how visual perspective enhances
social relationships created within the environment of Manhattan’s High
Line Park; artists in the Internet age and the evolution of aural art, and
how these modes of expression affect an individual’s perception of time
and space; and the tradition of artistic depictions of tragedy and devastation.
ANIK FOURNIeR, MICHeLLe LIM, AMANDA PARMeR, and ROBeRT
WUILFe are 2010 Whitney Independent Study Program Curatorial Fellows.
158 art & architecture—scholarly titles
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
February history/art
cloth 978-0-300-16282-0 $75.00 sc
256 pp. 7
1
⁄2 x 10 80 b/w + 40 color illus. World
DecoratinG the ‘GoDly’ householD
Religious Art in Post-Reformation Britain
Tara Hamling
The Reformation is generally regarded as a calamitous episode in the his-
tory of British art, with the rich artistic heritage of the medieval period
eradicated and replaced by an austere Protestant culture of the word. This
compelling new study presents a wealth of visual evidence to argue that
religious subject matter was common in the arts of Protestant Britain. Tara
Hamling examines decorative features from historic houses throughout
england and Scotland and identifes a signifcant but overlooked trend in
the history of British art. Far from being hostile towards images, a great
many Protestant patrons continued to desire and commission traditional
religious art to decorate their houses.
TARA HAMLING is a RCUK/Roberts Research Fellow in the Department of History,
University of Birmingham, and a Fellow of the Shakespeare Institute, where she is
currently based.
February history/architecture
cloth 978-0-300-16726-9 $100.00 tx
480 pp. 8
3
⁄4 x 10
1
⁄2 55 b/w + 250 color illus. World
cottaGes anD Villas
The Birth of the Garden Suburb
Mireille Galinou
The garden suburb has its origins in London, and, contrary to widespread
belief, its earliest phase took place not at the beginning of the 20th century,
with the much discussed garden-city movement, but one century earlier,
with the creation of the eyre brothers’ villa estate in the London suburb of
St. John’s Wood. Drawing on the resources of the newly catalogued eyre
archive, Mireille Galinou describes how London acquired one of its most
attractive and infuential suburbs and how generations of the eyre family
shaped, fought over, lost, and revitalized their inheritance. Little did they
know that they were making world history with their winning formula,
which set the green suburb agenda for middle classes around the world.
MIReILLe GALINOU is a freelance arts and museums consultant. She is the
co-author (with John Hayes) of London in Paint: Catalogue of Oil Paintings in the
Collection of the Museum of London (1996).
159 art & architecture—scholarly titles
Distributed for the Yale Center for British Art
February architecture
cloth 978-0-300-17164-8 $50.00 sc
196 pp. 11 x 8
1
⁄2 10 b/w + 250 color illus. World
louis i. kahn anD the
yale center for british art
A Conservation Plan
Peter Inskip and Stephen Gee
In this important and innovative volume, two distinguished architects offer
the most thorough analysis to date of the Yale Center for British Art build-
ing, designed by Louis I. Kahn. Peter Inskip and Stephen Gee describe
the design, construction, and subsequent renovation of the building, assess
its cultural signifcance, analyze the materials that comprise it (steel, con-
crete, glass, white oak, and travertine), and shed light on its evolution over
the four decades since it was built. Drawing on their extensive experience
developing conservation plans for both important historic sites and modern
buildings, they propose a series of policies for the Center’s conservation
which includes identifying key architectural features that should be pro-
tected from alteration and ones that could be allowed to change over time.
PeTeR INSKIP and STePHeN Gee are with the London-based frm Peter Inskip +
Peter Jenkins Architects.
March art
cloth 978-0-300-16967-6 $75.00 sc
352 pp. 9 x 11 30 b/w + 200 color illus. World
the sacreD imaGe in the aGe of art
Titian, Tintoretto, Barocci, El Greco, Caravaggio
Marcia B. Hall
Underlying the religious art of the Renaissance is a tension between the
needs of the Church and the impulse to create great works. This beautifully
illustrated book presents sacred images from the 15th and 16th centuries,
leading up to two pivotal events in 1563. The Council of Trent, which signi-
fed the beginning of the Counter-Reformation, defned requirements that
curtailed the freedom of painters and patrons in creating art for churches,
while the founding of the Accademia del Disegno in Florence symbolically
acknowledged that artists had achieved the status of creators not craftsmen.
Marcia B. Hall takes a fresh look at some of the greatest painters of the
Italian Renaissance not typically associated with sacred imagery and shows
how they navigated their way through the paradox of “limited freedom” to
forge a new kind of religious art.
MARCIA B. HALL is Professor and Director of Graduate Studies at the Tyler School
of Art, Temple University, Philadelphia, and a specialist in Italian Renaissance art.
160 art & architecture—scholarly titles
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
March architecture/history
cloth 978-0-300-11058-6 $75.00 sc
480 pp. 100 b/w + 250 color illus. World
the enGlish castle
1066–1650
John Goodall
From coast to coast, the english landscape is still richly studded with cas-
tles both great and small. As homes or ruins, these historic buildings are
today largely objects of curiosity. For centuries, however, they were at the
heart of the kingdom’s social and political life. The English Castle is a rivet-
ing architectural study that sets this legion of buildings in historical context,
tracing their development from the Norman Conquest in 1066 through the
civil wars of the 1640s.
In this magnifcent, compellingly written volume, which includes over 350
illustrations, John Goodall brings to life the history of the english castle
over six centuries. In it he explores the varied architecture of these build-
ings and describes their changing role in warfare, politics, domestic living,
and governance.
JOHN GOODALL is the architecture editor of the weekly magazine Country Life.
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
March architecture
cloth with cd-roM 978-0-300-15908-0 $100.00 sc
656 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 10
1
⁄2 520 b/w + 185 color illus. World
the eiGhteenth-century
church in britain
Terry Friedman
This ambitious and generously illustrated study is an in-depth account of
the architectural character of a vast range of eighteenth-century ecclesiasti-
cal buildings, including the Anglican parish churches, medieval cathedrals
repaired and modifed during the period, and Dissenting and Catholic cha-
pels and mausoleums. The frst substantial study of the subject to appear
in over half a century, Terry Friedman’s work explores not only the physi-
cal aspects of these buildings but church-going activities of Britons from
the cradle to the grave. In addition, fully documented, chronologically
sequenced design and construction histories of 272 key ecclesiastical build-
ings are presented on an accompanying CD-ROM.
TeRRY FRIeDMAN is one of the leading historians of eighteenth-century British
architecture and the author of James Gibbs (1984) and The Georgian Parish Church:
Monuments to Posterity (2004).
161 art & architecture—scholarly titles
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
March architecture
cloth 978-0-300-17049-8 $100.00 sc
432 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 300 b/w + 100 color illus. World
the architecture of the scottish
meDieVal church, 1100–1560
Richard Fawcett
The frst in-depth survey of Scotland’s medieval church architecture covers
buildings constructed between the early 12th century and the Reformation
in 1560. From majestic cathedrals and abbeys to modest parish churches
and chapels, Richard Fawcett places the architecture in context by con-
sidering the varied sources of ideas that underlay church designs. Over
the centuries, Scottish patrons and their masons moved away from a close
relationship with england to create a unique late medieval architectural
synthesis that took ideas from a wide range of sources. The book concludes
with an account of the impact of the Reformation on church construction
and design.
RICHARD FAWCeTT is a professor in the School of Art History at the University of
St. Andrews and a principal inspector with Historic Scotland. He is a noted authority
on medieval Scottish architecture and the author of Scottish Architecture from the
Accession of the Stewarts to the Reformation and other works.
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
april art
hardcover with dVd 978-1-85709-510-4 $25.00 sc
80 pp. 7 x 7
1
⁄2 11 b/w + 34 color illus. World
hoGarth’s marriaGe a-la-moDe
Judy egerton
With a DvD narrated by Alan Bennett
Directing his pointed wit at the upper echelons of 18th-century British soci-
ety, William Hogarth, a painter, printmaker, and social critic, mocked the
politics and customs of his day. His series of satirical paintings and engrav-
ings, which still absorb viewers after nearly three centuries, record human
vice and folly with a sharp eye and cutting intelligence. This compelling
book, with an accompanying DvD narrated by Alan Bennett, examines
Hogarth’s best-known series of paintings, Marriage A-la-Mode, and unlocks
many mysteries that have surrounded this gripping artistic commentary.
Marriage A-la-Mode recounts the story of a marriage arranged between
the son of a spendthrift nobleman who needs cash and the daughter of a
rich City of London merchant who hopes to buy social status. Love never
develops, and the discordant lives of the bride and bridegroom descend into
adultery and venereal disease followed by murder, execution, and suicide.
Judy egerton deciphers the visual cues and symbols Hogarth employs in his
comic story of doubtful morals.
JUDY eGeRTON is a leading authority on British painting and has previously
worked at the National Gallery, London, and the Tate. She was senior research
fellow at the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art from 1998 to 2006.
ALAN BeNNeTT is an actor and writer of plays and flms. He is a former trustee of
the National Gallery, London.
162 art & architecture—scholarly titles
exhibition scheDule:
The Art Institute of Chicago
02/13/11–05/22/11
◆ ◆
Contemporary Collecting
Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
March art
cloth 978-0-300-17024-5 $35.00 sc
160 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 9
1
⁄2 120 color illus. World
JuDith neisser collection
James Rondeau
With an essay by Anne Rorimer
One of Chicago’s premier art patrons and an architecture and inte-
rior design critic, Judith Neisser has amassed a remarkable collection of
international contemporary art. More than 100 works are presented in
this captivating, inside look at the Neisser family collection, highlighting
paintings, sculpture, and works on paper from the 1960s to the present.
Special emphasis is given to Minimalism and Conceptualism, most nota-
bly objects by Sol LeWitt, Robert Ryman, Donald Judd, Brice Marden,
and Blinky Palermo. Other artists practicing in distinct traditions, such
as eva Hesse, Cy Twombly, and Rudolf Stingel, have been wonderfully
integrated into the collection based on shared themes such as seriality, the
monochrome, reductive geometric forms, and the grid. Included in this
generously illustrated book is an in-depth interview with Neisser about her
distinctive collection.
JAMeS RONDeAU is Frances and Thomas Dittmer Curator and Chair of the
Department of Contemporary Art at the Art Institute of Chicago. ANNe RORIMeR
is an independent art historian who has published extensively on Conceptual art.
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
april art
cloth 978-0-300-16278-3 $100.00 sc
416 pp. 9
3
⁄4 x 11
1
⁄4 175 b/w + 180 color illus. World
Johan zoffany, r.a.
1733–1810
Mary Webster
Universally recognized as a brilliant and gifted 18th-century artist, Johan
Zoffany (1733–1810) was regarded by Horace Walpole as one of the
three greatest painters in england, along with his friends Reynolds and
Gainsborough. Yet he has remained without a detailed study of his life
and works, owing to the fascinating and complex vicissitudes of his career,
now established from widely scattered sources. From being a late-baroque
painter at a German princely court to working under the royal patronage
of George III and Queen Charlotte, from his serious interest in Indian life
and landscape, developed while living near Calcutta, to his attacks on the
bloody progress of the French Revolution, Zoffany created pictures that
document with incomparable liveliness the worlds and people among
whom he moved.
MARY WeBSTeR was formerly at the Warburg Institute and was curator of the
College Art Collections at University College London.
163 art & architecture—scholarly titles
Kris Handle in the Form of a Demon. Java, 13th–15th
century. Gold. Yale University Art Gallery, Gift of Valerie
and Hunter Thompson
exhibition scheDule:
Yale University Art Gallery
03/25/11–08/14/11
Distributed for the Yale University Art Gallery
March art
cloth 978-0-300-16910-2 $60.00 sc
224 pp. 7
3
⁄4 x 10 10 b/w + 135 color illus. World
olD JaVanese GolD
The Hunter Thompson Collection at
the Yale University Art Gallery
John Miksic
While ancient Javanese bronze and ironwork have long elicited interest,
there is a lesser-known yet equally fascinating aspect of the Indonesian
island’s history: gold artifacts, including jewelry, clothing accessories, stat-
ues, coins, and containers. Not only do these objects display exceptional
craftsmanship, they also provide a signifcant source of information on
Javanese society, culture, religion, economy, technology, and art from the
1st century bce to 1500.
This revised and expanded edition of the 1990 publication Old Javanese
Gold celebrates valerie and Hunter Thompson’s 2007 gift of Javanese gold
objects to the Yale University Art Gallery and the subsequent founding of
the Department of Indo-Pacifc Art. Along with entirely new photography
and a fresh design, the book’s essays have been updated to incorporate
recent discoveries—including the Wonoboyo hoard, one of the most impor-
tant gold hoards ever excavated in Southeast Asia.
JOHN MIKSIC is Associate Professor, Southeast Asian Studies Program, at the
National University of Singapore.
april art
cloth 978-0-300-13443-8 $75.00 sc
320 pp. 9 x 11 180 b/w + 60 color illus. World
Jean fouQuet anD the
inVention of france
Art and Nation after the Hundred Years War
erik Inglis
Jean Fouquet was France’s most important 15th-century artist, painting for
the courts of Charles vII and Louis xI. His art synthesized the realistic
style of Flemish arts like van eyck with the monumentality of Florentines
like Masaccio. Fouquet’s work had a powerful appeal, shaping the next two
generations of painters and introducing to the French a taste for Italian art.
The frst survey of Fouquet’s work in english in nearly sixty years, this
captivating book offers a major advance in scholarship about the artist and
his far-reaching impact. erik Inglis links Fouquet’s style, iconography, and
audience to explain how his art helped defne French identity, a project of
great importance for anxious courtiers in the wake of the Hundred Years
War. Jean Fouquet and the Invention of France provides a new lens for
looking at the century that saw the greatest changes in French art prior
to Impressionism.
eRIK INGLIS is Associate Professor of Art at Oberlin College in Ohio.
164 art & architecture—scholarly titles
april art/religion
cloth 978-0-300-15666-9 $65.00 sc
336 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 2 b/w + 88 color illus. World
the meDieVal haGGaDah
Art, Narrative, and Religious Imagination
Marc Michael epstein
In this beautifully illustrated book, historian Marc Michael epstein
explores four magnifcent and enigmatic illuminated haggadot—manu-
scripts created for use at home services on Passover. They include the
earliest known surviving illuminated haggadah: the Birds’ Head Haggadah,
made in Mainz around 1300, in which many of the faces on the human fg-
ures depicted throughout are replaced with those of birds. Also presented is
the Golden Haggadah from Barcelona, c. 1320–30, along with two Spanish
“siblings,” the Rylands Haggadah and its purported Brother, made between
1330 and 1340, which share similar iconography and style.
Though the importance of these manuscripts is universally acknowledged,
epstein examines them with fresh and creative eyes, offering insightful
solutions to long-unresolved questions concerning the meaning of the
art contained within them. In addition, he uses these treasured volumes
as a springboard to address broader issues in the study of Jewish thought
and culture.
MARC MICHAeL ePSTeIN is professor of religion at vassar College.
July art/religion
cloth 978-0-300-16493-0 $65.00 sc
288 pp. 8 x 10 21 b/w + 63 color illus. World
translatinG truth
Ambitious Images and Religious Knowledge
in Late Medieval France and England
Aden Kumler
Translating Truth is a novel and compelling account of how illuminated
vernacular manuscripts transformed conceptions of Christian excellence
in the later Middle Ages. Following the Fourth Lateran Council (1215),
which legislated a broad pastoral outreach to the laity, new forms of reli-
gious instruction played a decisive role in the lives of Christians throughout
europe. For royal and aristocratic laypeople, luxury manuscripts of spiritual
instruction made sacred truths and religious knowledge accessible—and
authorizing—as never before.
In this beautifully illustrated book, Aden Kumler examines how manu-
script paintings collaborated and, at times, competed with texts as they
translated the rudiments of Christian belief as well as complex theological
teachings to new audiences on both sides of the english Channel. In the
illuminations in these books, Kumler argues, elite laypeople were offered
an ambitious vision of spiritual excellence and a greater role in the pursuit
of their salvation.
ADeN KUMLeR is an assistant professor of art history at the University of Chicago.
165 art & architecture—scholarly titles
exhibition scheDule:
National Gallery, London
02/23/11–05/30/11
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
March art
cloth 978-1-85709-505-0 $35.00 sc
144 pp. 8
1
⁄4 x 10
1
⁄2 70 color illus. World
Van eyck to Gossaert
Towards a Northern Renaissance
Susan Frances Jones
Objects of beauty and prestige with their rich color and fne detail, early
Netherlandish oil paintings were among the most widely sought-after works
of the Renaissance. Beginning in the early 15th century with Jan van eyck,
and ending in the mid-16th century with the career of Pieter Bruegel the
elder, this magnifcently illustrated book explores the achievements of this
glorious and innovative period in Netherlandish painting.
Susan Frances Jones focuses on over 50 selected works from the National
Gallery, London collection to illuminate the roles played by paintings
in political, domestic, religious, and secular contexts. Drawing on the
Gallery’s remarkable research into materials and techniques, she describes
how painters’ working and creative practices changed and shifted over time.
The author also considers whether Northern european artists, like some of
their counterparts, laid claim to intellectual as well as artistic sophistication.
SUSAN FRANCeS JONeS is a former Assistant Curator at the National Gallery,
London, and Old Master Society Fellow in the Department of european Painting at
The Art Institute of Chicago.
◆ ◆
Studies in the History of Art Series
Published by the National Gallery of Art,
Center for Advanced Study in the Visual
Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press
april art/Photography
cloth 978-0-300-13590-9 $70.00 sc
288 pp. 9 x 11 63 b/w + 131 color illus. World
art anD the early PhotoGraPhic album
edited by Stephen Bann
One of the most prized categories of early photography was the reproduc-
tion of artworks, a role in which photographs largely replaced engravings
in book imagery during the mid-19th century. Photographs of paintings,
sculptures, and other works were compiled in albums, ranging from surveys
of museum collections and catalogues of works by single artists to illus-
trated travel guides and archaeological reports. While such albums have
often been valued for documentary purposes, their broader role in the insti-
tutional development of art has, until now, been overlooked. The frst book
on the subject, this collection of twelve essays explores topics such as how
the acclaim of artists like Rubens grew because their paintings reproduced
so well in photographs, how Michelangelo’s Sistine Chapel frescoes were
given a new public identity by the photographer’s choice of striking details
never explored in traditional prints, and other important ways in which
photographically illustrated publications infuenced the experience and
the history of art.
STePHeN BANN is emeritus Professor of History of Art and Senior Research Fellow
at the University of Bristol in the UK.
166 art & architecture—scholarly titles
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
april art
cloth 978-0-300-17050-4 $85.00 sc
320 pp. 9
1
⁄2 x 11
1
⁄4 100 b/w + 50 color illus. World
imPerial lanDscaPes
Britain’s Global Visual Culture, 1745–1820
John e. Crowley
In response to conquests in mid-18th-century wars, Britons developed a
keen interest in how their colonies actually looked. Artistic representations
of these faraway places, claiming topographic accuracy from being “drawn
on the spot,” became increasingly frequent as the British empire extended
its reach during and after the Seven Years War. This is the frst book to
examine the country’s early imperial landscape art from a broad compara-
tive perspective. Chapters on the West Indies, Canada, the United States,
the Pacifc, Australia, and India show how British artists linked colonial
territories with their homeland. This is both a ravishingly beautiful art book
and a historical analysis of how British visual culture entwined with the
politics of colonization.
JOHN e. CROWLeY is Professor emeritus of History at Dalhousie University in
Halifax, Nova Scotia. His books include The Invention of Comfort: Sensibilities and
Design in Early Modern Britain and Early America.
◆ ◆
National Gallery Catalogues
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
June art
cloth 978-1-85709-482-4 $125.00 sc
528 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11
3
⁄4 400 color illus. World
the italian PaintinGs before 1400
Dillian Gordon
The National Gallery in London houses one of the most important collec-
tions of early Italian paintings outside Italy, including works by Cimabue,
Duccio, Giotto, and the di Cione brothers. This completely updated cata-
logue of the collection is the frst published since 1989, and it now includes
four exceptional acquisitions from the intervening years: the 13th-century
diptych now attributed to the Master of the Borgo Crucifx, The Virgin and
Child by Cimabue, The Virgin and Child by the Clarisse Master, and The
Coronation of the Virgin by Bernardo Daddi.
For this volume, Dillian Gordon takes into account the substantial body of
new research published over the past twenty years to review and in some
cases reattribute the works. All but two paintings have been re-examined
by the National Gallery’s team of curators, conservators, and scientists.
Through the use of infrared refectography, much new information has
been revealed regarding the signifcance of underdrawings and technique.
each work is illustrated in color, and many are accompanied by details and
technical and comparative illustrations.
DILLIAN GORDON was until recently Curator of Paintings before 1460 at
the National Gallery, London. Among her many previous publications is The
Fifteenth-Century Italian Paintings, a volume in the ongoing series of new National
Gallery Catalogues.
167 art & architecture—scholarly titles
◆ ◆
Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in
British Art
april architecture
cloth 978-0-300-17051-1 $75.00 sc
320 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 120 b/w + 80 color illus. World
the synaGoGues of britain anD irelanD
An Architectural and Social History
Sharman Kadish
The religious buildings of the Jewish community in Britain have never
been explored in print. Lavishly illustrated with previously unpublished
images and photographs taken specially by english Heritage, this book
traces the architecture of the synagogue in Britain and Ireland from its
discreet Georgian- and Regency-era beginnings to the golden age of the
grand “cathedral synagogues” of the High victorian period. Sharman
Kadish sheds light on obscure and sometimes underappreciated architects
who designed synagogues for all types of worshipers—from Orthodox and
Reform congregations to Yiddish-speaking immigrants in the 1900s. She
examines the relationship between architectural style and minority identity
in British society and looks at design issues in the contemporary synagogue.
SHARMAN KADISH is the Director of Jewish Heritage UK and a research fellow
and lecturer at the Centre for Jewish Studies at the University of Manchester. Her
numerous publications include the companion guidebooks Jewish Heritage in
England and Jewish Heritage in Gibraltar.
exhibition scheDule:
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
05/17/11–08/14/11
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
May art
Paper 978-0-300-16981-2 $14.95sc
56 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 75 color illus.
Pastel Portraits
Images of 18th-Century Europe
Katharine Baetjer and Marjorie Shelley
Brightly hued, highly fnished, and relatively large in scale, pastels in the
18th century were regarded as a type of painting and displayed like oils. The
powdery, vibrant crayons are particularly suited to capturing the skin tones
and evanescent expressions that characterize the most lifelike portraits.
Pastels cannot be permanently displayed because they are susceptible to
fading, and they rarely travel. Until now, there has never been an exhibition
in the U.S. devoted to these intriguing and important works. Pastel Portraits,
the companion book to an exhibition at the Metropolitan Museum, presents
over 40 exquisite works by French, Italian, english, Swiss, and American
artists. It offers a technical discussion of the materials and explains why pas-
tels achieved widespread popularity in the 1700s and how the fabrication of
this medium intersected with enlightenment thinking.
KATHARINe BAeTJeR is Curator, european Paintings, and MARJORIe
SHeLLeY is Sherman Fairchild Conservator in Charge, Paper Conservation, both at
the Metropolitan Museum.
168 art & architecture—scholarly titles
exhibition scheDule:
The Menil Collection
04/15/11–07/17/11
Distributed for The Menil Collection
May art
cloth 978-0-300-16938-6 $50.00 sc
224 pp. 10 x 9
1
⁄2 62 b/w + 132 color illus. World
uPsiDe Down
Arctic Realities
edited by edmund Carpenter
Contributions by Anne Bahnson, Mikhail Bronshtein
and Kirill Dneprovsky, edmund Carpenter, Ann Fienup-
Riordan, Robert McGhee and Patricia Sutherland
Based on groundbreaking new scholarship, Upside Down: Arctic Realities
brings together ancient and modern works from the Arctic region, includ-
ing major sites in Russia and Alaska. The featured pieces dramatically
illustrate the continuing infuence of centuries-old traditions in modern
times and include both utilitarian and decorative items such as amulets,
funerary offerings, and ceremonial masks from the Alaskan Yup’ik. essays
by leading scholars in the feld explore such topics as the relationship
between artist and material and between the aesthetics of native Arctic cul-
tures and their environments.
eDMUND CARPeNTeR is a noted anthropologist and cinematographer. ANNe
BAHNSON is currently Director of the Sisimiut Museum in Sisimiut, Greenland,
and formerly Curator of the ethnographic Collection at the National Museum of
Denmark. MIKHAIL BRONSHTeIN and KIRILL DNePROvSKY are curators at
the State Museum for Oriental Art in Moscow. ANN FIeNUP-RIORDAN is a cul-
tural anthropologist and independent scholar. ROBeRT McGHee is recently retired
Curator of Western Arctic Archaeology at the Canadian Museum of Civilization.
PATRICIA SUTHeRLAND is Curator of eastern Arctic Archaeology at the
Canadian Museum of Civilization.
May art/history
cloth 978-0-300-17060-3 $65.00 sc
224 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11 55 b/w + 40 color illus. World
wonDer, imaGe, anD cosmos
in meDieVal islam
Persis Berlekamp
This original book untangles fundamental confusions about historical rela-
tionships among Islam, representational images, and philosophy. Closely
examining some of the most meaningful and best preserved premodern
illustrated manuscripts of Islamic cosmographies, Persis Berlekamp refutes
the assertion often made by other historians of medieval Islamic art that,
while representational images did exist, they did not serve religious purposes.
The author focuses on widely disseminated Islamic images of the wonders
of creation, ranging from angels to human-snatching birds, and argues that
these illustrated manuscripts aimed to induce wonder at God’s creation, as
was their stated purpose. She tracks the various ways that images advanced
that purpose in the genre’s formative milieu—the century and a half follow-
ing the Mongol conquest of the Islamic east in 1258. Delving into social
history and into philosophical ideas relevant to manuscript and image
production, Berlekamp shows that philosophy occupied an established, if
controversial, position within Islam. She thereby radically reframes repre-
sentational images within the history of Islam.
PeRSIS BeRLeKAMP is assistant professor of art history, University of Chicago.
169 art & architecture—scholarly titles
May decorative arts/textiles
cloth 978-0-300-17041-2 $80.00 sc
280 pp. 7
1
⁄2 x 10
1
⁄4 25 b/w + 135 color illus. World
PomP anD PoVerty
A History of Silk in Ireland
Mairead Dunlevy
Lustrous, warm, lightweight, strong, silk has always been a symbol of
wealth and status, beginning in prehistoric China. In Pomp and Poverty:
A History of Silk in Ireland, Mairead Dunlevy unfolds a colourful tale. She
introduces us to the merchants or ‘silk men’ who traded in silk, oversaw its
production and invested in machinery and design; the weavers and dyers
who created luxury under exploitative conditions for miserable wages; the
gentlefolk and aristocracy who indulged in this expensive fabric as a signi-
fer of wealth and taste. Irish legend credits 17th-century French Huguenots
with introducing the industry, but this book reveals that silk was woven
in Ireland long before that, possibly from the tenth century. Dunlevy also
details the development of poplin, a uniquely Irish silk product found in
every royal court of 19th-century europe.
The late MAIReAD DUNLevY was Keeper of Art and Industry at the National
Museum of Ireland, Dublin, and Director of the Hunt Museum, Limerick. She was
the author of Dress in Ireland, and an authority on social customs in Ireland and on
Irish glass and silver.
Published in association with the
Philadelphia Museum of Art
May art
Paper 978-0-300-14164-1 $25.00 sc
100 pp. 9 x 11 18 b/w + 85 color illus. World
encounterinG Genius
Houdon’s Portraits of Benjamin Franklin
Jack Hinton, Melissa S. Meighan, and Andrew Lins
Benjamin Franklin caused a sensation when he arrived in Paris in
December 1776 seeking support for America’s struggle for indepen-
dence: nobles vied to entertain him, and artists scrambled to portray him.
Although several artists produced sculpted busts of the visiting diplomat,
perhaps the best-known image of Franklin was conceived in 1778 by Jean-
Antoine Houdon, who would become the leading portrait sculptor of the
period. Encountering Genius investigates the making of Houdon’s marble
bust of Franklin—perhaps the fnest version realized—shedding new
light on this enduring portrait (now in the collections of the Philadelphia
Museum of Art). Drawing upon dramatic and visually compelling new
technical research, this publication’s three essays analyze the materials and
processes used in creating Houdon’s sculpture, contextualize the iconic
portrait, and compare the four most important versions of Houdon’s sculp-
ture side-by-side.
JACK HINTON is Assistant Curator of european Decorative Arts and Sculpture;
MeLISSA S. MeIGHAN is Conservator of Decorative Arts and Sculpture; and
ANDReW LINS is the Neubauer Family Chair of Conservation and Senior
Conservator of Decorative Arts and Sculpture, all at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
170 art & architecture—scholarly titles
Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
June art
cloth 978-0-300-12404-0 $65.00 sc
250 pp. 9 x 11 20 b/w + 250 color illus. World
turkmen silVer
Jewelry and Ornaments from the Marshall
and Marilyn Wolf Collection
Layla S. Diba
The Turkmen people of Central Asia and Iran are revered for their carpets
and textiles. Less well known, but equally stunning, is the extraordinary
silver jewelry created by Turkmen tribal craftsmen and urban silversmiths
throughout the 19th and early 20th centuries. This catalogue presents
nearly two hundred pieces in glorious detail, ranging from crowns and
headdresses to armbands and rings, and featuring accents of carnelian, tur-
quoise, and other stones.
Characterized by elegant form, geometric shapes, and delicate openwork,
Turkmen jewelry has typically been viewed through an ethnographic
rather than an aesthetic lens. By highlighting these objects—which come
from one of the most signifcant private collections of Turkmen ornaments
in the world—and placing them in the larger context of Islamic art, this
groundbreaking publication elevates the vibrant, monumental pieces from
folk art to fne art.
LAYLA S. DIBA is an Islamic art expert, who was director of the Negarestan Museum,
Tehran, and a curator at the Brooklyn Museum.
exhibition scheDule:
The Menil Collection
05/06/11–08/28/11
The Sainsbury Centre for
Visual Arts, Norwich, UK
09/27/11–12/11/11
Distributed for The Menil Collection
June art
cloth 978-0-300-16610-1 $50.00 sc
128 pp. 8
3
⁄4 x 10
7
⁄8 86 color illus. World
ancestors of the lake
Art of Lake Sentani and Humboldt Bay, New Guinea
edited by virginia-Lee Webb
After Dutch expeditions reached New Guinea’s Lake Sentani island and
Humboldt Bay in the mid-1800s, Western visitors began collecting works
by local artists. Ancestors of the Lake is a stunning look at the region’s dis-
tinctive art, such as its highly stylized wooden sculptures and decoratively
and abstractly designed barkcloths. This beautifully illustrated volume
brings together many of these important historic pieces for the frst time,
including the landmark collection of French writer and art dealer Jacques
viot, along with photographs by Paul Wirz. The book also explores how
european Surrealist artists found inspiration in the art of New Guinea,
highlighted by rarely seen photographs by Man Ray of Sentani sculpture.
vIRGINIA-Lee WeBB is an art historian and retired Research Curator at The
Metropolitan Museum of Art.
171 art & architecture—scholarly titles
exhibition scheDule:
The National Gallery, London
07/06/11–10/2011
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
July art
cloth 978-1-85709-525-8 $40.00 sc
128 pp. 9 x 10
1
⁄2 50 color illus. World
DeVotion by DesiGn
Italian Altarpieces before 1500
Scott Nethersole
Museum visitors today usually see pre-16th-century Italian painted altar-
pieces exhibited alone, as single paintings. Yet this beautiful catalogue
shows that these works were once part of decorative, integrated schemes,
and the original experience for viewers of the paintings was signifcantly
different from our own.
Focusing on Italian altarpieces from the second half of the 13th century to
the very end of the 15th, the book investigates the original functions and
locations of altarpieces as well as the circumstances of their dislocations,
dismantlings, and reconstructions. Regional variations are also analyzed,
and the author examines altarpieces’ formal and typological development,
taking into account the wealth of related scholarship undertaken in the
past thirty years.
SCOTT NeTHeRSOLe is currently Lecturer in Italian Renaissance Art at The
Courtauld Institute of Art, London. He was formerly the Harry M. Weinrebe
Curatorial Assistant at the National Gallery, London.
◆ ◆
A Closer Look
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
March art
Paper 978-1-85709-440-4 $15.00 sc
96 pp. 5
3
⁄4 x 8
1
⁄4 90 color illus. World
Previously announced
a closer look:
frames
Nicholas Penny
Frames often catch the eye and arouse the curiosity of visitors to galleries
and museums, yet labels and catalogues rarely comment on them. Nicholas
Penny conveys his interest in the history of frames, the design and tech-
niques of frame-making, what frames do for paintings, and the part they
play in the decoration and often the architecture of an interior. The empha-
sis is on the changing function and varied purpose of frames as well as
the different styles of ornament, materials, fnishes, and techniques used.
This Closer Look guide is illustrated by frames from the National Gallery’s
magnifcent collection.
NICHOLAS PeNNY is Director of the National Gallery, London. He was previously
Senior Curator of Sculpture and Decorative Arts at the National Gallery of Art,
Washington.
172 art & architecture—scholarly titles
“The architecture of ancient Alexandria
is rediscovered in this masterful
feat of archaeological detective
work. Lavishly illustrated, the book
uncovers the true extent of the city’s
architectural legacy.”—Apollo
◆ ◆
The Yale University Press Pelican History
of Art Series
april architecture
Paper 978-0-300-17094-8 $56.00 sc
Cloth 978-0-300-11555-0 F’ 07 $85.00 sc
480 pp. 8
1
⁄2 x 11
1
⁄4 350 b/w + 274 color illus. World
New in paper
the architecture of alexanDria
anD eGyPt 300 b.c.–a.D. 700
Judith McKenzie
This masterful history of the monumental architecture of Alexandria
encompasses an entire millennium, from the city’s founding by Alexander
the Great in 331 b.c. to the Islamic conquest of 642 a.D. Lavishly illustrated
with new plans of the city in the Ptolemaic, Roman, and Byzantine periods,
reconstruction drawings, and photographs, archaeologist Judith McKenzie
deftly brings to life the ancient city and uncovers the true extent of its archi-
tectural legacy in the Mediterranean world.
Selected by Choice magazine as an Outstanding Academic Title from 2008
Winner of the 2010 James R. Wiseman Book Award sponsored by the
Archaeological Institute of America
“This book . . . will likely be the frst place to which anyone interested in
the architecture of post-pharaonic egypt will turn for many years to come.”
—Hector Williams, Egyptian Archaeology
JUDITH McKeNZIe is member of the sub-faculty of archaeology, Oxford University.
exhibition scheDule:
Bard Graduate Center
01/26/11–04/17/11
Distributed for the Bard Graduate Center
February anthropology/decorative arts
Paper 978-0-9824680-0-5 $40.00 sc
256 pp. 6
1
⁄2 x 9
1
⁄2 35 b/w + 115 color illus. World
obJects of exchanGe
Social and Material Transformation on the Late
Nineteenth-Century Northwest Coast
edited by Aaron Glass
With contributions by Mique’l Askren, Margaret Blackman,
Kathryn Bunn-Marcuse, Kimon Keramidas,
Judith Ostrowitz, Megan Smetzer
The late 19th century was a period of rapid colonization and dramatic
change for the indigenous peoples of the Northwest Coast of America.
Objects of Exchange approaches the material culture of the period as visual
evidence of shifting intercultural relations. Drawing on the collection of
the American Museum of Natural History—from decorated clothing to
containers, ceremonial regalia to trade goods—this book reveals the artistic
traces of dynamic indigenous activity whereby objects were altered, repur-
posed, and adapted to meet the challenges of the time. Rather than treating
the period as a climax of “traditional” art and culture, the authors suggest
that we view its objects as witnesses to the dawn of an indigenous modernity.
This remarkable book includes an intimate family portrait of the renowned
Haida artist Charles edenshaw; a discussion of the use of silver in eco-
nomic and ceremonial contexts; and an exploration of the ways in which
Tlingit women adapted beadwork to crest display as well as the tourist trade.
AARON GLASS is Assistant Professor of Anthropology at the Bard Graduate Center.
173 art & architecture—scholarly titles
exhibition scheDule:
Yale Center for British Art
09/16/10–01/02/11
Distributed for the Yale Center for British Art
october art
hardcover with cdroM 978-0-300-17139-6 $40.00 sc
144 pp. 9
3
⁄4 x 12 105 color illus.
Recently released
the inDePenDent eye
Contemporary British Art from the Collection
of Samuel and Gabrielle Lurie
edited by eleanor Hughes and Angus Trumble
This beautifully illustrated book takes readers inside Samuel and Gabrielle
Lurie’s dynamic private collection of contemporary British art, an intended
gift to the Yale Center for British Art. Spanning the past four decades, the
collection includes major works by Ian Stephenson, Patrick Caulfeld, and
John Walker, as well as important prints by Howard Hodgkin and R. B.
Kitaj. At its core are 52 paintings and drawings by John Hoyland, widely
considered one of Britain’s foremost abstract painters. The Independent Eye
features an interview with the Luries, as well as essays by leading critics and
writers, some of whom were and are personally acquainted with the artists
represented. These experts assess individual artists and works, explore their
inspirations and methods, and defne their shared experiences and values.
They also address subjects such as the overall importance of the collection
and postwar art in Britain.
eLeANOR HUGHeS is Associate Curator and Head of exhibitions and Publications
and ANGUS TRUMBLe is Senior Curator of Paintings and Sculpture, both at the
Yale Center for British Art.
Venice
Canaletto and His Rivals
Leah Kharibian
Published by National Gallery Company/
Distributed by Yale University Press
Published to coincide with the exhibition “venice: Canaletto and His
Rivals,” at the National Gallery London (10/13/10–01/16/11) and the
National Gallery of Art, Washington (02/20/1–5/30/11).
april
dVd 978-1-85709-499-2 $28.00
World
174 art & architecture—scholarly titles
1688, Pincus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Above the Battlefeld, Brockington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
abrams, The New Universe and the Human Future . . . . . . 28
Absence of Mind, robinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
ackerman, Just Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
adams, Robert Adams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Advocacy, daly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Æthelstan, Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Afghanistan, Bird . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Age of Doubt, The, lane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ahmed, A Quiet Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30–31
alford, Burghley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Alfred Kazin’s Journals, cook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
allmand, Henry V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Altered and Adorned, schmidt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
American Georgics, hagenstein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
An American Experiment, corbett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
An Empire of Ice, larson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48–49
An Entirely Synthetic Fish, halverson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Anatomy of Infuence, The, Bloom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26–27
Ancestors of the Lake, Webb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Ancient Oracles, The, stoneman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Anne Boleyn, Bernard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Arabic for Life, Frangieh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Architecture in Uniform, cohen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Architecture of Alexandria and Egypt
300 B.C.–A.D. 700, The, Mckenzie . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Architecture of the Scottish Medieval Church,
1100–1560, The, Fawcett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Art and the Early Photographic Album, Bann . . . . . . . . . . . 166
At Home in the Law, suk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Atlas of Oceans, Farndon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Avant-Garde Art in Everyday Life, Witkovsky . . . . . . . . . . 148
Back to the Future in the Caves of Kaua’i, Burney . . . . . . . . 98
Baetjer, Pastel Portraits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Balken, John Marin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Bann, Art and the Early Photographic Album . . . . . . . . . . 166
Barlow, Edward the Confessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Bauhaus Group, The, Weber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 118
Bell, Twelve Turning Points of the Second World War . . . . . 29
Bercovitch, The Puritan Origins of the American Self . . . . .116
Berlekamp, Wonder, Image,
and Cosmos in Medieval Islam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Bernard, Anne Boleyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Bird, Afghanistan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Bischof, Maine Moderns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Bishop, The Steins Collect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Black Gotham, Peterson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Blood and Mistletoe, hutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Bloom, The Anatomy of Infuence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26–27
Blum, Roberto Capucci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Bob Dylan, yaffe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Bom dia, Brasil, slade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Boredom, toohey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Bosworth, Whispering City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Boyhoods, corbett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Braudy, The Hollywood Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Breaking the Logjam, schoenbrod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Breznitz, Innovation and the State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Breznitz, Run of the Red Queen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Bridget Riley, Wiggins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
British Painting:
16th–19th Centuries, renne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Britton, Constructing the Ineffable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Brockington, Above the Battlefeld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Brown, Foul Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Brunetti, Cartooning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–11, 124
Burghley, alford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Burney, Back to the Future in the Caves of Kaua’i . . . . . . . . 98
Bye-Bye Kitty!!!, elliott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
C. S. Lewis’s Lost Aeneid, reyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Calvin, gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
campbell, Renaissance Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Captain Cook, Mclynn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Caravaggio and His Circle in Rome, Franklin . . . . . . . . . 144
Carlos Cruz-Diez, ramírez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
carpenter, Upside Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Cartooning, Brunetti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–11
chan, Southern Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Charles Dickens, slater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
charyn, Joe DiMaggio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Christian Imagination, The, Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Churches in Early Medieval Ireland, Ó carragáin . . . . . . 157
clarke, The Strawberry Hill Press and
its Printing House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Closer Look:
Frames, Penny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
cohen, Architecture in Uniform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Collecting Matisse and Modern Masters, levitov . . . . . . . 142
Collecting Modern, hiesinger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Constructing the Ineffable, Britton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Contesting Democracy, Müller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
175 index
cook, Alfred Kazin’s Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
corbett, An American Experiment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
corbett, Boyhoods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Cosima Wagner, hilmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Cosmopolitan Routes, Vicario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Cottages and Villas, galinou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
cowan, The Social Life of Coffee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
cowling, Picasso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
crawford, A Windfall of Musicians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
crouch, The English Aristocracy, 1070-1272 . . . . . . . . . . . 66
crowley, Imperial Landscapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
crystal, A Little Book of Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
cunliffe, Europe Between the Oceans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Czechoslovakia, heimann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
dabrowski, Richard Serra Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
dalton, The Taming of the Demons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
daly, Advocacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Dance Claimed Me, The, schwartz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Darwin Archipelago, The, Jones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
David Smith Invents, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
de haven, Our Hero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Deadly Dinner Party, The, edlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Decorating the ’Godly’ Household, hamling . . . . . . . . . . 159
Design and Truth, grudin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Devotion by Design, nethersole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
deWitt, Rembrandt and the Face of Jesus . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Diary, selzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
diba, Turkmen Silver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Dieter Roth, Björn Roth, rosen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Dissertation on Predestination and Grace, leibniz . . . . . . . . 77
dobney, Guitar Heroes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Dog Days, Raven Nights, Marzluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
duffy, Marking the Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
dunlevy, Pomp and Poverty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
duparc, Golden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
dykstra-Pruim, Schreiben lernen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
eagleton, On Evil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
eagleton, Why Marx Was Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34–35
edlow, The Deadly Dinner Party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Edmund Husserl’s Freiburg Years, Mohanty . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Edward Bancroft, schaeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Edward the Confessor, Barlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Eero Saarinen, Pelkonen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
egerton, Hogarth’s Marriage A-la-Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Eighteenth-Century Church in Britain, The, Friedman . . . . . .161
elliott, Bye-Bye Kitty!!! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Encountering Genius, hinton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
English Aristocracy, 1070–1272, The, crouch . . . . . . . . . . 66
English Castle, The, goodall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
epstein, The Medieval Haggadah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Europe Between the Oceans, cunliffe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Ex Libris, hopkinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 125
Farndon, Atlas of Oceans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fawcett, The Architecture of the
Scottish Medieval Church, 1100–1560 . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Faye, Heidegger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Field, A Great Leap Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Fine, Romare Bearden, American Modernist . . . . . . . . . . 154
Fischer, Gustav Mahler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Foot, Æthelstan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Forgotten Palestinians, The, Pappé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Forrester, Rebecca Salter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Foul Bodies, Brown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Four Honest Outlaws, Fried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Fournier, Undercurrents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Frahm, Neo-Babylonian Letters and
Contracts from the Eanna Archive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Frangieh, Arabic for Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Frank, David Smith Invents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Franklin, Caravaggio and His Circle in Rome . . . . . . . . . 144
Freeman, A New History of Early Christianity . . . . . . . . . . 85
Freeman, Holy Bones, Holy Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Fried, Four Honest Outlaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Friedman, The Eighteenth-Century Church in Britain . . . . . .161
Friel, The Lomborg Deception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Future of History, The, lukacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
galinou, Cottages and Villas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
gann, No Such Thing as Silence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
gelernter, Judaism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Genius of Renoir, The, house . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
George II, thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
George Inness in Italy, Mitchell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
getsy, Rodin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
ghose, Public Notice 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Gifts of the Sultan, komaroff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
gillette, Local Redistribution and Local Democracy . . . . . . 78
gimenez, Juan Muñoz at the Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
glass, Objects of Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Glenn Ligon, rothkopf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
goldberger, Why Architecture Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Golden Eagle, The, Watson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
176 index
Golden, duparc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
goodall, The English Castle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
gordon, Calvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
gordon, The Italian Paintings Before 1400 . . . . . . . . . . . 167
gourdine, Reclaiming Our Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Grand Strategies, hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Great Leap Forward, A, Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
greenough, My Faraway One . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42–43, 136
grossman, Why Translation Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
grudin, Design and Truth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Guitar Heroes, dobney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Gustav Mahler, Fischer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
hagenstein, American Georgics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
haines, New England Wildfower Society’s
Flora Novae Angliae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
hale, What’s Next? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
hall, The Sacred Image in the Age of Art . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
halverson, An Entirely Synthetic Fish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
hamling, Decorating the ’Godly’ Household . . . . . . . . . . 159
Hanging of Thomas Jeremiah, The, harris . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Hank Greenberg, kurlansky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–15
harris, The Hanging of Thomas Jeremiah . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
haskell, Lyonel Feininger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Healing Wounds, Healthy Skin, reddy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Health for Sale, helfand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Heidegger, Faye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
heimann, Czechoslovakia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
helfand, Health for Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Henry V, allmand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Henry VIII, scarisbrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
hiesinger, Collecting Modern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
hill, Grand Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
hilmes, Cosima Wagner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
hinton, Encountering Genius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
hoffman, Stieglitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Hogarth’s Marriage A-la-Mode, egerton . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
holden, Richard Strauss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Hollywood Sign, The, Braudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Holy Bones, Holy Dust, Freeman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
hopkinson, Ex Libris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 125
house, The Genius of Renoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
hutton, Blood and Mistletoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
idel, Kabbalah in Italy, 1280–1510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Immortality and the Law, Madoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Imperial Landscapes, crowley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Independent Eye, The, trumble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Information and Exclusion, strahilevitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
inglis, Jean Fouquet and the Invention of France . . . . . . . . 164
Innovation and the State, Breznitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
inskip, Louis I. Kahn and the Yale Center for British Art . . . 160
Iphigenia in Forest Hills, Malcolm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
Islamization from Below, Peterson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Italian Paintings Before 1400, The, gordon . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Jablonsky, War by Land, Sea, and Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Jean Fouquet and the Invention of France, inglis . . . . . . . . 164
Jennings, The Christian Imagination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Jeon, Korean Buncheong Ceramics
from the Leeum Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Jim Nutt, Warren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Joe DiMaggio, charyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Johan Zoffany, R.A., Webster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
John Henry Newman, turner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
John Marin, Balken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Jones, The Darwin Archipelago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Jones, Van Eyck to Gossaert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Joseph, Stravinsky’s Ballets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Journey of the Universe, swimme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Juan Muñoz at the Clark, gimenez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Judaism, gelernter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Judge, The, Mellon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Judith Neisser Collection, rondeau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Julian of Norwich, Theologian, turner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Just Words, ackerman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Kabbalah in Italy, 1280–510, idel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
kadish, The Synagogues of Britain and Ireland . . . . . . . . 168
kahng, Picasso and Braque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
kaledin, Tocqueville and His America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Kandinsky and the Harmony of Silence, smithgall . . . . . . 144
karsh, Palestine Betrayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
kemal, The Wind from the Plain Trilogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Kevin Roche, Pelkonen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
kharibian, Venice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
king, Losing Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Kings, Queens, and Courtiers, Wolff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
komaroff, Gifts of the Sultan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Korean Buncheong Ceramics from the
Leeum Collection, Jeon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
kumler, Translating Truth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
kurlansky, Hank Greenberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–15
lane, The Age of Doubt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
langston, Toxic Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
177 index
larson, An Empire of Ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48–49
larson, Metaphors for Environmental Sustainability . . . . . . . 69
larson, Radial Symmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Legacy of the Second World War, The, lukacs . . . . . . . . . 84
Legacy, Miller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
leibniz, Dissertation on Predestination and Grace . . . . . . . 77
Leo Strauss, tanguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
lesser, Music for Silenced Voices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Levant, Mansel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
levenson, Modernism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
levitov, Collecting Matisse and Modern Masters . . . . . . . 142
Liberty Bell, The, nash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
ligon, Yourself in the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Little Book of Language, A, crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Local Redistribution and Local Democracy, gillette . . . . . . . 78
Lomborg Deception, The, Friel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Losing Control, king . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Louis I. Kahn and the Yale Center for British Art, inskip . . . . 160
Love, May . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
lukacs, The Future of History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
lukacs, The Legacy of the Second World War . . . . . . . . . 84
Lyonel Feininger, haskell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Madoff, Immortality and the Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Magliocca, The Tragedy of William Jennings Bryan . . . . . . 75
Maine Moderns, Bischof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Malcolm, Iphigenia in Forest Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
Manguel, A Reader on Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Mansel, Levant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Marking the Hours, duffy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Marzluff, Dog Days, Raven Nights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mather, Pashas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Mathur, The Migrant’s Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Matlock, Superpower Illusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
May, Love . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Mcgrayne, The Theory That Would Not Die . . . . . . . . . . 53
Mckenzie, The Architecture of Alexandria and Egypt
300 B.C.–A.D. 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Mclynn, Captain Cook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Meaning of Property, The, Purdy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Medieval Haggadah, The, epstein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Mellon, The Judge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Metaphors for Environmental Sustainability, larson . . . . . . . 69
Migrant’s Time, The, Mathur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Miksic, Old Javanese Gold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Milk, Valenze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Miller, Legacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Mitchell, George Inness in Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Modernism, levenson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Modernist America, Pells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Mohanty, Edmund Husserl’s Freiburg Years . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Morson, The Words of Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Mrs. Mattingly’s Miracle, schultz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Müller, Contesting Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Music for Silenced Voices, lesser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
My Faraway One, greenough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42–43, 136
nash, The Liberty Bell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
nemerov, To Make a World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Neo-Babylonian Letters and Contracts from the
Eanna Archive, Frahm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
nethersole, Devotion by Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
New England Wildfower Society’s
Flora Novae Angliae, haines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
New History of Early Christianity, A, Freeman . . . . . . . . . . 85
New Universe and the Human Future, The, abrams . . . . . . 28
No Such Thing as Silence, gann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Nothing to Hide, solove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Ó carragáin, Churches in Early Medieval Ireland . . . . . . 157
o’neill, Walter Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Objects of Exchange, glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Old Javanese Gold, Miksic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
On Evil, eagleton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Our Hero, de haven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Palestine Betrayed, karsh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Pappé, The Forgotten Palestinians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Paradoxical Life, Wagner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Pashas, Mather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Pastel Portraits, Baetjer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Pelkonen, Eero Saarinen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Pelkonen, Kevin Roche . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Pells, Modernist America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Penny, A Closer Look:
Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Peterson, Black Gotham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Peterson, Islamization from Below . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Picasso and Braque, kahng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Picasso, cowling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Pincus, 1688 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Pomp and Poverty, dunlevy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Potato, reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Prison and the American Imagination, The, smith . . . . . . . . 111
Public Notice 3, ghose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
178
Purdy, The Meaning of Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Puritan Origins of the American Self, The, Bercovitch . . . . .116
Quiet Revolution, A, ahmed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30–31
Radial Symmetry, larson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
ramírez, Carlos Cruz-Diez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Reader on Reading, A, Manguel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
reader, Potato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Rebecca Salter, Forrester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Reclaiming Our Health, gourdine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
reddy, Healing Wounds, Healthy Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Rembrandt and the Face of Jesus, deWitt . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Renaissance Faces, campbell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
renne, British Painting:
16th–19th Centuries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
rewald, Rooms with a View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
reyes, C. S. Lewis’s Lost Aeneid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Richard III, ross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Richard Serra Drawing, dabrowski . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Richard Strauss, holden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
ricks, True Friendship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Robert Adams, adams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Roberto Capucci, Blum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
robinson, Absence of Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Rodin, getsy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Romare Bearden, American Modernist, Fine . . . . . . . . . . . 154
rondeau, Judith Neisser Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Rooms with a View, rewald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
rosen, Dieter Roth, Björn Roth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Rosenfeld’s Lives, Zipperstein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
ross, Richard III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
rothkopf, Glenn Ligon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Run of the Red Queen, Breznitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Sacred Image in the Age of Art, The, hall . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
scarisbrick, Henry VIII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
schaeper, Edward Bancroft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
schmidt, Altered and Adorned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
schoenbrod, Breaking the Logjam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Schreiben lernen, dykstra-Pruim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
schultz, Mrs. Mattingly’s Miracle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
schwartz, The Dance Claimed Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
selzer, Diary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
sirmans, Vija Celmins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Sixty to Zero, taylor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
skjærvø, The Spirit of Zoroastrianism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
slade, Bom dia, Brasil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
slater, Charles Dickens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
smith, The Prison and the American Imagination . . . . . . . . 111
smithgall, Kandinsky and the Harmony of Silence . . . . . . 144
Social Life of Coffee, The, cowan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Solomon, Weitzman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
solove, Nothing to Hide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Southern Africa, chan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Spirit of Zoroastrianism, The, skjærvø . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
stein, To Do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45, 137
Steins Collect, The, Bishop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Stieglitz, hoffman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
stoneman, The Ancient Oracles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
strahilevitz, Information and Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Stravinsky’s Ballets, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Strawberry Hill Press and its Printing House, The, clarke . . . 76
suk, At Home in the Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Superpower Illusions, Matlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
swimme, Journey of the Universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Synagogues of Britain and Ireland, The, kadish . . . . . . . . 168
Taming of the Demons, The, dalton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
tanguay, Leo Strauss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
taylor, Sixty to Zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Theory That Would Not Die, The, Mcgrayne . . . . . . . . . . 53
thompson, George II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Tibet, van schaik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
To Do, stein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45, 137
To Make a World, nemerov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Tocqueville and His America, kaledin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
toohey, Boredom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Toxic Bodies, langston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Tragedy of Child Care in America, The, Zigler . . . . . . . . . . 111
Tragedy of William Jennings Bryan, The, Magliocca . . . . . . 75
Translating Truth, kumler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
True Friendship, ricks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
trumble, The Independent Eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Turkmen Silver, diba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
turner, John Henry Newman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
turner, Julian of Norwich, Theologian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Twelve Turning Points of the Second World War, Bell. . . . . . 29
Undercurrents, Fournier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Upside Down, carpenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Valenze, Milk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Van Eyck to Gossaert, Jones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
van schaik, Tibet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Venice, kharibian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
179 index
Vicario, Cosmopolitan Routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Vija Celmins, sirmans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Wagner, Paradoxical Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Walter Crane, o’neill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
War by Land, Sea, and Air, Jablonsky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Warren, Jim Nutt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Watson, The Golden Eagle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Webb, Ancestors of the Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Weber, The Bauhaus Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 118
Webster, Johan Zoffany, R.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Weitzman, Solomon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
What’s Next?, hale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Whispering City, Bosworth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Why Architecture Matters, goldberger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Why Marx Was Right, eagleton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34–35
Why Translation Matters, grossman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Wiggins, Bridget Riley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Wind from the Plain Trilogy, The, kemal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Windfall of Musicians, A, crawford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Witkovsky, Avant-Garde Art in Everyday Life . . . . . . . . . 148
Wolff, Kings, Queens, and Courtiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Wonder, Image, and Cosmos in Medieval Islam,
Berlekamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Words of Others, The, Morson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
yaffe, Bob Dylan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Yourself in the World, ligon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Zigler, The Tragedy of Child Care in America . . . . . . . . . . 111
Zipperstein, Rosenfeld’s Lives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
180 index
Notes
181 notes
Notes
182 notes
Notes
183 notes
sales information
All prices and discounts are subject
to change without notice. Books
will be billed at the prices prevailing
when the order is shipped. Prices
may be different outside of the
Americas. Publication dates and
specifcations for forthcoming books
are approximate and subject to
change. All shipments are FOB
Cumberland, RI
customer serVice:
Yale University Press
c/o TriLiteral, LLC
100 Maple Ridge Drive
Cumberland, RI 02864-1769
Call: (800) 405-1619
Fax: (800) 406-9145
Email: customer.care@triliteral.org
Orders: orders@triliteral.org
SAN 631-8126
Yale University Press is a member
of PUBNET
ISBN Prefx 978-0-300
Prices and Discounts:
no mark Trade discount
sc Scholarly discount
tx Text discount
returns:
• Books must be in resaleable
condition.
• No permission required, but
invoice information must be
provided or a penalty discount
will be used.
• No returns accepted after
18 months.
us returns should be sent to:
Yale University Press
c/o TriLiteral, LLC
100 Maple Ridge Drive
Cumberland, RI 02864-1769
canadian returns should be sent to:
TriLiteral c/o APC
1351 Rodick Road
Markham, ON L3R 5K4
Canada
special sales:
For special sales including bulk or
premium sales, contact:
(203) 432-7350
SpecialSalesYUP@yale.edu
Media requests:
Book review editors may request
review copies via:
fax: (203) 432-8485
email: YUPpublicity@yale.edu
exam copies:
Professors interested in exam copies
for course adoption consideration
should place orders via our website
at: www.yalebooks.com/exam
Foreign and translation rights:
Anne Bihan, Rights Director
anne.bihan@yaleup.co.uk
sales inquiries,
us and canada:
Jay Cosgrove, Sales Director
Yale University Press
P.O. Box 209040
New Haven, CT, 06520-9040.
Tel: (203) 432-0968
Fax: (203) 432-8485
jay.cosgrove@yale.edu
united kingdom, europe,
africa, asia, australia,
and new Zealand
Yale University Press
47 Bedford Square
London WC1B 3DP, England
Tel: 44-20-7079-4900
Fax: 44-20-7079-4901
latin america and caribbean
US PubRep, Inc., Craig Falk
311 Dean Drive
Rockville, MD 20851-1144
Tel: (301) 838 9276
Fax: (301) 838 9278
craigfalk@aya.yale.edu
www.uspubrep.com
Japan
Rockbook, Aikiko Iwamoto,
Gilles Fauveau
2-3-25, 9FI, Kudanminami,
Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan
Tel: 81-3-3264-0144
Fax: 81-3-3264-0440
aupgjapan@rockbook.net
Bookstores and libraries are also
encouraged to order from
United Publishers Services.
taiwan
BK Norton,
Meihua Sun, Chiafeng Peng
5F, 60 Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4
Taipei 100 Taiwan
Tel: 886-2-6623-0088
Fax: 886-2-6632-9772
meihua@bookman.com.tw
south korea
ICK (Information & Culture Korea)
Se-Yung Jun, Min-Hwa Yoo
473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku
Seoul, Korea 121-842
Tel: 82-2-3141-4791
Fax: 82-2-3141-7733
ick-info@ick.co.kr
e-books:
Yale University Press e-Books are
available in a variety of formats and
on most major eBook platforms,
usually timed to publication of the
print edition. To learn more contact
Stephen Cebik at 203-432-2539
stephen.cebik@yale.edu
184 ordering information
Adonis
aDonis
978-0-300-15306-4
$30.00
Bradley
the antholoGy
of raP
978-0-300-14190-0
$35.00
eltis et al
atlas of the
transantlantic
slaVe traDe
978-0-300-12460-6
$50.00
Jackson
encycloPeDia
of new york
city, 2nD eD.
978-0-300-11465-2
$65.00
Hamilton
american caesars
978-0-300-16928-7
$35.00
Takiff
a comPlicateD
man
978-0-300-12130-8
$32.50
Phillipson
aDam smith
978-0-300-16927-0
$32.50
Roberts
Joe louis
978-0-300-12222-0
$27.50
Gilbert
in ishmael’s house
978-0-300-16715-3
$35.00
Bok
exPlorinG
haPPiness
978-0-300-13929-7
$24.00
Goldsworthy
antony anD
cleoPatra
978-0-300-16534-0
$35.00
Gottlieb
sarah
978-0-300-14127-6
$25.00
recent general interest highlights
General interest titles
General Interest 1
Scholarly Titles 60
Academic Titles 76
Paperback Reprints—
General Interest 81
Paperback Reprints—
Scholarly and Academic Titles 104
art & architecture
Art & Architecture 117
Art & Architecture—
Scholarly Titles 153
COVER ILLUSTRATION:
Ivan Brunetti, “The eyebrow-to-
eyebrow transition,” from
Cartooning: Philosophy and Practice
(see pages 10–11 or page 125).
YaleBooks.com
ISBN 978-0-300-17310-9
Yale University Press
P.O. Box 209040
New Haven, CT 06520
Nonproft Organization
U.S. Postage
PAID
New Haven, CT
Permit # 87

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful